Conference Agenda

Overview and details of the sessions of this conference. Please select a date or location to show only sessions at that day or location. Please select a single session for detailed view (with abstracts and downloads if available).

Please note that all times are shown in the time zone of the conference. The current conference time is: 1st June 2024, 08:48:29am GMT

 
Filter by Track or Type of Session 
Only Sessions at Location/Venue 
 
 
Session Overview
Location: James McCune Smith, 639 [Floor 6]
Capacity: 90 persons
Date: Monday, 21/Aug/2023
11:00am - 12:30pm99 ERC SES 03 G: Teacher Education Research
Location: James McCune Smith, 639 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Arnaud Dubois
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

A Policy for Practice: A Document Analysis of National Guidelines and Principles for Mentoring Newly Qualified Teachers

Remi Skytterstad Pedersen

Arctic University of Norway, UiT, Norway

Presenting Author: Skytterstad Pedersen, Remi

Introduction, research question, and theoretical framework

To meet the future needs for educated teachers it is essential that newly qualified teachers (NQTs) start and remain in their profession. Since 2017 teacher education in Norway for primary and secondary school has been reformed to a master’s degree, and NQTs graduate with both a specialization in three to four subjects, and a research and development competence (R&D). This change has created both an opportunity and a need to analyze how to support, apply and develop NQTs competence as they transition from students to working life. All the Nordic countries—including Estonia and except for Denmark—offer a five-year master’s level teacher education, consequently, the ambitions and results of this paper reach beyond the borders of Norway.

Regarding support of NQTs, a lack of mentoring is highlighted as a reason why teachers leave their profession (Ingersoll & Strong, 2011), and Thomas et al. (2019) argue that “high quality” collegial support is necessary for both job satisfaction and motivation to teach. In turn, three key factors have been described as necessary to support NQTs: skilled and educated mentors, a variety of learning activities, and contextual factors like professional development, collaboration, and teacher education (Helleve & Ulvik, 2019; Schaefer et al., 2012; Wang et al., 2008). Mentoring is however a contested concept, and Kemmis et al. (2014) outline three main archetypes of mentoring: as supervision, as support, and as collaborative self-development. However, empirical research indicates that induction practices are unpredictable concerning what kind of support and collaboration NQTs can expect (Antonsen et al., 2022), which adds to the findings that there is no clear patterns in the organization and implementation of mentoring in Norway (Rambøll, 2021). These ambiguities indicate a need for clearer principles and guidelines for mentoring, similar to how Finland has embraced collaborative self-development through their practice of “Peer-Group Mentoring” (Pennanen et al., 2020; Tynjälä et al., 2021).

Considering the necessity of mentoring practices that supports, apply, and develops NQTs competence, this paper analyzes key documents regarding Norwegian national guidelines and principles for mentoring NQTs. These key documents provide insight into the political intentions for what kind of profession and practice a new teacher is envisioned to be inducted into, and what the mentoring process entails.

Therefore, this paper’s research question is: How do the documents that comprise the overarching national guidelines and principles for mentoring articulate that schools should support NQTs with a master’s degree?

To analyze the issues outlined above, I will apply the theory of practice architecture as an analytical lens (Mahon et al., 2017), which allows me to assess and understand social realities that are subject to a professional practice.

The theory of practice architecture describes that practices are social, situated and that they are shaped by arrangements (Mahon et al., 2017). There are three mutually influencing arrangements that exist simultaneously in a professional practice (Mahon et al., 2017, s. 9-10): Cultural-discursive arrangements, which describes the space for expressions in a practice (the prevalent language and discourses), which either constrain or enable what’s relevant or fitting to say (sayings). Material-economic arrangements that deal with the resources that shape practice by determining what, when, how, or by whom something is constrained or allowed to be done (doings). Finally, social-political arrangements, which shape how individuals within the practice relate to each other (familial and professional relationships, hierarchies, etc.) and non-human objects (rules, norms, etc.), which shape relationships in a practice.

Summarized, NQTs will encounter practice architectures which will define through their three arrangements which sayings, doings and relatings enable or constrain mentoring that support, apply and develop their subject-specialization and R&D-competence.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper’s methodologic approach is a qualitative content analysis (Krippendorff, 2018), and the scientific theoretical framework is hermeneutic (Gadamer, 2013), which means that the reading, data creation and the interpretation process is both reflexive, iterative, and explorative. This entails several close readings of the documents, where I read them in the context of my three main categories: sayings, doings, and relatings. Through this process different themes and patterns will emerge, which I will code into sub-categories. The data that’s been created and coded into these categories will be the object of my analysis, and I will give it meaning using the theory of practice architecture (Mahon et al., 2017), and previous research.

The documents that will be analyzed are: “National framework for mentoring of newly qualified teachers in kindergarten and school” (Kunnskapsdepartementet, 2018), "Mentoring of newly qualified teachers—how can it be done?" (UDIR, 2018), and the Norwegian Official Report 2022: 13 "With further significance—A holistic system for competence and career development in kindergarten and school" (NOU 2022: 13) (my translations). As per the hermeneutic process however, it is possible that more documents will reveal themselves as relevant when the analysis is undergoing.

In addition, it is necessary to point out that these documents exist on different levels and are of different genres. Where one document might articulate a "should", another document might articulate a "must". This is a necessary aspect to be aware of in the analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Primarily I’m expecting that the documents won’t commit to a philosophy of mentoring. This is due to the many understandings of what mentoring is, which Kemmis et al. (2014, p. 154) claim is because of a “plurality of theories”. If the documents do not commit to one, there’s reason to expect vague descriptions of guidelines and principles that lack clarity and a conflict between the three archetypes of mentoring, most likely as a product of political compromise (Afdal, 2013). As Kemmis et al. (2014, p. 163) writes: “Their choice [about which approach of mentoring ought to be used] is not just a choice of a mode of induction, it is a choice about the kind of world and the kind of profession a new teacher is inducted into.” Therefore, the documents’ philosophy of mentoring—or multiplicity of one—will be leading in the school’s practice architecture for understanding and motivation to support, apply and develop NQTs competency.

However, if the documents reproduce the Norwegian tendency to view mentoring as an individualistic practice, there’s reason to expect a practice of mentoring as supervision and support, not collaborative self-development—or practice architectures which enable an “individual learning belief” in contrast to a “”social learning perspective” (Blossing & Ertesvåg, 2011). If this is the case, I will argue that it indicates a teacher education which has developed at a faster pace than the policy documents for mentoring, and as a result, how the schools organize their practice for mentoring. The implications of this are competing discourses of sustaining NQTs.

Finally, it is expected that the documents will either not have, or not agree on, definitions of key concepts. It is reasonable to expect that a lack of standard definitions will result in less collaboration and comparative research.

References
Afdal, H. W. (2013). Policy making processes with respect to teacher education in Finland and Norway. Higher Education, 167-180.

Antonsen, Y., Jakhelln, R., Aspfors, J., & Bjørndal, K. E. W. (2022). Solo, collaborative or collective? Newly qualified teachers’ experiences of being stirred into induction practices. [Under Review].

Blossing, U., & Ertesvåg, S. K. (2011). An individual learning belief and its impact on schools’ improvement work–An Individual versus a Social Learning Perspective. Education Inquiry, 153-171.

Gadamer, H.-G. (2013). Truth and method. A&C Black.

Helleve, I., & Ulvik, M. (2019). Tutors seen through the eyes of mentors assumptions for participation in third space in teacher education. European Journal of Teacher Education, 228-242.

Ingersoll, R. M., & Strong, M. (2011). The impact of induction and mentoring programs for beginning teachers: A critical review of the research. Review of educational research, 201-233.

Kemmis, S., Heikkinen, H. L., Fransson, G., Aspfors, J., & Edwards-Groves, C. (2014). Mentoring of new teachers as a contested practice: Supervision, support and collaborative self-development. Teaching and Teacher education, 154-164.

Krippendorff, K. (2018). Content analysis: An introduction to its methodology. Sage publications.

Kunnskapsdepartementet. (2018). Veiledning av nyutdannede nytilsatte lærere i barnehage og skole.

Mahon, K., Francisco, S., & Kemmis, S. (2017). Exploring education and professional practice. Through the lens of practice architectures, 1.

NOU 2022: 13. (2022). Med videre betydning - Et helhetlig system for kompetanse- og karriereutvikling i barnehage og skole.

Pennanen, M., Heikkinen, H. L., & Tynjälä, P. (2020). Virtues of mentors and mentees in the Finnish model of teachers’ peer-group mentoring. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 355-371.

Rambøll. (2021). Evaluering av veiledning av nyutdannede nytilsatte lærere - Sluttrapport 2021 [Evaluation].

Schaefer, L., Long, J. S., & Clandinin, D. J. (2012). Questioning the research on early career teacher attrition and retention. Alberta Journal of Educational Research, 106-121.

Thomas, L., Tuytens, M., Moolenaar, N., Devos, G., Kelchtermans, G., & Vanderlinde, R. (2019). Teachers’ first year in the profession: The power of high-quality support. Teachers and Teaching, 160-188.

Tynjälä, P., Pennanen, M., Markkanen, I., & Heikkinen, H. L. (2021). Finnish model of peer‐group mentoring: review of research. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 208-223.

Utdanningsdirektoratet. (2018, 10.09.2019). Veiledning av nyutdannede – hvordan kan det gjennomføres?

Wang, J., Odell, S. J., & Schwille, S. A. (2008). Effects of teacher induction on beginning teachers' teaching: A critical review of the literature. Journal of teacher education, 132-152.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Impact of Geographical School Location on Teacher Retention and Attrition: The Case of Early Career TESOL Teachers in Vietnam

Thu Dao, Geert Kelchtermans

KU Leuven, Belgium

Presenting Author: Dao, Thu

Educational quality largely depends on the availability of qualified teachers; consequently, teacher turnover is an important concern internationally (Hanushek et al., 2016). The induction phase – the transition from teacher education into the job – is particularly challenging and vulnerable for teacher attrition (Feiman-Nemser, 2001; Kelchtermans, 2017). The case of Vietnam is no exception. In fact, certain distinctive features of the education system may further intensify this, such as existing rigid policies and malpractices in teacher recruitment (Tran & Huynh, 2019), as well as the fact that the Ministry of Education and Training has the ultimate control on “macro-level planning” (Le, 2015). However, empirical research on the issues of teacher induction and retention in Vietnam remains scarce (Tran, 2021). This project seeks to address the research gap by analyzing the experiences of Vietnamese early career teachers (ECTs), with a focus on Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages (TESOL) teachers, as the outcome of the meaningful interactions between individual ECTs and the dynamic organizational contexts of the schools.

The project builds upon Kelchtermans’ research on teacher induction and ECTs’ needs for support, which calls for moving beyond the “deficit thinking” that depicts ECTs as “lacking essential professional competencies” and “formally qualified, but not yet fully capable” (Kelchtermans, 2019). In addition to the theoretical stance providing an alternative perspective on ECTs’ capabilities and potentials, this research explicitly includes the school’s geographical location as a relevant dimension in the working conditions of ECTs, thus further joining the growing volume of research on the impacts of schools’ physical locations on teacher education and professional development (see e.g. Roberts & Fuqua, 2021; White & Downey, 2021). The professional challenges for ECTs are not only related to the “what” and “how” questions, but are also influenced by the “where”. We will specifically study the impacts of starting one’s career in the remote, mountainous areas of Vietnam, where ongoing inequities in education, a serious shortage of qualified teachers, and a high rate of teacher attrition have been observed (Giacchino-Baker, 2007; World Bank, 2019). Similar to the situation in Australia (White & Kline, 2012) and European countries (Fargas-Marlet & Bagley, 2022), it is challenging to attract, recruit, and retain qualified teachers in understaffed rural, remote regions of Vietnam. Furthermore, it is noteworthy that once assigned to such areas teachers are seldomly permitted to transfer or relocate (Hamano, 2008).

This research, therefore, aims to explore and share the voices of ECTs in these demanding teaching conditions as compared to their counterparts in urban areas. Apart from the geographical perspective, the study’s theoretical framework builds on the concept of teachers’ personal interpretative framework (Kelchtermans, 2009), including their self-understanding and subjective educational theory underlying their professional judgement and agency, and the micro-political perspective (Kelchtermans & Ballet, 2002). As such our study strives towards offering a holistic depiction of the fundamental factors within ECTs’ induction period, the interrelation of these factors, and the context of the school as an organization, with an emphasis on geographical diversity of the schools’ locations (and tentatively cultural and multi-lingual diversities from local ethnic minorities). These objectives lead to the following research questions in the context of Vietnam:

  1. How do the experiences of early career TESOL teachers affect their professional self-understanding and subjective educational theory?
  2. How do the micropolitics in the school as an organization affect early career TESOL teachers’ experiences?
  3. In what way does the geographical location of the school affect early career TESOL teachers’ experiences?
  4. What are the critical elements in early career TESOL teachers’ experiences of their induction phase that are to be acknowledged and included in the design for effective support programs?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
As the study aims at mapping and unravelling Vietnamese early career TESOL teachers’ induction phase drawing on the theoretical framework, the interpretative analysis focuses on reconstructing and understanding ECTs’ sensemaking of their experiences in the first phase of their career. The methodological set-up is that of a multiple case-study design (Yin, 2018; Silverman, 2014), in which narrative data through semi-structured interviews constitutes the main method (Goodson, 2013; Kelchtermans, 1994). This methodology offers “practical, specific insights” into personal experiences in real life settings (Creswell, 2012), enables ECTs to comprehend their lived experiences better (Clandinin, 2013; Goodson, 2013), and consequently helps researchers discover more about teachers’ self-perceptions (Creswell & Poth, 2018).
The data collection procedure consists of a questionnaire, two biographical interviews with each ECT, interviews with the ECTs’ direct supervisors, interviews with TESOL teacher educators, and examination of official regulation documents. Firstly, a questionnaire will be sent to the ECTs to initially determine the fundamental factors of the induction stage, regarding various aspects of their professional selves, their teaching knowledge and beliefs, and their professional interests. The responses serve as a foundation to prepare the following biographical interviews’ questions. The first interview is to elicit and elaborate their narratives based on their answers to the questionnaire. The outcome of the interpretative analysis of the first interview is fed back to the teachers for member check and as the starting point for the second interview, which will focus on the respondents’ feedback on the accuracy of the re-storied versions of their narratives, as well as create an opportunity to address particular issues in more detail. Their supervisors will also be interviewed regarding ECTs’ job requirements, performances in the initial years working at the high schools, collaboration with colleagues, etc. Next, teacher educators from TESOL teacher training programs will be interviewed for their remarks on the current teacher training curriculum and their experiences of preparing pre-service TESOL teachers for different teaching contexts. The data from ECTs’ supervisors and the teacher educators serve as additional information to provide a triangulation of data sources for a better comprehension of the ECTs’ stories and the context from which they evolve. The official regulation documents that outline early career TESOL teachers’ job requirements and responsibilities, including their contracts and the Vietnamese national labor laws in education and training field, will also be examined to ensure a full comprehension of their teaching contexts.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This doctoral research hopes to contribute the voices from Vietnam, a developing country in Southeast Asia, to the international research-based knowledge on the issue of teacher induction and teacher retention/ attrition. The findings from emerging themes will reveal the most influential factors in ECTs’ induction phase, and subsequently serve as indicators to determine the most important elements in a support program to retain qualified early career TESOL teachers in Vietnam. This support program will not only be feasible and effective but also potential to remedy the “deficit thinking” (Kelchtermans, 2019) in previous efforts to support ECTs. By specifically focusing on schools’ geographical locations, this proposed program also strives to equip ECTs with the contextual knowledge that is currently missing from the current curriculum of their pre-service training programs, such as knowledge of the school organizations, administration, school cultures (Pham, 2001; Nguyen, 2013), and especially knowledge of learners’ ethnic diversity (Nguyen & Huynh, 2021). Furthermore, the geographical lens will also contribute to the growing body of place-conscious research on (early career) teachers.
References
Clandinin, J. (2013). Engaging in narrative inquiry. Walnut Creek, CA: Left Coast Press.
Creswell, J. W., & Poth, C. N. (2018). Qualitative inquiry & research design: Choosing among five approaches (4th ed.). California: SAGE Publications.
Fargas-Malet, M., & Bagley, C. (2022). Is small beautiful? A scoping review of 21st-century research on small rural schools in Europe. European Educational Research Journal, 21(5), 822-844.
Feiman-Nemser, S. (2001). From preparation to practice: Designing a continuum to strengthen and sustain teaching. Teachers College Record, 103(6), 1013-1055.
Hamano, T. (2008). Educational reform and teacher education in Vietnam. Journal of Education for Teaching, 34(4), 397-410.
Hanushek, E. A., Rivkin, S. G., & Schiman, J. C. (2016). Dynamic effects of teacher turnover on the quality of instruction. Economics of Education Review, 55, 132-148.
Kelchtermans, G. & Ballet, K. (2002). The micropolitics of teacher induction: A narrative-biographical study on teacher socialization. Teaching and Teacher Education, 18, 105-120.
Kelchtermans, G. (2009). Who I am in how I teach is the message: Self-understanding, vulnerability and reflection. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 15, 257-272.
Kelchtermans, G. (2017). ‘Should I stay or should I go?’: Unpacking teacher attrition/ retention as an educational issue. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 23(8), 961-977.
Kelchtermans, G. (2019). Early career teachers and their need for support: Thinking again. In A. Sullivan, B. Johnson, & M. Simons (Eds.), Attracting and keeping the best teachers. Singapore: Springer.
Le, V. C. (2015). English language education innovation for the Vietnamese secondary school: The project 2020. In B. Spolsky & K. Sung (Eds.), Secondary school English education in Asia. London: Routledge.
Nguyen, M. H. (2013). The curriculum for English language teacher education in Australian and Vietnamese universities. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 38(11), 33-53.      
Tran, H. N. L, & Huynh, N. T. (2019). Pre-service teachers’ experiences with internship-related challenges in regional schools and their career intention: Implications for teacher education programs. Journal of Early Childhood Teacher Education, 40(2), 159-176.
Tran, T. N. (2021). Navigating “Praxis Shock”: Disentangling an early career teacher’s emotions and actions in organizational socialization through a micropolitical lens. VNU Journal of Foreign Studies, 37(3), 103-117.
White, S., & Downey, J. (2021). International trends and patterns in innovation in rural education. In S. White & J. Downey (Eds.), Rural education across the world. Singapore: Springer.
White, S., & Kline, J. (2012). Developing a rural teacher education curriculum package. The Rural Educator, 33(2), 36-42.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

A Cross-national Study of the Practice Component of English Language Teacher Education Programmes: Algeria in the International Context

Oum Kaltoum Charrak

university of Limerick, Ireland

Presenting Author: Charrak, Oum Kaltoum

This presentation reports on an ongoing cross-national PhD research project. The research used an exploratory mixed methods survey design to explore the opportunities for practice available to student teachers in English language pre-service teacher education programmes in Algeria, Finland, Ireland and Scotland. To this end, the study draws on Grossman et al.’s (2009) framework of pedagogies of practice. More specifically, it focuses on Grossman et al.’s ‘approximations of practice’. It also aims to explore how the teaching practice component of pre-service teacher education programmes is organised in the four countries and to identify student teachers’ and teacher educators’ attitudes towards the practice compoent. The present research was guided by three research questions:

  • What are students teachers' and teacher educators’ attitudes towards different approximations of practice, and authentic practice, to facilitate student teacher’s professional development?’
  • In what ways are teacher education programmes in Ireland, Finland, Scotland and Algeria framing the practice component of language teacher education?
  • What possible learnings/adaptations can be made from Irish, Finish and Scottish’s English language teacher education to the Algerian teaching practice design?

The study explores eight approximations of practice: examining English language learners’ work; examining state, national or local curriculum; examining videos of classroom teaching; micro-teaching; roleplays; coached rehearsals; one-to-one simulations of practice and virtual simulations of practice. Based on an extended review of the literature on approximations of practice, these were the most commonly cited approximations of practice used across different contexts.

Research findings suggest that teacher quality is considered one of the main salient determiners of student success (Rivkin et al., 2005, p.449; Darling-Hammond, 2000, p.33) and the success of any educational system (Barber and Mourshed 2007, p.15). As a result, the content and curriculum of pre-service teacher education programmes in many countries are constantly being scrutinised to deliver competent graduates who are well capable of facing the realities of the twenty-first century classrooms.

The importance of practice has been widely acknowledged in teacher education literature. Research highlights that it is seen as hugely significant by student teachers, teacher educators and teachers as well as by policy makers (Tabachnick, and Zeichner 1984; Hall et al, 2018). This growing recognition of the importance of teaching practice has inspired many teacher education providers to revise their teacher preparation policies through extending teaching practice opportunities and strengthening theory-practice links (Darling-Hammond et al., 2017, p. 22). However, despite the wide agreement on the teaching practice effectiveness in developing classroom ready teachers (Batten et al. 1991), the teaching practice is not standardised, and the quality of student teachers’ experience during teaching practice can be effected by many factors (i.e. the length of the teaching practice, feedback, supervision …etc) (Ball & Cohen, 1999; Darling-Hammond et al. 2005). Some researchers also argue that not all student teachers’ experiences during school-based teaching practice are productive or positive (Feiman-Nemser and Buchmann 1985; and Turney et al. 1982).

The implementation of approximations of practice in teacher education programmes, or what Grossman et al. (2009) have defined as ‘opportunities for novices to engage in practices that are more or less proximal to the practice of a profession’ (p. 2058), has the potential of contributing to the development of student teachers (Grossman et al, 2009) hence advocating their incorporation in the teacher education curricula (Ghousseini & Herbst, 2016). However, there appears to be very scant literature on their implementation and benefits in English language teacher education and more specifically on student teachers’ and teacher educators’ attitudes towards them. This paper seeks to address this gap by reporting on the results of a cross-national research as part of an ongoing PhD project.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study was designed as an exploratory survey research that mixes both qualitative and quantitative data findings from questionnaires and semi-structured interviews. The research draws on data from student teachers, novice teachers and teacher educators in teacher education programmes in Algeria, Finland, Ireland and Scotland in order to obtain a more complete picture of prospective teachers' experience during English language teacher education programmes. Based on an extensive review of literature on the different ways practice is enacted in pre-service teacher education, the researcher designed two online questionnaires, one for student and novice teachers and another for teacher educators. The questionnaires used open-ended questions, close-ended questions and especially designed attitudinal scales to best address the research questions. Participants were recruited following a non-probability sampling method due to its suitability for the research. Questionnaire participants who agreed to participate in the second phase of the research were interviewed following a semi-structured interview design. The interviews were conducted on Microsoft Teams and lasted from 30-60 minute. The sample consists of 80 student teachers and teacher educators from the four countries. The study data was collected through questionnaires and 8 interviews. To address the research questions, the questionnaires included 3 main sections: background data, approximations of practice and teaching practice. The approximations of practice section was further divided into 8 sub-sections. In each sub-section, participants answered  questions about how an approximation was used in their programme, when it was used and the frequency of its use. In addition, participants also responded to a 5-point Likert scale about their attitudes towards each of the approximations of practice. In the last section, different aspects of the teaching practice experience were explored to understand how the teaching practice aspect is framed in the four countries including the existence of teaching practice, the duration of the teaching practice, students’ preparedness before the teaching practice and feedback. Each of these were further explored in the interviews.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis of the data gathered from questionnaires and interviews allow for an exploration of the research participants’ experiences of the practice component of their English language teacher education programmes including the approximations of practice and the attitudes that both student teachers and teacher educators hold towards these. The preliminary analysis of the research findings highlight that the participants hold positive attitudes towards the different ways practice is enacted that are explored in this study, which coincides with prior research on the approximations of practice. It also highlights that the teaching practice is framed differently in the different pre-service teacher education programmes in the four countries. After presenting the results of the analysis of the questionnaires and the interviews, I will discuss the differences and common elements in the four countries. The analysis focuses on the emergent themes in the research data including value, identity, teaching skills, feedback and affective factors. Although the researchers’ sample is small, the study contributes to a better understanding of the opportunities for practice available for prospective teachers in the four countries. Doing so, the research expects to draw from the research data from the three European countries (Finland, Scotland, and Ireland) to recommend the policies that could be adopted to the Algerian practice component of the curriculum design. As this PhD research’s  analysis is underway, I cannot describe in detail what the results will be in terms of possible learnings/adaptations from the European context to the Algerian English language teacher education system.
References
Ball, D., & Cohen, D. (1999). Developing practice, developing practitioners: Toward a practice-based theory of professional education. In L. Darling-Hammond & G. Sykes (Eds.), Teaching as the learning profession (pp. 3-32). San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass.
Barber, M., & Mourshed, M. (2007). How the world's best performing systems come out on top.  McKinsey. Batten, M., Griffin, M., & Ainley, J. (1991) Recently recruited teachers: Their views and experiences of preservice education. Professional development and teaching. Canberra, AGPS. Darling-Hammond, L. (2000). Teacher quality and student achievement. Education policy analysis archives. 8, 1-1.  Darling-Hammond, L., Burns, D., Campbell, C., Goodwin, L., Hammerness, K., Low, E. L. & Zeichner, K. M. (2017). Empowered Educators: How high performing systems shape teaching quality around the world. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass  Darling-Hammond, L., Hammerness, K., Groossman, P., Rust, F., & Shulman, L. (2005) ‘The Design of Teacher Education Programmes’, in Darling-Hammond, L., and Bransford, J. (2005) Preparing teachers for a changing world: What teachers should learn and be able to do, Jossey-Bass.
Darling-Hammond, L., Hyler, M. E., & Gardner, M. (2017). Effective teacher professional development. Learning Policy Institute.  Feiman-Nemser, S. & Buchman, M. (1985) ‘Pitfalls of Experience in Teacher Preparation’ Teachers College Record, 87(1), 53-65.
Ghousseini, H., & Herbst, P. (2016). Pedagogies of practice and opportunities to learn about classroom mathematics discussions. Journal of Mathematics Teacher Education, 19, 79-103. Grossman, P., Compton, C., Igra, D., Ronfeldt, M., Shahan, E., & Williamson, P. W. (2009). Teaching practice: A cross-professional perspective. Teachers college record, 111(9), 2055-2100
Hall, K., Murphy, R., Rutherford, V., & Ní Áingléis, B. (2018). School placement in initial teacher education. University College Cork. Rivkin, S. G., Hanushek, E. A., & Kain, J. F. (2005). Teachers, schools, and academic achievement. Econometrica, 73(2), 417-458. Tabachnick, B., & Zeichner, K. (1984). The impact of the student teaching experience on the development of teacher perspectives. Journal of Teacher Education, 35(6), 28-36.
Turney, C., Cairns, L., Eltis, K.., Hatton, N., Thew, D., Towler, J.,  & Wright, R. (1982). ‘The practicum in teacher education: Research practice and supervision’. In Eltis, K. (Eds.), Australian teacher education in review: Inaugural yearbook of the South Pacific Association for Teacher Education, Sydney, Sydney University Press.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm99 ERC SES 04 G: Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Location: James McCune Smith, 639 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Gasper Cankar
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Power of Enthusiasm – A Case Study of the Potential of School Volunteering Programmes

Nadja Čekolj

University of Rijeka, Croatia

Presenting Author: Čekolj, Nadja

The focus of this paper is to describe the potential of school volunteering programmes presenting selected preliminary results of thematic analysis of focus groups conducted with student volunteers. To do so, it is first necessary to briefly define one of the key construct: school volunteering programmes (SVP).

SVP are a novelty in the education system in the European context and are gradually being recognised as a pedagogical innovation in the formal education system. The benefits of these programmes for all stakeholders (community, school, and students) are recognised. Through volunteering programmes, schools become more connected to the local community, creating a network of partners for collaborative solutions to community issues (Šimunković, Forčić, Milinković, Kamenko & Šehić-Relić, 2011). Students who have the opportunity to participate in activities in their local community and propose solutions to their needs in the school show a greater willingness to become involved in their (local) community currently and in the future (Torney-Purta, Lehman, Oswald & Schulz, 2001). In addition, while conducting volunteer activities, they strengthen their relationships with other students and also with teachers. Positive and closer relationships lead to a positive school climate. Students who participate in SVP show greater satisfaction with life and school, and describe volunteering as their lifestyle (Šimunković et al., 2011).

Organising, structuring, and planning SVP is a key factor in the success of the programme itself (Schulz, Ainley, Fraillon, Losito, & Agrusti, 2016), and increases the likelihood that young people will volunteer in the future (Harris & Nielsen, 2013). SVP coordinators play the most important role in the successful operation of the programme, as they have full responsibility for every part of it. In addition, the importance of involving parents and civil society organisations is emphasised in order to set a positive example for young people and, in this way, also increase the chances of young people volunteering in adulthood.

Civil society organisations (CSO) in Croatia play an important role in the implementation of volunteering programmes in school curricula. In the national context, CSOs were among the first to initiate the implementation of volunteer programs with the aim of cultivating elements of sustainability citizenship. CSOs also participate in the realisation of volunteer actions and activities together with the school. Through active participation in various activities of associations, young people become aware and interested in the community in which they live. They also have the opportunity to acquire the knowledge and experience necessary to become a competent citizen, i.e., the result of young people's participation in CSOs is empowered, competent and active citizens (Ilišin, 2016).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A qualitative case study was conducted with the aim of describing and understanding the phenomenon of school volunteering programmes (SVP) and their role in developing sustainability citizenship attributes among high school students. The main research question is: What experiences, processes, and activities that are part of SVPs, are encouraging high school students' potential in developing elements of sustainability citizenship and how?

Research has been organised in several phases: 1) mapping SVPs in Croatian high schools (with the aim of selecting cases for further analysis), 2) content analysis of school curricula, 3) semi-structured interviews with SVPs coordinators, 4) focus groups with student volunteers, and in this paper, we will focus on the fourth phase – the focus groups.
Six volunteering programmes from different schools (3 gymnasiums, 2 polyvalent schools and 1 vocational school) and from different regions of Croatia were selected for further analysis.

A total of 38 student volunteers participated in the focus groups, 34 female and 4 male students between the ages of 15 and 18. The focus group participants were volunteers with at least one year of experience participating in volunteer activities in high schools that have integrated volunteering programmes into the school curriculum. The following topics were discussed in the focus groups: Motivation for volunteering, Topics of volunteer activities, Planning and organising volunteering, Relationship with the coordinator, Importance of the volunteer's role, Change in knowledge, perception, and behaviour as a result of volunteering in school volunteering programmes, and Transfer of experiences gained in school volunteering programmes.

Thematic analysis was used for data analysis according to the following steps: 1) familiarisation with the data and generating initial codes, 2) search for themes, 3) review of themes, 4) definition and naming of themes (Braun & Clarke, 2006).

Presented qualitative research is part of a larger, mixed-method project “Formal Education in Service of Sustainable Development”, a research project funded by Croatian Science Foundation (2018-2024).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This paper presents selected results of the thematic analysis of focus groups conducted with high school student volunteers. From the thematic analysis, it appears that the desire to help, new experiences, benefits at school, and positive previous volunteer experiences motivate students to join the school volunteering club. However, they are primarily motivated and inspired by the contagious enthusiasm of students already volunteering and the coordinators of these programs.

Students are aware that the work of coordinators is often challenging, especially when there is no support from the school collective, and that they often have to rely on themselves and their own enthusiasm. In addition to planning, organizing, and managing volunteer activities, coordinators participate with students in conducting volunteer activities. In this way, coordinators inspire student volunteers by example. In addition, they provide a relaxed atmosphere in which informal and friendly relationships prevail, an atmosphere in which positive relationships between students and teachers are strengthened.

One of the most important themes in this emergent analysis is the volunteers' intention to continue volunteering after they leave high school. By participating in volunteer activities in the school's volunteer club, students indeed feel more connected to the community and thus recognize and respond to community needs. Some students already volunteer in civil society organisations in their local communities during their school years. In addition, all students expressed a desire and intention to volunteer at least to some extent after graduation. In summary, volunteering encourages students to change their behaviour and cultivates young people to become active, socially responsible, and sustainability citizens.

References
1.Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa
2.Harris, C., & Nielsen, T. (Ed.) (2013). Promoting Youth Engagement and Wellbeing through Student Volunteer Programs in ACT Schools. Volunteering ACT.
3.Ilišin, V. (2016). Socijalna i politička participacija maturanata [Social and political participation of high school graduates]. In M. Kovačić & M. Horvat (Eds.), Od podanika do građana [From subjects to citizens], p. 91-111. Institute for Social Research.
4.Schulz, W., Ainley, J., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., & Agrusti, G. (2016). IEA International Civic and Citizenship Education Study 2016 Assessment Framework. Springer Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-39357-5
5.Šimunković, G., Forčić, G., Milinković, D., Kamenko, J. & Šehić Relić, L. (2011). Generacija za V. Zašto i kako organizirati volonterski program u školi. [Generation for V. Why and how to organise school volunteering programme.]. Volunteer Center Osijek.
6.Torney-Purta, J., Lehmann, R., Oswald, H., & Schulz, W. (2001). Citizenship and education in twenty-eight countries: civic knowledge and engagement at age fourteen. International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA).


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Reliable or Rootless: Debating Native Adolescents’ Construction of Place Belonging in Rural China

Tangsenyi Shi

The University of Hong Kong, China, People's Republic of

Presenting Author: Shi, Tangsenyi

The outflow of the rural population has become a prevalent phenomenon on a global scale under the influence of urbanization. Rural hollowing out, thereby leading to brain drain and rural decline, is placing small villages in a severe predicament regarding their existence and development (Drozdzewski, 2008; Lall et al., 2006). Currently, China is encountering the same dilemma: the perennial urban priority has become the culprit of hallowing out, acutely pumping the rural labor force empty (Murphy, 2002; Su et al., 2018). To elucidate why rural residents are inclined to pursue urban life rather than stay and serve their homelands, some researchers ponder how subjective elements affect human decision-making processes for migration. They pay attention to individual perceptions and attitudes toward the environment in which they reside (Pretty et al., 2006; Simões et al., 2020). Hence, the concept of place belonging is raised to describe the individual’s affiliation to a particular locale (Hay, 1998; Pretty et al., 2003).

The psychological concept consists of two key elements: membership and connection (McMillan & Chavis, 1986). First, the membership indicates a position in a locale where all in-group members can co-share the belonging consciousness. This membership represents a place-based identity, enabling one to discern in-group members and differentiate from out-group others by recognizing unique indigenous features (Hernández et al., 2007). Second, common connections with the location consolidate a sense of belonging. These connections incorporate similar life experiences, values, and cultures shared by community members. By producing personal and social memories, daily connections consistently endow a particular place with specific meanings (Eacott & Sonn, 2006). Place belonging develops across one’s lifecycle rather than remain unchanged. With the constant accumulation of shared experiences, residents are apt to strengthen their connection with the place and others within it. The process helps natives cement their group membership and shape a firm sense of belonging.

In China, many scholars agree that rural adolescents commonly lose a sense of belonging. The failure to identify with local cultures and values is regarded as one primary factor arousing the individual’s underlying proneness to abandon the rustic membership and out-migrate (Cheng & Qin, 2019; Liao & Wong, 2020; Si, 2009). Nonetheless, existent research portrays a general panorama for the theme of rural residents’ place belonging, most of which tends to be theoretical and descriptive, failing to offer detailed explanations and relevant evidence with first-hand data. The insufficiency of empirical research renders corresponding arguments plausible yet virtually not credible enough. Besides, amid a limited number of empirical studies, more samples involve people exposed to urban life (e.g., university students and migrant workers). In contrast, adolescents remaining in local communities with more rural living incidents are apparently overlooked. Given current research gaps, this empirical study covers two research questions. First, how do rural junior high students elaborate on the status of their village-based belonging? Second, how do rural junior high students construct the place belonging to their place of origin?

This study employs the concept of place belonging to reveal how Chinese junior high students with rural backgrounds cognize and interpret the relationship between themselves and their original dwellings, namely whether and how they feel that they belong to their rural hometowns. Research on rural adolescents is of great importance because they will grow into subsequent rural builders. Relevant findings on their place-based perceptions will facilitate further elaborations on why they choose to stay, leave, or return, thus benefiting the global explanation of rural developmental challenges. Noticeably, due to the word limits, this study seldom discusses the relationship between place belonging and migration intentions of rural students while taking it into future academic consideration.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
  This study primarily adopted an ethnographic approach that emphasizes an exploratory process. It lasted around ten months from September 2021 in the southeast of Guizhou, a province with lower per capita GDP in southwestern China. A township junior high (WY Middle School), located in a typically underdeveloped and rural region, was selected as the research base. There were 1,256 students during the school year from September 2021 to August 2022, most of whom were boarders and left-behind children. In total, by snowball sampling, 36 students were deeply involved in the study for interviewing and family visits, corresponding to 16 females and 20 males. There were 14 participants from Grade 8 and 22 participants from Grade 9. Given that interviewees may need to be more mature to think of and discuss the topic of place belonging, Grade 7 students were excluded from this study.
  The researcher utilized the personal network to access the school as a temporary teacher and collect data through observation, interviewing, and personal essays. First, by taking advantage of the position, the researcher built rapport with students and observed students' daily lives at school. Additionally, the researcher had been to 7 villages to visit 10 (out of 36) students’ families, thereby obtaining a more holistic understanding of their living surroundings and experiences at close range through multiple observations in the community and at home. Second, interviewing occurred in formal ways by adopting a semi-structured form concerning students’ hometown-related feelings and extracurricular lives, with questions such as “Do you feel that you are part of your village? Why do you feel like this?” “Could you introduce some interesting events in your community? What do you think of local events (e.g., activities, traditions, festivals, and customs)?” The recording was adopted with the interviewees' permission. Data was also supplemented by informal interviewing inside and outside the classroom, face-to-face or via social media applications. Third, the author required students to write short essays titled “The village in your heart.” This method is applied to learn rural students’ rural impressions, which serves the follow-up analysis of how they form such impressions and how these impressions relate to their place belonging.
  Upon the completion of data collection, the researcher processed the textual data from observation notes and interview transcripts by thematic analysis to generate concepts, identify patterns, and code into themes.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
  The research findings, overall, reveal that rural junior high students exhibit a relatively reliable sense of place belonging toward their villages. All the informants confirmed that they are part of their villages, or say, that they belong there. First, kinship and geo-relation are the underlying logic that generates the feeling of place belonging. In other words, the construction of belonging originates from the confirmation of kinship and geo-relation. When asked where they come from, students spoke out their village names as responses at once, which concerned specific locations where their families reside. Second, cultural symbols provide the motives to boost the development of place belonging. Despite intangible and abstract, unique cultures (e.g., languages, instruments, dances, costumes, and customs) generated from local areas constitute exclusive features to help residents identify with their place-based memberships and resonate with other in-group members. Third, tangible and concrete connections are the bonds that strengthen the sense of belonging. Long-term local interactions bring students place-related memories, facilitating the formation of entirety with cohesive force.
  However, rural students’ village-based belonging may not be as reliable as they voiced because of losing its developmental roots. First, most rural students’ cognition of local cultures is universally superficial. On the one hand, the environment where traditional cultures are inherited is not provided at school or in the community. On the other hand, adolescents have lost the corresponding passion in this regard. They know a little but just a little. Second, common connections fade due to the physical separation (boarding), increasing individual awareness, indulgence in the virtual world, and the local hollowing out caused by the population outflow. Therefore, rural students’ place belonging is becoming rootless and imperceptibly impaired. Its gradual loss may accelerate residents’ leaving and harm sustainable rural development, which deserves more academic consideration in the future.

References
Cheng, Q., & Qin, Y. (2019). Nongcun daxuesheng “wenhua linong”: Juese zhangli yu juese suzao (The “departure from countryside in culture” of college students: Role challenges and role shaping). (In Chinese). Nanjing Journal of Social Sciences, (3), 142-148.
Drozdzewski, D. (2008). ‘We’re moving out’: Youth Out‐Migration Intentions in Coastal Non‐Metropolitan New South Wales. Geographical research, 46(2), 153-161.
Eacott, C., & Sonn, C. C. (2006). Beyond education and employment: Exploring youth experiences of their communities, place attachment and reasons for migration. Rural Society, 16(2), 199-214.
Hay, R. (1998). Sense of place in developmental context. Journal of environmental psychology, 18(1), 5-29.
Hernández, B., Hidalgo, M. C., Salazar-Laplace, M. E., & Hess, S. (2007). Place attachment and place identity in natives and non-natives. Journal of environmental psychology, 27(4), 310-319.
Lall, S. V., Selod, H., & Shalizi, Z. (2006). Rural-urban migration in developing countries: A survey of theoretical predictions and empirical findings.
Liao, Q., & Wong, Y.-l. (2020). Jieceng shenfen rentong: Lijie woguo nongcunji daxuesheng jiudu jingyan de xinshijiao (Class identity: A new perspective to understand the learning experiences of rural college students). (In Chinese). Tsinghua Journal of Education, 41(6), 75-82.
McMillan, D. W., & Chavis, D. M. (1986). Sense of community: A definition and theory. Journal of community psychology, 14(1), 6-23.
Murphy, R. (2002). How migrant labor is changing rural China. Cambridge University Press.
Pretty, G., Bramston, P., Patrick, J., & Pannach, W. (2006). The relevance of community sentiments to Australian rural youths’ intention to stay in their home communities. American Behavioral Scientist, 50(2), 226-240.
Pretty, G. H., Chipuer, H. M., & Bramston, P. (2003). Sense of place amongst adolescents and adults in two rural Australian towns: The discriminating features of place attachment, sense of community and place dependence in relation to place identity. Journal of environmental psychology, 23(3), 273-287.
Si, H. (2009). Qianru cunzhuang de xuexiao: rencun jiaoyu de lishi renleixue tanjiu (Village school: A historical-ethnographic study or education in Ren village). (In Chinese). Educational Science Publishing House.
Simões, F., Rocha, R., & Mateus, C. (2020). Beyond the prophecy success: How place attachment and future time perspective shape rural university students intentions of returning to small islands. Journal of youth studies, 23(7), 909-925.
Su, Y., Tesfazion, P., & Zhao, Z. (2018). Where are the migrants from? Inter-vs. intra-provincial rural-urban migration in China. China Economic Review, 47, 142-155.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm99 ERC SES 05 G: Research in Higher Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 639 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Dragana Radanović
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Higher Education Accountability to Student Voice in the UK: Student Representatives’ Perceptions

Qian Jiang

University of Glasgow, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Jiang, Qian

This study is to investigate student representatives’ perceptions of student voice in UK higher education institutions (HEIs). With Neoliberalism as a leading conceptual framework, it is expected to find out answers of the following research questions: (1) to what degree the student representation systems in HEIs work to promote student voice; (2) and assist HEIs to become more accountable to students? (3) how underlying diversity issues affect representing student voice?

Against the backdrop of Neoliberalism, tensions between managerialist approaches to quality assurance and socio-political commitments to democracy and citizenship, can be witnessed both in educational literature and practice (Carey, 2013; Matthews & Dollinger, 2022). Student voice advocates assume students are competent social agents and have a right to democratic participation in educational settings (Bourke & Loveridge, 2014). However, along with the prevalence of New Public Management, student voice nowadays is much used as a potential contributor to quality improvement in educational settings, rather than prioritising the democratic rights of students as young citizens (Thomson & Gunter, 2006). In other words, the emphasis on student voice currently is driven primarily through imperatives of marketised accountability (Fielding, 2001), which emphasises pre-determined objectives and foreseeable outputs (Blanco Ramírez, 2013).

In this case, engaging student voice has been critiqued as an instrumentalist technology associated with compliance and productivity (Bragg, 2007). This powerful impetus that position students as consumers, data sources, and tools for quality control can miss the emancipatory potential of their voice (Charteris & Smardon, 2019), because the essential characteristics of voice work—"dialogic, intergenerational, collective, and inclusive” (Pearce & Wood, 2019, p.118)—are often difficult to observe from the current voice discourse.

Student representative system, as one important component of the accountability regime in HEIs in the UK, is designed to collect student voice formally by elected representatives and transit voice from students to a multilevel of staff in institutions. It is faced with a number of difficulties in creating the conditions for such a student empowerment (Pearce & Wood, 2019). The responses from institutions (Carey, 2013), the time-bounded nature of dealing with student voice (Flint & O'Hara, 2013), complex motivations of student representatives (Seale, 2016) are all affecting the progress and validity of transiting student voice from students to institutions through representatives.

Moreover, the neoliberal notion of students as consumers is likely to reshape the relationships between student representatives and their institutions (Flint & O'Hara, 2013), where there has been an increasing convergence of the consumerist values and priorities between them (Brooks, Byford & Sela, 2016). Representatives are blamed for regulating themselves to align with existing structures, rather than challenging them (Pearce & Wood, 2019), from which the general student body tend to view their representatives as being co-opted by the institutions (QAAS, 2018), rather than creating a dialogical environment for authentic student voice. The legitimate positions that students should be entitled in this neoliberal environment imply the enactment of a representative role (Lizzio & Wilson, 2009), and this is also an essential question to answer for positioning student voice.

Considerable studies have been conducted in school settings to explore student representation issues in school governance, while there is insufficient discussion about this in the HE context. It particularly lacks investigations of students’ views of accountability, which can inform and deepen our understanding of student voice mechanisms based on their personal experience. In the UK, where there is a diverse student composition, it is also possible to get various insights.

Thus, this research uses questionnaires and semi-structured interviews to collect student representatives’ perceptions of HE’s accountability to student voice in the UK. Data collection and analysis will be carried out after March 2023.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
As a mix-method study, a questionnaire is designed and sent out to potential participants, followed by semi-structured interviews. The questionnaire contains Likert Scale questions, multiple-choice questions, and open-ended questions. Quantitative questions are to gain a numerical description of student voice accountability from student representatives’ perceptions, such as “I think my institution responds to student voice. (choose from strongly disagree to strongly agree)”. Open-ended questions are to collect some personal experiences of student representatives about student voice operation, for example, “How important do you think student representative system is for student voice? What are the weakness and strengths of it?”. After analysing the questionnaire data, follow-up interviews are conducted to get an in-depth understanding of student representatives’ opinions.

Ethics application had been made to seek the protection of participant rights and data security. After receiving approval from the ethics committee, inquiry emails are to be sent out to find potential participants. Nine HE institutions (three in England; three in Scotland; three in Wales and North Ireland) are planned to be contacted. Convenience sampling is employed, because in each institution, the way student representatives work and be exposed to the public are different, which can create difficulties in finding the right person to communicate with in some cases. For some universities such as the University of Glasgow, Student Representative Council are accessible, and one University has a specific vice-president in their Student Union—called “Vice-president of student voice”. These institutions will be communicated further, but relevant information is barely found in a few universities, which have to be excluded from the mailing list. It aims to get no more than 300 questionnaires and less than 20 interviews.

After gaining the data, SPSS and thematic analysis will be used to analyse quantitative and qualitative data respectively. Both types of data will be combined together to answer the research questions: (1) to what degree the student representation systems in HEIs work to promote student voice; (2) and assist HEIs to become more accountable to students? (3) how underlying diversity issues affect representing student voice?  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This study is expected to explore student representatives’ views and experience about student voice and HE accountability, including what kinds of voice can be heard, to what degree student voices are heard, and the effectiveness of student voice mechanisms in achieving accountability in HE institutions. It also aims to find out how student representatives work within a diverse discourse, where students differ in cultural and socio-economic backgrounds. Findings assumed can not only show a general discussion of HE accountability to student voice, but also reflect how diversity influences student voice affairs, for example, whether international student reps have distinct expectations and perceptions of HE student voice.

Engaging student voice will not become a solution to free education from problems, but it can help relevant agents to deal with education more maturely and thoughtfully (Cook-Sather, 2006). “Democracy invites us to take risks, which asks that we vacate the comfortable seat of certitude, remain pliable, and act, ultimately, on behalf of the common good” (Williams, 2004, p. 22). To make student voice authentic, it is a good time to consider stepping out of the influence of Neoliberalism and retrieving trust among relationships. It is not a matter of rushing for evidence to polish reports for marketing, rankings, and reputation, it is rather, as Bragg (cited by Fielding, 2001, p.107) calls for, when listening to student voice, “take our time with the anomalous, to allow what doesn't fit or produces unexpected reactions in us to disrupt our assumptions and habitual ways of working”.

References
Blanco Ramirez, G. (2013). Studying quality beyond technical rationality: Political and symbolic perspectives. Quality in Higher Education, 19(2), 126-141. https://doi.org/10.1080/13538322.2013.774804

Bourke, R., Loveridge, J., & SpringerLink (Online service). (2018). Radical collegiality through student voice: Educational experience, policy and practice. Springer Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-13-1858-0
 
Bragg, S. (2007). "student voice" and governmentality: The production of enterprising subjects? Discourse (Abingdon, England), 28(3), 343-358. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596300701458905

Brooks, R., Byford, K., & Sela, K. (2016). Students' unions, consumerism and the neo-liberal university. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 37(8), 1211-1228. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2015.1042150

Carey, P. (2013). Representation and student engagement in higher education: A reflection on the views and experiences of course representatives. Journal of further and Higher Education, 37(1), 71-88. https://doi.org/10.1080/0309877X.2011.644775

Cook-Sather, A. (2006). Sound, presence, and power: "student voice" in educational research and reform. Curriculum Inquiry, 36(4), 359-390. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-873X.2006.00363.x

Charteris, J., & Smardon, D. (2019). Democratic contribution or information for reform? Prevailing and emerging discourses of student voice. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 44(6), 1-18.

Fielding, M. (2001). Students as radical agents of change. Journal of Educational Change, 2(2), 123. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1017949213447

Flint, A., & O'Hara, M. (2013). Communities of practice and ‘student voice’: Engaging with student representatives at the faculty level. Student Engagement and Experience Journal, 2(1).

Lizzio, A., & Wilson, K. (2009). Student participation in university governance: The role conceptions and sense of efficacy of student representatives on departmental committees. Studies in Higher Education (Dorchester-on-Thames), 34(1), 69-84. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075070802602000

Matthews, K. E., & Dollinger, M. (2022). Student voice in higher education: The importance of distinguishing student representation and student partnership. Higher Education, https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-022-00851-7

Pearce, T. C., & Wood, B. E. (2019). Education for transformation: An evaluative framework to guide student voice work in schools. Critical Studies in Education, 60(1), 113-130. https://doi.org/10.1080/17508487.2016.1219959

QAAS (2018). Responding to Student Voice: Insights into international practice, https://www.enhancementthemes.ac.uk/docs/ethemes/evidence-for-enhancement/insights-into-international-practice.pdf?sfvrsn=7be9c181_5

Seale, J. (2016). How can we confidently judge the extent to which student voice in higher education has been genuinely amplified? A proposal for a new evaluation framework. Research Papers in Education, 31(2), 212-233. https://doi.org/10.1080/02671522.2015.1027726

Thomson, P., & Gunter, H. (2006). From 'consulting pupils' to 'pupils as researchers': A situated case narrative. British Educational Research Journal, 32(6), 839-856. https://doi.org/10.1080/01411920600989487
 
Williams, T. T. (2004). The open space of democracy. Eugene, OR: WIPF and STOCK Publishers.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

"Kazakhstan's Quest for World-class University: Interplay Between Global, National and Local"

Gulzhanat Gafu

Nazarbayev University, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Gafu, Gulzhanat

Over the last couple of decades, higher education has undergone significant changes as a result of intensive globalization processes making the HE sector global, national and local at the same time (Marginson and Rhodes, 2022). The wave of neoliberal globalization associated with marketization and competition in different areas has also influenced higher education policies. One of the such policies in the recent decade has been a quest for ‘world-class university’ (WCU) and/or ‘global research university’ (GRU) among nations and their universities (Liu et al, 2011). With the emphasised importance of knowledge economy, the term ‘world-class university’ has gained the attention of various stakeholders in the higher education systems worldwide as these universities are thought to play a key role “in creating and disseminating knowledge, educating a highly skilled workforce for technological and intellectual leadership, and serving the needs of society” for their nation’s ability to compete in the global arena (Wang et al, 2012, p.9).

Kazakhstan is no exception and in 2010 established Nazarbayev University (NU) to be ‘a national standard of higher education for the rest of the country’ (Nazarbayev, 2010), to be a leader in higher education reform and modernisation in Kazakhstan and also to ‘contribute to the establishment of Astana as an international knowledge and innovation hub’ (nu.edu.kz). Unlike the rest of the HEIs, NU has been given a special status of an autonomous organisation of education which grants the university institutional autonomy and legislative independence from the bureaucratic system of the Ministry of Education and Science (MoES). This paper, based on the PhD thesis done in 2016-2019, aims to understand Kazakhstan’s quest for a world-class university with a focus on an interplay between global aspirations, national policies, and local context. It addresses the overarching questions of what the tensions and connections are between global, national, and local forces in Kazakhstan’s attempts to build a world-class university. Through qualitative case study design with semi-structured interviews and documentary analysis, the author specifically explores the extent to which global practices advocated at a western-type elite university can be integrated within the setting of the local public universities as part of the bold policy reforms in the national HE sector. By doing so, the paper also explores the responses of the public universities on the prioritized emphasis on a single university made by the government.

Theoretically, this study uses Marginson and Rhoades’ (2002) glonacal agency heuristic for its relevance in explaining the dynamic of global, national and local dimensions in which HE is said to exist. Moreover, the approach is helpful in the way to interpret “the intersections, interactions, mutual determinations of these levels (global, national, and local) and domains (organizational agencies and the agency of collectivities)” (p.289). Hence, this approach is seen as a tool to understand and uncover how global, national and local forces interact where NU is regarded as a product of the national government to become globally visible while reforming and modernizing the local HE and more importantly, the public institutions' response to internationalizing policy of the government.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To answer the research question posed, qualitative semi-structured interviews and documentary analysis were employed. A total of 29 interviews were conducted with key administration and academic staff responsible for research and international activities including senior members of staff in charge of strategic development at 3 public universities, NU and MoES. The three universities were selected from the list of 33 universities that have had a collaborative training project with the NU in 2014-2016. State universities have always been a bedrock of the higher education system in Kazakhstan, and, being under the centralised governance of the Ministry of Education and Science, have a high level of accountability, and are expected to follow the governmental line. Considering an emphasised importance of the NU by the government in policy documents, these universities are ‘tasked’ to ‘learn’ from NU’s experience (Government of the Republic of Kazakhstan, 2016). Selected public universities are located in three regions of Kazakhstan: one in East Kazakhstan, the second in Central Kazakhstan, and the third in North-East Kazakhstan.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
While there is this effort and grand national plans, at this stage the extent of interaction is limited due to several factors and issues. The major one is that NU and public institutions function in two different systems, with different backgrounds and resources, principles of work and missions, which makes it more than a little challenging for all three parties – state, NU and public universities – to effectively construct procedures for the one shared goal of advancing the HE system in Kazakhstan. There is not much-established cooperation between Nazarbayev University and other institutions and limited vision and understanding between all parties of how Nazarbayev University’s experience could help to reform the entire system. This puts the idea of developing a world-class research university in the context of Kazakhstan in doubt due to the limited research background and potential of the national HE system. Though the intention seems reasonable, skepticism prevails as to whether one university can have any effect on the system overall, especially due to the fact that at the current HE development state the rest of the system remains underfunded. Therefore, at this stage of HE development, it is suggested that Kazakhstan should focus on a comprehensive systemic approach rather than on a single institution.
Furthermore, in discussing the interplay between the global, national and local, my argument is that the Soviet legacy in Kazakhstan and the insufficiently internationalised level of its higher education system might explain existing tensions and limited dynamics between global and local forces. In any case, for global practices typical of globally-oriented institutions like NU to be translated to the rest of the sector, state-coordinated actions would potentially bring more efficiency, especially in centrally-governed education systems where institutional autonomy has yet to come to fruition.

References
Government of the Republic of Kazakhstan (2016). State Program of Education and Science Development of the Republic of Kazakhstan for 2016-2019, https://tengrinews.kz/zakon/prezident_respubliki_kazahstan/konstitutsionnyiy_stroy_i_osnovyi_gosudarstvennogo_upravleniya/id-U1600000205/.
Marginson, S. and Rhoades, G. (2002). Beyond national states, markets, and systems of higher education: A glonacal agency heuristic. Higher Education, 43(3), 281-309.
NU (n.d). Official website of Nazarbayev University,  www.nu.edu.kz/en
NU, (2013). Nazarbayev University Strategy 2013 – 2020. https://nu.edu.kz/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/NU_strategy_-final-1.pdf  
Wang, Q. Cheng Y. and Liu, N.C. (Eds.). (2012). Building world-class universities: different approaches to a shared goal. Rotterdam: Sense Publishers.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Challenges including students with Autism Spectrum Disorder at university: The faculty staff voices.

Mercé Barrera Ciurana, Odet Moliner Gargia

Universitat Jaume I, Spain

Presenting Author: Barrera Ciurana, Mercé

The number of students diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) at universities has increased in the last few years. These students face many barriers that make participation and learning difficult (Bakker et al., 2019; Fabri et al., 2020). Specifically, some research states barriers related to interaction with others, adaptation to university environments and handling changes (Jansen et al., 2017). Other studies describe obstacles regarding the perception of information and executive functioning (Elias and White, 2019; Waisman et al., 2022). Also, there have been detected aspects related to the emotional well-being of students with ASD, who tend to feel anxiety and stress during higher education (Fabri et al., 2020).

Universities have to ensure the right of every person to access and participate in higher education. In the case of Spain, since the creation of the European higher education area (EEES), valuing diversity and promoting quality education are two objectives that universities have assumed. Autism Spectrum disorder symptoms are diverse depending on the person, so, in this way, laws, policies and regulations require students with ASD to be educated in an inclusive environment (Al Jaffal, 2022). In that sense, based on Universal Design for Learning, it is essential to promote the personalization of learning and provide multiple options so that students can choose the most appropriate to them.

It is clear that faculty staff become a key factor in the inclusion process of students in higher education, nevertheless, sometimes they are considered a barrier. Some research identifies many obstacles to inclusion related to teachers, such as the scarce awareness of autism (Cage and Howes, 2020; Fabri et al., 2020; Oliver Kerrigan, 2021) and developing more inclusive practices to attend these students (Moriña and Carballo, 2018; Sarret, 2018; Sullivan, 2021). Interventions often focus on traditional academic accommodations, such as extended time on exams or noiseless locations for taking them (Cox et al., 2020), which sometimes are not what students with ASD need (Jackson et al., 2018).

From the literature review that has been carried out, the need to place more emphasis on studying how faculty staff face the attention to students with autism in university classrooms has been detected. More specifically, an attempt will be made to identify the barriers that current university teaching staff face in relation to their inclusion. On the other hand, and in response to this, we will try to give some suggestions that can help faculty staff to teach inclusively.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study falls within a qualitative approach with the purpose of developing insight into how teachers feel about the complex topic of the inclusion of students with ASD at university. Three focus groups were conducted from one university in Spain. Specifically, 15 teachers from different fields of knowledge and profiles participate in this research. The contact with teachers was established through the Diversity and Disability Office. This service notified them of the purpose of this study and were the teachers who made contact with researchers. Once we had a response, for the creation of these groups we tried to ensure that the sample was equal and that they belonged to different areas and departments. This allowed a greater exchange of opinions and experiences. Depending on their availability, these groups were organized between 4 and 6 people. For ethical reasons, informed consent and permission to record were requested. Researchers ensured data processed would be pseudonymized and guaranteed its confidentiality. At the request of the participants, all sessions were conducted online and lasted no more than one and a half hours. A set of questions were organized by researchers (semi-directivity) following three main themes: knowledge and intervention for students with Autism Spectrum Disorder, Universal Design for Learning (UDL) and teacher training in diversity and inclusive practices based on UDL. Questions were asked of the participants to start the debate. These arguments developed freely (non-directivity) with the interaction of the teachers. For the analysis of the information provided, the interviews were transcribed, and a content analysis was conducted (Saldaña, 2009; Miles and Huberman, 1994). A deductive logic was followed, with pre-established themes, and inductive with emerging themes related to the research aim. The Atlas.ti program was used for the management and organization, which helped researchers to determine deductive and emergent categories and identify meaning units by participant and focus group.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We are currently in deep data analysis, but the preliminary results suggest the need to become more aware of what autism spectrum disorder means and train teachers on inclusive practices that can benefit not only these students but all students. Deeping preliminary data analysis, most participants recognized an insufficient knowledge of the disorder’s symptoms and the needs that students with the disorder could have. Related to Universal Design for Learning, only a teacher was trained through a university course and knew its meaning. Other participants affirmed never having heard about it or being trained in it. Finally, about the training on diversity and inclusive teaching practices, most of them confirmed not having enough time or possibility to enroll in it. They were overworked with teaching, research and publications, which was a significant barrier for them. Related to that, teachers affirmed that they prefer customized support for each case and not general training on ASD, which means a big challenge to universities. To conclude, this work could provide relevant information to continue advancing towards more inclusive and diversity-sensitive institutions. All the insights will be used to further work in overcoming these barriers and develop teacher training actions that could help teachers in the complex topic of inclusion and benefit students with ASD and others, following the UDL approach.
References
Al Jaffal, M. (2022). Barriers general education teachers face regarding the inclusion of students with autism. Frontiers in Psychology, 13, 873248. doi: 10.3389/fpsyg.2022.873248

Cage, E. & Howes, J. (2020). Dropping out and moving on: A qualitative study of autistic people’s experiences of university. Autism, 24(7), 1664-1675 https://doi.org/10.1177/1362361320918750

Cox, B. E, Edelstein, J., Brogdon, B. & Roy, A. (2020). Navigating Challenges to Facilitate Success for College Students with Autism. The Journal of Higher Education, 92(2), 252- 278. https://doi.org/10.1080/00221546.2020.1798203.
Elias, R. & White, S. W. (2018). Autism Goes to College: Understanding the Needs of a Student Population on the Rise. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 48(3), 732- 746. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10803-017-3075-7

Fabri, M., Fenton, G., Andrews, P. & Mhairi Beaton. (2020). Experiences of Higher Education Students on the Autism Spectrum: Stories of Low Mood and High Resilience. International Journal of Disability, Development and Education, 69(4), 1411-1429. https://doi.org/10.1080/1034912X.2020.1767764

Jackson, S. L. J., Hart, L., Brown, J. T. & Volkmar, F. R. (2018). Brief Report: Self-Reported Academic, Social, and Mental Health Experiences of Post-Secondary Students with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 48, 643– 650. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10803-017-3315-x

Jansen, D., Petry, K., Ceulemans, E., Noens, I.,& Baeyens, D. (2017). Functioning and participation problems of students with ASD in higher education: Which reasonable accommodations are effective? European Journal of Special Needs Education, 32(1), 71–88. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2016.1254962.

Miles, M. y Huberman, A. (1994). Qualitative data analysis. Sage Publications.

Moriña, A. & Carballo, R. (2018). Profesorado universitario y educación inclusiva: respondiendo a sus necesidades de formación. Psicologia escolar e educacional, 22, 87-95. https://doi.org/10.1590/2175-35392018053

Oliver Kerrigan, K., Christy, D. & Stahmer, A. (2021). Practices and experiences of general education teachers educating students with autism. Education and Training in Autism and Developmental Disabilities, 56(2), 158-172.
https://www.captain.ca.gov/documents/oliver-kerrigan-2021.pdf

Saldaña, J. (2009). The coding manual for qualitative researchers. Arizona State.

Sarrett, J. C. (2018). Autism and Accommodations in Higher Education: Insights from the Autism Community. Journal of Autism Developmental Disorders, 48, 679–693. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10803-017-3353-4

Sullivan, J. (2021). ‘Pioneers of professional frontiers’: the experiences of autistic students and professional work based learning. Disability & Society. https://doi.org/10.1080/09687599.2021.1983414

Waisman, T., Williams, Z. J., Cage, E., Santhanam, S. P., Magiati, I., Dwyer, P., Stockwell, K.M., Kofner, B., Brown, H., Davidson, D., Herrell, J., Shore, S. M., Caudel, D., Gurbuz, E. & Gillespie Lynch, K. (2022). Learning from the experts: Evaluating a participatory autism and universal design training for university educators. Autism, 0(0). https://doi.org/10.1177/13623613221097207


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

University Students' Perceptions of Studying Abroad Based on the Push-Pull Theory

Busra Kulakoglu, Betul Bulut-Sahin

Middle East Technical University, Turkiye

Presenting Author: Kulakoglu, Busra

Internationalization has become one of the important agendas for countries, higher education institutions, and university students due to global systems which transformed higher education into a more cooperative as well as competitive context. This research investigates the perceptions, expectations, and push-pull factors of higher education students about studying abroad.

Internationalization in universities is performed in various forms, such as branch campuses and joint degree programs, yet student mobility is the most well-known form (Van Damme, 2001). Despite the discussions on the inclusiveness of physical mobility (De Wit & Jones, 2018; Van Mol & Perez-Encinas, 2022); according to OECD (2021) data, international student mobility has been expanding quite steadily in the last 20 years. In 2019, 6.1 million higher education students worldwide went to study in another country, more than double the number of mobility that took place in 2007. In other words, the number of international students in higher education increased by an average of 5.5% per year between 1998 and 2019. Parallel to these developments, there is an increasing demand by higher education students in Türkiye to study abroad.

The push-pull theory was chosen as the conceptual framework for this study which was adapted from migration theories (Li & Bray, 2007; Lee 2014, McMahon 1992) and became important and frequently used to analyze international student mobility (Almeida, 2020). In the relevant literature, push factors are associated with negative conditions in the student's home country, while pull factors are related to positive aspects in the country of destination (Altbach 1998).

There are various studies in the literature that analyze student mobility using the push-pull theory. Most studies in the literature (Chen, 2017; Eder, Smith & Pitts, 2010; Gbollie & Gong, 2019; Kondakcı, 2011; Kondakci et al., 2016; Lee & Stewart, 2022; Maringe & Carter, 2007; Özoğlu et.al., 2015; Wen & Hu, 2019) were carried out with incoming international students. Yet, relatively fewer studies (e.g. Nghia, 2019) used the framework of the push-pull theory to analyze the perceptions of outgoing students. In addition, as stated by Lee and Stewart (2022), studies using push-pull theories were conducted mostly with degree-seeking students performing long-term mobility rather than exchange students’ experience in short-term mobility.

In other words, more studies are needed to be conducted with outgoing and also short-term mobility students. Moreover, there is especially a lack of studies investigating the opinions and perceptions of possible future outgoing students. Therefore, this study aims to investigate the perceptions of first-year bachelor’s degree students about studying abroad and their opinions on participating in international student mobility. The study uses the push-pull theory as a conceptual framework to understand possible push factors related to Türkiye and possible pull factors of other countries.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This qualitative exploratory study is conducted with 12 university first-year students. Phenomenology is the research method used in this study to explore the socially constructed perceptions and experiences of a homogeneous group of participants about a phenomenon (Creswell, 2013; Patton, 2002). Before starting the study, ethical approval was obtained from the relevant commission of the university where the study was conducted. The study's data were collected in October 2022 at a state university in Ankara with a purposive sampling method from first-year bachelor’s degree students. The main research question of the study is “What are the perceptions and expectations of Turkish students about studying abroad as well as the possible push and pull factors?”. To answer this research question, the authors formed interview questions using the existing literature. Also, an expert on internationalization in higher education was consulted while forming the questions.
Semi-structured interviews were conducted with the participants. Interviews lasted 20-30 minutes and were recorded with the permission of the participants. Then, the data were kept anonymous by giving a number to each student during the analysis. Open coding and constant comparison methods were used to analyze the data. In addition to demographic questions, there were interview questions such as the meaning of studying abroad at the university for them, how much they are aware of the possibilities of studying abroad, their plans to study and/or live abroad, the countries they will prefer to study abroad, and their views on virtual mobility. In addition, students were asked about the academic, economic, political, and socio-cultural benefits and difficulties of a possible study abroad.
The sample consists of eight female and four male students (n = 12). While five of the participants graduated from private high schools, seven of them graduated from public schools. The participants defined themselves as middle-upper (n=1), middle (n=8), lower-middle (n=1), and lower (n=1) socio-economically. When the participants were asked about their foreign language skills, the majority of the students (n=10) stated that they were working on learning a language besides English. Five students had the experience of studying abroad, while the rest had never been abroad before. In addition, two of those who went abroad were abroad for education and travel, while three people visited different countries for travel purposes.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results were categorized under four themes as the participants’ general knowledge and perceptions about having experience abroad, the push and pull factors of studying abroad, and lastly, possible reservations and challenges they would encounter while studying abroad.
Regarding the first theme, most participants have an interest in short-term and/or long-term mobility for academic and educational purposes. All students asserted that physical mobility is their first choice for education abroad compared to a virtual one.
The second theme revealed the push factors associated with negative views of studying in Türkiye. The students have the impression that studying abroad would bring many opportunities and benefits for the students’ economic, social, and cultural capital that they could not have reached if they had studied in Türkiye, such as better employment opportunities, being exposed to a foreign language, personal development etc.
The third theme is related to the pull factors that are shaped by the country that students want to visit. These factors are experiencing new social and cultural contexts, job and scholarship opportunities in the host countries, and the positive contributions of studying abroad to students’ careers.
The last theme is about possible challenges and was analyzed using academic (e.g. differences in educational systems, language barriers), economic (e.g., lack of savings or fluctuating exchange rates), political (e.g., visa), and socio-cultural (e.g., facing racism, discrimination or bullying, and struggles in cultural adaptation) typology developed by Knight (1999).
Overall results showed that Turkish first-year students have plans to study abroad during their university education; however, they have some hesitations due to the stereotypical problems of international students. Moreover, the host countries' pull factors are more prevalent than push factors related to the home country, i.e., Türkiye.

References
Almeida, J. (2020). Understanding student mobility in Europe: An interdisciplinary approach (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315098265
Altbach, P. G. (1998). The university as center and periphery. Comparative higher education: Knowledge, the university and development. Ed. Philip G. Altbach. Hong Kong: Comparative Education Research Center, The University of Hong Kong. 49-65.
Chen, J. M. (2016). Three levels of push-pull dynamics among Chinese international students’ decision to study abroad in the Canadian context. Journal of International Students, 7(1), 113-135.
Creswell, J. W. (2013). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches. Sage.
de Wit, H., & Jones, E. (2018). Inclusive internationalization: Improving access and equity. International Higher Education, 94, 16-18. https://doi.org/10.6017/ihe.2018.0.10561
Kondakci, Y. (2011). Student mobility reviewed: Attraction and satisfaction of international students in Turkey. High Education 62, 573–592 . https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-011-9406-2
Kondakci, Y., Caliskan, O., Bulut-Sahin, B., Yilik, M. A., & Demir, C. E. (2016). Regional internationalization in higher education between Turkey and the Balkans. Bilig, 78, 287–303
Lee, K., & Stewart, W. H. (2022). Destination, experience, social network, and institution: Exploring four academic exchange pull factor dimensions at a university in the Republic of Korea. Journal of International Students, 12(4).
Li, M. & Bray, M. (2007). Cross-border flow of students for higher education: push-pull factors and motivations of mainland Chinese students in Hong Kong and Macau. Higher Education, 53: 791-818.
Mazzarol, T., & Soutar, G. N. (2002). “Push‐pull” factors influencing international student destination choice. International Journal of Educational Management, 16(2), 82–90. https://doi.org/10.1108/09513540210418403
McMahon, M. E. (1992). Higher education in a world market: An historical look at the global context of international study. Higher Education 24: 465-482.
Nghia, T. L. H. (2019). Motivations for studying abroad and immigration intentions: The case of Vietnamese students. Journal of International Students, 9, 758–776. https://doi.org/10.32674/jis.v0i0.731
OECD/UIS/Eurostat (2021). See Source section for more information and Annex 3 for notes, https://www.oecd.org/education/education-at-a-glance/EAG2021_Annex3_ChapterB.pdf.
Özoğlu, M., Gür, B. S., & Coşkun, İ. (2012). Küresel eğilimler ışığında Türkiye’de uluslararası öğrenciler. Ankara: SETA.
Patton, M. Q. (2002). Qualitative research and evaluation methods (3rd ed.). Sage.
Van Mol, C. & Perez-Encinas, A. (2022) Inclusive internationalization: do different (social) groups of students need different internationalization activities?, Studies in Higher Education, 47:12, 2523-2538, DOI: 10.1080/03075079.2022.2083102
Van Damme, D. (2001). Quality issues in the internationalization of higher education. Higher Education, 41, 415–441. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1017598422297
 
Date: Tuesday, 22/Aug/2023
9:00am - 10:30am99 ERC SES 07 G: Children and Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 639 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Dragana Radanović
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

What Does it Mean to Educate the Whole Child?

Oyvind Hennum

Inland Norway University of Applied Sc., Norway

Presenting Author: Hennum, Oyvind

This presentation regards a Ph.D. project that aims to contribute to knowledge and understanding of whole-child education by asking the research question “What does it mean to educate the whole child?”.

The project analyses the curricula of four school systems at primary and lower secondary levels found within Norway. This is Norwegian public education, Montessori education, Steiner/Waldorf education, and International Baccalaureate education (IB). Also, interviews with teachers in the respective school systems will be conducted to gain an understanding of their notions of what it means to educate the whole child.

The research’s preliminary results show similarities and differences in what “educating the whole child” means. A common theme is a focus on well-being in all development domains. Related to this year’s ECER conference theme of diversity, it is relevant that all four school systems emphasize diversity as a foundational value in their educational models. Other common values among the four school systems are democratic values like equal rights, participation, and inclusion.

In a European and international context, the research is relevant as Montessori, Steiner (Waldorf), and International Baccalaureate education are present in many countries and the Norwegian public education system is part of the North-European pedagogics tradition.

The project’s theoretical framework is based on the field of holistic education. This field has emerged since the mid-1980s (Miller 2019a, p. 5), and the topic of holistic education engages globally. The field of holistic education is an eclectic and inclusive field with impulses from many sources (Rudge 2008, p. 4) and is seen as very diverse (Forbes 2003, p. 2). There is no textbook definition of what a holistic education is (Miller 1997, p. 75). It can be seen as an umbrella term covering different approaches and perspectives (Schreiner 2009, p. 755, 761). According to Rudge (2008, p. 21), many educational alternatives are calling themselves holistic, but a clear definition of what educating the whole child means is often missing.

In reviewing literature for an overview of current research status, many journal articles use the term “whole child”, but mostly concern topics related to physical health or community services for supporting children. Arguments for this type of “whole child” approach is that there is evidence of physical activity reducing obesity, and diabetes, and improving academic performance and cognitive functioning (Savina et. al 2016, pp. 283-286). The literature from the field of holistic education making up the theoretical framework of this project offers a broader view of the “whole child”. One statement exemplifying this position holds that holistic education “addresses every aspect of individual growth and development” (Eaude 2019, p. 61).

This project synthesizes the different definitions and descriptions of whole-child education in the literature of the theoretical framework into four different theoretical perspectives. These are used as categories supporting the analysis of curriculum documents and interviews. The four perspectives are “the whole child”, “the whole world”, “personal growth” and “social change”. The perspectives are recognizable in all the literature to a greater or lesser extent. They are outspoken and discussed in the main literature of the theoretical framework, but also present in the supporting literature from the field of holistic education.
Although the field is eclectic and has many sources of influence it also draws on known educators and philosophers. Often mentioned as historical influences are Rousseau, Pestalozzi, Froebel, Montessori, Steiner, and Dewey, amongst others (Miller, 2019a, pp. 5-16, R. Miller 1997, pp. 92-101, Mayes 2019, p. 143).

The different curricula analyzed in this project do indicate a concern for the whole child, although different emphases amongst the different school systems. This will be described in the conclusion section below.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This project is based on an interpretive qualitative paradigm and uses document analysis of curriculum documents and interviews of teachers as the main research methods.

The philosophy of science inspiring the interpretative approach is Gadamer’s (2004) philosophical hermeneutics. Rather than describing a research method, Gadamer emphasizes an interpretative “modus operandi” when the researcher is reading and analyzing text.
In addition, Alvesson and Sköldberg’s (2009, pp. 91-104) model of a hermeneutic research process is guiding the method of textual analysis. This model includes Gadamer’s philosophical hermeneutics, but also Betti’s (1967) hermeneutic canons, and Ricoeur’s (1988) hermeneutics of suspicion amongst others (Alvesson and Sköldberg 2009, p. 107).  

The document analysis was conducted by reading and re-reading the documents one by one, locating statements or pieces of text that possibly could help answer the main research question. The curriculum documents contain large amounts of text, and data reduction of findings into suitable sizes and categories for analysis was important. The reduction was done by organizing several findings thematically under broader themes.
The merging of findings in themes is informed by Braun and Clarke’s (2022) thematic analysis. The theoretical perspectives synthesized from the holistic education literature are used as the main overall categories when organizing and analyzing the findings.

Interviews are conducted as semi-structured focused group interviews with 4-8 teachers per group interview. One group interview is made per school system. The intention of doing interviews is to gain understanding of teacher perspectives on what it means to educate the whole child. As the study is interpretative, the statistical generalizability of interview results is not emphasized. The planning and conducting of the interviews are informed by Brinkmann and Kvale’s (2015) stages of an interview inquiry.

The sampling is done within certain geographical areas in Norway where there are several schools of all four school types. Recruitment of interview participants is done via the principal/head of school and it is voluntary for the teachers to participate. The sampling aimed for a balance between teachers working on primary and lower secondary levels in the groups being interviewed.

Possible challenges to the methods are that the interpretation could be seen as more focused on a “hermeneutics of empathy” rather than a “hermeneutics of suspicion”. This is because the analysis seeks to identify signs of whole child education and does not to a great extent focus on signs that points in a different direction.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results presented at the Emerging Researchers Conference are preliminary results from a literature review and document analysis. Results of the interview analysis that are finished before the conference will also be presented.

Preliminary results show that there are several ways of defining and describing the education of the “whole child”. The Norwegian public education curriculum focuses mostly on “education for all” and does not distinctly describe whole-child education. The aspect of “Bildung” is described along with social, physical, and intellectual development in the Norwegian public education curriculum, and life skills are defined as a transdisciplinary theme.
In the Montessori curriculum, there is an explicit focus on the whole child and the development of the “head, heart, and hands”. Maria Montessori’s idea of “cosmic education” which is defined as the education of the whole child, the concept of “Erdkinder” – meaning “children of the earth” and the idea of education for peace indicates a holistic approach.
Steiner education similarly emphasizes the education of hand, head, and heart and “education towards freedom” as a holistic formation process. Steiner education has a spiritual foundation where the child is seen as a whole being and is influenced by Steiner’s Anthroposophy.
The International Baccalaureate education defines its programs as holistic, especially the lower secondary level curriculum uses the word holistic education to a certain extent. Here the focus on developing different aspects of the child, physical, social, and emotional as well as intellectual, is emphasized.

A preliminary conclusion is that educating the whole child in a narrow definition concerns education for health and wellbeing in all developmental domains of the child. This includes the intellectual, social, emotional, physical, and in some instances spiritual domains. In a broader definition, it concerns the education of “all children” encompassing equality, diversity, and participation for all children.

References
Alvesson, M. & Sköldberg, K. (2009) Reflexive Methodology. New Vistas for Qualitative Research. London. Sage
Betti, E. (1967) Allgemenine Auslegungslehre als Methodik der Geisteswissenshaften. Tübingen: Mohr.
Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2022) Thematic Analysis. A practical guide. London. Sage
Brinkmann, S. and Kvale, S. (2015). InterViews – Learning the Craft of Qualitative Research Interviewing (third edition). Los Angeles: Sage.
Eaude, T. (2019) Addressing the needs of the whole child. Implications for Young Children and Adults Who Care for Them. In Miller, J. P., Nigh, K., Binder, M. J., Novak, B. & Crowell, S. (Eds.), International Handbook of Holistic Education (pp 61-69). New York: Routledge
Forbes, S. (2003). Holistic Education: An Analysis of its Ideas and Nature. Brandon: Foundation for Educational Renewal.
Gadamer, H-G. (2004) Truth and Method. London. Continuum
Goodlad, J and associates (1979). Curriculum Inquiry. The Study of Curriculum Practice. New York. McGraw-Hill
Mayes, C. (2019). Developing the whole student: New horizons for holistic education. Lanham. Rowman & Littlefield Publishers.
Miller, J. P. (2019a). Holistic Education. A Brief History. In Miller, J. P., Nigh, K., Binder, M. J., Novak, B. & Crowell, S. (Eds.), International Handbook of Holistic Education (pp. 5-16). New York: Routledge Miller, J. P. (2019b). The holistic curriculum (third edition). Toronto. University of Toronto Press.
Miller, R. (1997) What Are Schools For? Holistic Education in American Culture (third revised edition). Brandon. Holistic Education Press.
Ricoeur, P. (1988) Time and Narrative, volume 3. Chicago, IL: The University of Chicago Press.
Rudge, L. (2008). Holistic education: An analysis of its pedagogical application. PhD dissertation. Ohio State University. Retrieved from: http://rave.ohiolink.edu/etdc/view?acc_num=osu1213289333
Savina, E., Garrity, K., Kenny, P. et al. The Benefits of Movement for Youth: a Whole Child Approach. Contemp School Psychol 20, 282–292 (2016). DOI: 10.1007/s40688-016-0084-z
Schreiner, P. (2009). Holistic Education and Teacher Training. In de Souza, M., Francis, L. J., O’Higgins-Norman, J. & Scott, D. (Eds.), International Handbook of Education for Spirituality, Care and Wellbeing. (pp. 753-770). Doordrecht: Springer


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Rethinking Parental Engagement during and after the Covid-19 Crisis through a Froebelian Lens: Bringing Young Children’s Voices to the Front

Xunrou Shen

University of Strathclyde, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Shen, Xunrou

The Covid-19 crisis has had and continues to have profound impacts on the continuity of learning of young children. While families and early years practitioners faced unprecedented challenges and demands, the crisis also urged us to explore new approaches to developing early childhood education, especially around parental engagement strategies and practices (Education Scotland, 2020; Ribeiro et al., 2021). As a PhD researcher and an early years practitioner, I became interested in how parental engagement in children’s learning worked in real-life contexts beyond the nursery setting during the pandemic. By understanding better parents’ interactions with young children, new insights can be gained to help us consider effective parental engagement practices that support young children’s learning experiences during crises and beyond.

“Parental engagement” can be considered as the active involvement and interactions of parents with their children’s learning in a variety of contexts, such as early learning and childcare settings, the community, and through family learning in the home (Education Scotland, 2019; Epstein, 2018). However, previous literature and the emerging ones under the pandemic tended to mainly limit the discursive power to practitioners and parents, which means that children, especially those who are at a formative stage in their lives and their growing civic awareness, are rarely consulted in this important debate on parental engagement (Oppenheim et al., 2022). In Scottish early years education, parental engagement has always been an enduring theme that has resonated in an array of policies and guidelines to make efforts to promote children’s learning and development with the engagement of parents and family members (Bryce et al., 2018). This academic and political discourse has been given prominence in the early years even more than ever along with national policies and studies that immediately responded to it after the outbreak of Covid-19, though still without seeking the voices of young children (Bynner et al., 2020). My PhD research is intended to address the absence of young children’s views and experiences in the research literature on parental engagement during the pandemic, which is too often dominated by adults’ narratives (Pascal & Bertram, 2021). Listening to children’s voices is also aligned with the Scottish Government’s initiative to incorporate the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child (2009) into its legislation to ensure that children’s rights are respected and their views are heard over matters that may affect them (Scottish Government, 2020).

Additionally, my research also specifically considers parental engagement through the lens of Froebelian pedagogy. As a prominent discourse in early childhood education, Froebelian pedagogy is distinct as this approach rests upon the idea that parents and families form the basis for a child’s learning (Bruce, 2021). Based on the Froebelian approach that emphasises the integrity of childhood in its own right, parenting and family engagement as well as children's voices are the essential tenets of this pedagogy (Tovey, 2017). Thus, the Froebelian context can be uniquely stimulating for me to rethink in-depth the principles, values, and implications of parental engagement,

Overall, this research aims to explore young children’s learning experience with parental engagement during and after the Covid-19 crisis and examine how the Froebelian principles and practices shape parental engagement with young children’s learning during the pandemic and beyond. The research questions are:

  • How do young children from a Froebelian setting experience parents’ interactions with their learning under and after Covid-19?
  • How do parents from a Froebelian setting perceive and engage with their children’s learning under and after the Covid-19 crisis?
  • To what extent Froebelian pedagogy offers opportunities and challenges for parental engagement with young children’s learning during and after the Covid-19 crisis?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Underpinned by the research purposes and research questions, a qualitative multiple case study was chosen as the overarching research design and a diverse range of methods was adopted to collect data from and with different groups of research participants. The chosen methodology allowed me to investigate the complexities and particularities of individual child’s learning experiences with their parents’ engagement in their own real-life situations as well as the contextual influences (especially the characteristics of the Froebelian pedagogy) upon those experiences (Stake, 2005).

The data collection was carried out in two Froebelian-underpinned nurseries in Scotland.  There were eight young children aged from three to five and their parents, as well as six Froebelian-trained practitioners, were recruited as research participants in this research. Semi-structured individual interviews were carried out with parents and practitioners respectively. The interviews with parents explored their views and experiences concerning engaging with their children’s learning under and after the Covid-19 crisis. Specifically, issues related to how parents support their young children’s learning outwith the nursery and in what ways as well as their thoughts on those associated experiences. In addition, parents’ perceptions of Froebelian practices and their relations to their interactions with children’s learning were also investigated. For practitioners and headteachers, interviews were utilised to acquire essential information about the Froebelian approach and its principles, and particularly the underpinning practices and provisions for engaging and supporting parents with young children’s learning before, and during the pandemic times and till now.

Document analysis was also conducted to gather data from parents and practitioners via associated public and personal documents concerning parental engagement work with children’s learning before, during and after the outbreak of Covid-19. Meanwhile, both settings were encouraged to share pictures or videos of children’s home-based or community-based, nursery-based learning moments/materials which was also a preparation for the later activity with children. For the young child participants, multiple participatory and visual methods were employed to allow children to document their experiences through their point of view and support to break down the disparities in power to facilitate their expressions with researchers, contributing to research with children rather than on children (Clark, 2011). Specifically, this study adopted a variety of visual and verbal activities, including photo-elicitation, photovoice and magic wand for the purpose of effectively capturing young children’s views and experiences in a diverse way (Butschi & Hedderich, 2021; Epstein et al., 2006; Shaw, 2021).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
I have recently completed the data collection and I am currently analysing the data, which is expected to finish by June 2023. The preliminary findings are emerging and evolving. The fieldwork and initial familiarisation with datasets indicate that parents and families encountered barriers to engaging with their children's continuous learning during the pandemic, whereas a Froebelian approach and its underpinned principles, provide diverse and insightful practices to support parental engagement in children's learning, particularly during the pandemic and lockdown time. For example, Froebelian occupations, such as sewing, cooking and planting, tend to open opportunities for effective learning interactions between parents and young children at home or in the community. However, being unable to fully and explicitly recognise a Froebelian approach by parents may impede their understanding of the practitioners' and nursery's practices and provisions, resulting in negative impacts on developing a strengthened home learning environment for young children. Further findings are expected to emerge on how young children experienced their learning with parents’ engagement during and after the pandemic.  In the presentation, I plan to share preliminary findings on the learning interactions and experiences of young children with their parents during the pandemic and how a Froebelian approach shapes that and impacts the diverse parental engagement practices in Froebelian early years contexts.
References
Bruce, T. (2021). Friedrich Froebel: A Critical Introduction to Key Themes and Debates. Bloomsbury Publishing.
Bryce, T. G. K., Humes, W. M., Gillies, D., Kennedy, A., Davidson, J., Hamilton, T., & Smith, I. (2018). Scottish education (Fifth edition. ed.). Edinburgh : Edinburgh University Press.
Butschi, C., & Hedderich, I. (2021). How to involve young children in a photovoice project. Experiences and results. Forum, qualitative social research, 22(1), 1-26. https://doi.org/10.17169/fqs-22.1.3457
Bynner, C., Mcbride, M., Weakley, S., Ward, S., & McLean, J. (2020). The impact of COVID-19 on families, children and young people in Glasgow.
Clark, A. (2011). Breaking methodological boundaries? Exploring visual, participatory methods with adults and young children. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 19(3), 321-330. https://doi.org/10.1080/1350293X.2011.597964
Education Scotland. (2020). Supporting pupils and parents with learning at home Guide for Early Learning and Childcare Settings and Schools. Retrieved 4 September from https://education.gov.scot/media/3zxfumlo/supportingpupilsandparents.pdf
Education Scotland, S. E. (2019). Engaging parents and families A toolkit for practitioners Education Scotland. Retrieved 3 March from https://education.gov.scot/improvement/learning-resources/engaging-parents-and-families-a-toolkit-for-practitioners/
Epstein, I., Stevens, B., McKeever, P., & Baruchel, S. (2006). Photo elicitation interview (PEI): Using photos to elicit children's perspectives. International journal of qualitative methods, 5(3), 1-11.
Epstein, J. L. (2018). School, family, and community partnerships: Preparing educators and improving schools. Routledge.
Oppenheim, C., Batcheler, R., Ireland, E., & Rehill, J. (2022). Time for parents:  The changing face of early childhood in the UK. Nuffield Foundation.
Ribeiro, L. M., Cunha, R. S., Silva, M. C. A. e., Carvalho, M., & Vital, M. L. (2021). Parental Involvement during Pandemic Times: Challenges and Opportunities. Education sciences, 11(6), 302. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci11060302
Scottish Government. (2020). Covid-19: Children, Young People and Families. Retrieved 11 September from https://www.gov.scot/publications/report-covid-19-children-young-people-families-september-2020-evidence-summary/pages/2/
Shaw, P. A. (2021). Photo-elicitation and photo-voice: using visual methodological tools to engage with younger children's voices about inclusion in education. International journal of research & method in education, 44(4), 337-351. https://doi.org/10.1080/1743727X.2020.1755248
Stake, R. E. (2005). Qualitative case studies. In N. K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), The SAGE handbook of qualitative research (3rd ed., pp. 443-466). Thousand Oaks : Sage Publications.
Tovey, H. (2017). Bringing the Froebel Approach to your Early Years Practice. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315617190
UN Committee on the Rights of the Child. (2009). The right of the child to be heard, General Comment No. 12.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Thirty Years of Educational Robotics and Robots for Children: A Large-Scale Research Agenda

Nursel Yilmaz1, Arafat Yilmaz2

1Osmaniye Korkut Ata University, Turkiye; 2Computer Engineer

Presenting Author: Yilmaz, Nursel; Yilmaz, Arafat

The rapid progression of technology has altered the technologies used in education, specifically in the education of children. Recently, educational robotics and robots (ERR) are utilized by various research domains to contribute to children’s life and development. For example, some research studies focused on the use of educational robotics in computational thinking (e.g., Atmatzidou and Demetriadis, 2016; Chen et al., 2017; Karaahmetoğlu and Korkmaz, 2019; Tengler et al., 2021), Science, Technology, Engineering, Mathematics [STEM] learning (e.g., Barker et al., 2014; Ching et al., 2019; Karim et al., 2015; Master et al., 2015; Mosley, 2016; Üçgül and Altıok, 2021), language learning and development (e.g., Kory and Breazeal, 2014; Lee et al. 2011), disabilities (e.g., Begum et al., 2016; Özdemir and Karaman, 2017; Pop et al. 2013; Scassellati et al., 2018; So et al., 2016). While the amount of research studies has increased through the years, some systematic literature reviews were conducted in order to summarize and understand the possible contribution of the studies and possible future recommendations (e.g., Anwar et al., 2019; Benitti 2012; Toh et al., 2016). However, since the systematic reviews mostly include small-size studies for their analysis, it seems difficult to understand a broad view of the studies using large-scale research studies as well as the state of the intellectual structure and recent progress regarding children and educational robotics and robots. That is, despite the published articles related to educational robotics and robots, a broad overview is still needed to make a clear understanding of the population of children. Therefore, the aim of this study is to statistically and visually present the existing work using bibliometric analysis. Moreover, this research aims to bring a comprehensive overview and research trends in the field relating to children and educational robotics and robots (ERR).

The main research questions of the study were formed as below:

What is the contribution of the countries, institutions, and authors to global publications on educational robotics and robots for children?

What is the distribution of years, research areas, and journals to contribute global publications on educational robotics and robots for children?

What is the co-occurrence of the keywords on educational robotics and robots for children?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is designed to review the scientific literature in the context of children and educational robotics and robots (ERR) using bibliometric analysis. Bibliometric analysis is used to understand the research trends and map the structures of the research topic by summarizing large-scale datasets and having a broad scope of review (Donthu et al., 2021).  More specifically, bibliometric analysis can help to review the contributions of the authors, countries, institutions, publications of the journals, emerging research domains, and the trends of the specific literature (Donthu et al., 2020; Mukherjee et al., 2022).

The data of this study were collected from the Web of Science (WOS) Core Collection database using specific search terms and inclusion criteria. The search query included the keywords as robot* and child* and education* in all fields. The first search revealed 2.214 publications and after applying the inclusion criteria related to the language and document type, 1.058 articles written in English were included in the study. No time limitation was applied.

Descriptive statistical analysis was reported by frequencies and percentages of the records calculated and graphs were formed using Microsoft Excel. Moreover, in the research hotspots on educational robotics and robots with children, the VOSviewer application was used and the co-occurrence of keywords and the contribution of the authors were analyzed.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
It was seen that the first article was published in 1992 (n =2) and most of the studies were published in 2021 (n = 167; 15.78%) and 2022 (n = 164; 15.5%). When the countries and the institutions were examined, it was seen that the top ten leading countries are the USA, Japan, Italy, England, China, Netherlands, Canada, Australia, Spain, and Germany while Osaka University, Tufts University, Harvard University, Udice French Research Universities, University of California System, Kyoto University, University of London, University of Tokyo, Kanazawa University, and Massachusetts Institute of Technology were the top ten institutions producing the most of the publications. The publications were mostly built on five research areas namely, Education and Educational Research, Robotics, Computer Science, Engineering, and Psychology. The articles were mostly published in specific journals such as the International Journal of Social Robotics, Frontiers in Robotics and AI, International Journal of Technology and Design Education, Computers and Education, Frontiers in Psychology, International Journal of Early Childhood Special Education, Education and Information Technologies, Plos One, Advanced Robotics, and British Journal of Educational Technology. Additionally, more results including the co-occurrence of keywords and the contribution of the authors analyzed by using VOSviewer will be presented.
References
Altin, H., & Pedaste, M. (2013). Learning approaches to applying robotics in science education. Journal of Baltic Science Education, 12(3), 365 - 377.

Atmatzidou, S., & Demetriadis, S. (2016). Advancing students' computational thinking skills through educational robotics: A study on age and gender relevant differences. Robotics and Autonomous Systems, 75, 661-670.


Barker, B. S., Nugent, G., & Grandgenett, N. (2014). Examining fidelity of program implementation in a STEM-oriented out-of-school setting. International Journal of Technology & Design Education, 24(1), 39-52.

Chen, G., Shen, J., Barth-Cohen, L., Jiang, S., Huang, X. & Eltoukhy, M. (2017). Assessing elementary students’ computational thinking in everyday reasoning and robotics programming. Computers & Education, 109, 162–175. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2017.03.001

Donthu, N., Kumar, S., Mukherjee, D., Pandey, N., & Lim, W. M. (2021). How to conduct a bibliometric analysis: An overview and guidelines. Journal of Business Research, 133, 285-296.

Mukherjee, D., Lim, W. M., Kumar, S., & Donthu, N. (2022). Guidelines for advancing theory and practice through bibliometric research. Journal of Business Research, 148, 101-115.

Özdemir, D., & Karaman, S. (2017). Investigating interactions between students with mild mental retardation and humanoid robots in terms of feedback types. Education and Science, 42(191), 109–138. https://doi.org/10.15390/
EB.2017.6948

Van Eck, N. J., & Waltman, L. (2022). VOSviewer manual. Manual for VOSviewer version, 1(0).
 
11:00am - 12:30pm99 ERC SES 08 G: Research in Digital Environments
Location: James McCune Smith, 639 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Klaus Rummler
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Children’s and Families’ Perspectives on Learning With Digital Technologies at Home

Amanda Levido1, Sandy Houen1, Sarah Matthews1, Emma Cross2

1Queensland University of Technology, Australia; 2Curtain University, Australia

Presenting Author: Levido, Amanda

Children increasingly have access to digital technologies at home from a young age. Despite differing views on the affordances of technology use by young children, research has found that children aged two to six years of age are spending on average 25.9 hours a week using screen-based media, and just over a third of preschool aged children ‘own’ a smartphone or tablet device (Rhodes, 2017). Further research indicates that parents believe technology can be a useful tool for learning, although they generally equated learning with traditional subject areas relating to numeracy and literacy (Huber, Highfield, & Kaufman, 2018). While in education settings, technology is yet to reach a point of integrated ubiquity, the boundaries of digital and analogue are often blurred when it comes to technologies in the lives of children (Edwards, 2016).

This study is situated in the notion that children live in post digital times, where digital technology and media and the worlds they create are not separate, to but are rather part of, our everyday lives (Jandrić et al., 2018). The aim of this research is to investigate family perspectives on learning with digital technologies at home. The research question ‘What are parent/caregiver’s and children’s perspectives on learning with digital technologies at home?’ seeks to address the nuanced ways both parents/caregivers and children understand learning with digital technologies, and explore how perspectives within the same family may converge and diverge.

For this study's purposes, we will not define the terms learning or technologies for families. Instead, we will be led by parents/caregivers and children. As researchers, we recognise that our own understandings of learning and digital technologies may be different to the study's participants. We aim to explore families' understandings of these concepts, noting that this will likely look different between and among family members and families.

This research is founded in sociomaterial perspectives (e.g., Burnett & Merchant, 2020; Fenwick & Edwards, 2010). What kinds of perspectives on learning and how they are stabilised or disrupted in the home are of interest. The relationship between the ‘things’ within the home space and how these shape understandings of learning and digital technology is brought into focus, which as Fenwick and Edwards (2011) contend, can invite, exclude and/or regulate participation. ‘Things’ in the home can include people, technologies, space but also extends to things such as technology guidelines or recommendations.

This paper focuses on the research design and methodology. Early findings from selected cases will be presented to highlight initial thinking and how this contributes to the international perspectives of learning at home with digital technologies.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A case study methodology will be utilised in this research project. Six studies of diverse families with at least one child aged 4-8 years will be conducted. The context of each case will be unique and will offer various insights into the research question.
Parent/caregiver perspectives
Semi-structured interviews and cultural probes will be conducted over two home visits. Parents/caregivers will determine the types of technologies we discuss and be asked to share their perspectives on what learning means and looks like in their home context. Cultural probes (Wyeth & Diercke, 2006) will be used as a design method to gather insights into cultural groups in an unobtrusive way (Gaver, Boucher, Pennington, & Walker, 2004). Cultural probes are useful tools in that they can be deployed without needing a researcher present, providing ownership to how participants represent themselves in a particular context, through a range of activities such as drawings, photos and storytelling.
Children’s perspectives
Two home visits will be conducted at times negotiated with families to observe the child/ren using digital technologies for learning. During Home Visit 1, researchers will observe children using digital technologies for learning. Images and detailed field notes will be taken. Alongside this, a short semi-structured interview will take place as children play or after, depending on the preference of the child. Researchers will ask questions about what kind of learning they are doing as they engage with digital technologies. Home Visit 2 will involve the child taking the researcher on a child-led ‘tour’ to show the researchers the type of technology they have in their home and explain how they use those technologies (Plowman & Stevenson, 2013; Scott, 2022).
Data analysis
The data will be analysed using a sociomaterial perspective (Fenwick & Edwards, 2010; Burnett & Merchant, 2010) to question how materials, both human and non-human, come together. For this study, we will consider how and why materials come together in intra-actions (Fenwick, 2015), intentionally or unintentionally, to consolidate or challenge common understandings of what it means to learn with digital technologies in the home. Each case study will be bounded and analysed separately although once all case studies have been collected, findings from across the cases will be synthesised to consider how materials in home settings produce particular notions around learning and digital technologies. As this is an ECR paper, we will share initial findings from the data analysis undertaken from one or two case studies.    

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary case study findings from one or two case studies will be presented at the conference. We expect to find different perspectives, both within families and across the cases, of what it means to learn at home with digital technologies. We expect perspectives among adults and children to converge and diverge at different times. Adults and children within the same family might have different understandings about learning and also about what constitutes digital technology.

Examination of the data from sociomaterial perspectives will offer understandings of how materials in each case impact the perspectives of both caregivers and children.  Additionally, we anticipate that there will be opportunities to examine the unexpected translations that occur as materials are used in unforeseen or disruptive ways. This examination will likely offer a range of findings, including a) how notions of learning and technology are stable between caregivers and children as the materials come into relation, b) how notions of learning and technology are disrupted by families and most interestingly, c) where within the same family, materials both stabilise and disrupt notions of learning and technology by different parties. For example, caregivers may have a set of apps children are allowed to use that are specifically for learning, but children only use the chat function to talk with their friends online. These findings will inform future research in this field.

References
Burnett, C., & Merchant, G. (2020). Undoing the digital: Sociomaterialism and literacy education. London: Routledge Falmer.

Edwards, S. (2016). New concepts of play and the problem of technology, digital media and popular-culture integration with play-based learning in early childhood education. Technology, Pedagogy and Education, 25(4), 513–532. doi:10.1080/1475939X.2015.1108929

Fenwick, T. (2015). Sociomateriality and Learning: A Critical Approach. In SAGE Reference - The SAGE Handbook of Learning. Retrieved from https://sk.sagepub.com/reference/the-sage-handbook-of-applied-memory/n15.xml?PageNum=265%0Ahttp://sk.sagepub.com/reference/the-sage-handbook-of-learning

Fenwick, T., & Edwards, R. (2010). Actor – Network Theory in Education. Routledge. Retrieved from https://doi-org.ezp01.library.qut.edu.au/10.4324/9780203849088

Gaver, W. W., Boucher, A., Pennington, S., & Walker, B. (2004). Cultural probes and the value of uncertainty. Interactions, 11(5), 53–56.

Huber, B., Highfield, K., & Kaufman, J. (2018). Detailing the digital experience: Parent reports of children’s media use in the home learning environment. British Journal of Educational Technology, 49(5), 821–833. doi:10.1111/bjet.12667

Jandrić, P., Knox, J., Besley, T., Ryberg, T., Suoranta, J., & Hayes, S. (2018). Postdigital science and education. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 50(10), 893–899. doi:10.1080/00131857.2018.1454000

Plowman, L., & Stevenson, O. (2013). Exploring the quotidian in young children’s lives at home. Home Cultures, 10(3), 329–347. doi:10.2752/175174213X13739735973381

Rhodes, A. (2017). Screen tme and kids: What’s happening in our homes? Australian Child Health Poll. https://www.rchpoll.org.au/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/ACHP-Poll7_Detailed-Report-June21.pdf.

Scott, F. L. (2022). Family mediation of preschool children’s digital media practices at home. Learning, Media and Technology, 47(2), 235–250. doi:10.1080/17439884.2021.1960859

Wyeth, P., & Diercke, C. (2006). Designing cultural probes for children. In Proceedings of the 18th Australia Conference on Computer-Human Interaction: Design: Activities, Artefacts and Environments (pp. 385–388). doi:10.1145/1228175.1228252


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Influence of ICT-BASED Instruction On The Academic Performance And STEM Literacy Of Chemistry Students of Nazarbayev Intellectual School

Mary Joy Bejerano, Gulsim Kimatova, Ishanova Gulsezim

Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Uralsk, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Bejerano, Mary Joy; Kimatova, Gulsim

Introduction

The current educational system in Kazakhstan has seen a significant shift in the use of Information and Communication Technologies (ICT) as a tool to facilitate learning. The need has called for this shift to move away from traditional teaching methods to more effective and efficient teaching methods (OECD, 2017). Additionally, ICT-based instruction is seen as a way to improve the quality of instruction and provide students with the skills they need to be successful in the 21st century. As such, using ICT-based instruction has become increasingly common in Kazakhstan (Oralbekova et al. 2016).

Nazarbayev Intellectual School (NIS) is one of the leading educational institutions in Kazakhstan, and it has been at the forefront of the shift towards ICT-based instruction. NIS has implemented a range of ICT-based instructional practices, including the use of online learning platforms and the incorporation of ICTs into the classroom (e.g., Bilimland, Twig, Mektep and iTest). Additionally, NIS has implemented a range of initiatives to promote using ICT-based instruction in teaching chemistry, such as using virtual reality simulations and interactive whiteboard technologies, as well as the provision of specialized training for teachers in using ICT-based instruction (Lewis, 2004). Moreover, according to research conducted by Nechypurenko et al. (2022), "ICT-based instruction can help to create an environment where collaboration and dialogue among teachers and students can be improved, and this can ultimately lead to a more meaningful learning experience." Similarly, ICT-based instruction can also provide teachers with an opportunity to differentiate instruction, allowing them to customize the learning experience for each student (Jung & Lim, 2021). The success of NIS ICT-based instruction is a testament to the potential of technology to improve teaching and learning in the classroom (Krause et al., 2017). As the use of ICT continues to grow and evolve, it is important to continue exploring the potential benefits of ICT-based instruction to maximize its potential to improve student learning outcomes.

The primary objective of this research is to assess the influence of ICT-based instruction on the academic performance and STEM (Science, Technology, Engineering and Math) literacy of chemistry students at NIS. This study seeks to determine the effectiveness of ICT-based instruction in helping students understand and apply chemistry concepts, as well as its impact on their academic performance and STEM literacy. Specifically, it aims to answer the following questions:

  1. How does ICT-based instruction impact the academic performance of Chemistry students at NIS?
  2. What is the effect of ICT-based instruction on the STEM literacy of chemistry students at NIS?
  3. Does ICT-based instruction improve student engagement and motivation in Chemistry classes at NIS?
  4. What are the perceived benefits and drawbacks of ICT-based instruction for chemistry students at NIS?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Research Design:
This research will employ a quasi-experimental design with a pre-test post-test control group to measure the influence of ICT-based instruction on the academic performance and STEM literacy of chemistry students at NIS. The sample will consist of 60 chemistry students in the 8th grade NIS. The sample will be divided into two groups: an experimental group (n = 30) and a control group (n = 30). At the beginning, middle, and end of the 10-week period, participants will be given a standardized test to assess their academic performance and STEM literacy. The examination will consist of multiple-choice questions and focus on chemistry concepts and STEM literacy-related knowledge and skills. The questionnaire will be designed to assess the students' knowledge of chemistry concepts, their ability to apply this knowledge to problem-solving tasks, and their overall STEM literacy, and will be adapted to the participants' age and level. In addition, questionnaires and semi-structured interviews will be conducted to gain insight into their perspectives and experiences with ICT-based instruction, student engagement, and motivation.
 
Procedure:
The research study would begin with a comprehensive literature review to determine the current state of ICT-based instruction and its effect on academic performance and STEM literacy. After the literature review, the process of data collection would commence. We will conduct interviews with students, teachers, and administrators to learn about their experiences with the current ICT-based education program. During the 10 weeks of the experiment, the experimental group will receive ICT-based instruction while the control group will not. After 10 weeks, the academic performance and STEM literacy of both groups will be evaluated to determine any differences. During the experiment, questionnaires, interviews, and lesson observations will be administered to further investigate the study's aims. In order to evaluate the efficacy of ICT-based instruction, student recordings of ICT-based instruction will be conducted.
 
Data Analysis:
The data should be analyzed using a combination of descriptive and inferential statistics. Descriptive statistics such as means, medians, and standard deviations can be used to get an overall picture of the data, while inferential statistics such as t-tests and ANOVA can be used to draw conclusions about the differences between the control and experimental groups.
 
Ethical Concerns:
All participants will provide informed consent prior to their participation in the study. All data will be collected and analyzed in accordance with ethical principles. All data will be kept confidential.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The expected outcomes of this research are multifaceted, as they relate to the impact of ICT-based instruction on the academic performance, STEM literacy, motivation, and engagement of chemistry students at NIS.

Firstly, it is anticipated that implementing ICT-based instruction for chemistry students will improve their academic performance. This is because using interactive technology and audio-visual aids will benefit students in comprehending the material and maintaining their interest. In addition, online tools such as simulations, virtual labs, and interactive quizzes can aid in enhancing students' problem-solving abilities and conceptual understanding.

Secondly, it is anticipated that ICT-based instruction will promote improved STEM literacy among chemistry students, as it can provide access to digital resources and learning tools that can help students gain a better understanding of concepts and develop critical thinking and problem-solving abilities. This can lead to a better understanding of the concepts of chemistry, and other STEM subjects, as well as a greater ability to apply the knowledge to real-world scenarios, resulting in an increase in STEM literacy.

Thirdly, this study will likely demonstrate that students who utilize ICT-based instruction in chemistry classes are more likely to be engaged, motivated, and able to comprehend the material. This is due to the use of visual aids and interactive activities, which keep students engaged and give them a sense of achievement.

Lastly, the research will reveal that using ICT-based instruction in chemistry classes has some disadvantages. For instance, using ICT-based instruction may require additional time and effort from the teacher, who must be prepared to offer students guidance and support regarding technology use. Also, using ICT-based instruction may necessarily require additional financial resources for the purchase and upkeep of equipment and software.

References
Bridges, D. (2014). Education Reform and Internationalisation: The Case of School Reform in Kazakhstan. Cambridge University Press.

Jung, S., & Lim, K. Y. (2021). Factors affecting middle school teachers’ use of ICT in class: Focusing on ICT teaching efficacy and perceived ICT usefulness. In Korean Association For Learner-Centered Curriculum And Instruction (Vol. 21, Issue 24, pp. 1099–1118). https://doi.org/10.22251/jlcci.2021.21.24.1099

Kopzhassarova, U. I., Sultanova, Z. Y., Akhmetova, D. R., Akhmetzhanova, A. I., & DeVereaux, С. (2020). Development of senior school students’ independent work skills through the use of virtual learning environment. Цифровые трансформации в образовании (E-Digital Siberia’2020), 90–97.

Krause, M., Pietzner, V., Dori, Y. J., & Eilks, I. (2017). Differences and developments in attitudes and self-efficacy of prospective chemistry teachers concerning the use of ICT in education. Eurasia Journal of Mathematics Science and Technology Education, 13(8), 4405–4417. https://doi.org/10.12973/eurasia.2017.00935a

Lewis, S. (2004). Using ICT to Enhance Teaching and Learning in Chemistry. Royal Society of Chemistry.

Nechypurenko, P. P., Semerikov, S. O., Selivanova, T. V., & Shenayeva, T. O. (2022). How can the principles of learning be used to select the best ICT tools for computer-based chemistry instruction in high school? Educational Dimension. https://journal.kdpu.edu.ua/ped/article/view/4738

OECD. (2017). OECD Reviews of Innovation Policy: Kazakhstan 2017. OECD Publishing

Oralbekova, A. K., Arzymbetova, S. Z., Begalieva, S. B., Ospanbekova, M. N., Mussabekova, G. A., & Dauletova, A. S. (2016). Application of information and communication technologies by the future primary school teachers in the context of inclusive education in the Republic of Kazakhstan. The International Journal of Environmental and Science Education, 11(9), 2813–2827. http://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/EJ1114631.pdf


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Two Worlds Collide : Digitally Proficient but Disconnected from the Outdoor Environment ?

Pavla Boulton

University of South Wales, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Boulton, Pavla

Within Higher Education (HE) Early Years (EY) undergraduate students are trained using a range of knowledge and experiences to support their learning. This in turn influences how the students support children’s learning. This paper focusses on the experiences of both tutor and student as the collision between the pedagogies of digital technology and outdoor learning and play are explored, in order to support a holistic curriculum.

The focus of this study is a BA (Hons) Early Years Education and Practice undergraduate degree, in a large UK University. Over the three years of the course students engage in a breadth of modules, including “Children Learning through Landscapes” which is a specific module teaching students about the importance of the outdoor environment and how to provide children with regular opportunity to engage with it, connect with nature and learn through the use of all their senses. This experiential, active learning is critical in children’s brain development as well as their holistic development (Palmer, 2006), helping them to make sense of the world around them. This pedagogy is an integral element of EY practice and follows the pioneering work of Montessori, Steiner and Froebel, who first advocated the importance of an outdoor space to play and learn, as well as a rich environment for healthy growth and development (Pickering, 2017). Welsh Government (WG), (2020) expect all children to have regular access to the outdoor environment as part of their curriculum.

Thus, in order for EY students to understand and to be “able” in this teaching pedagogy, they also need regular access to the outdoors. This affords them opportunities to embrace the natural environment in order to promote their own knowledge and understanding, enabling them to become role models for future generations.

However, the introduction of the Digital Competency Framework (DCF), has become a compulsory part of the Welsh Curriculum. This means that EY students also need to be digitally competent to develop their own academic skills as well as to support and develop children’s digital skills; this has become an area of priority within the curriculum. Therefore, as an education professional in HE and as part of “innovative learning and teaching”, the need to present and role model digital practices blended with traditional outdoor pedagogy is now greater, and significantly challenging for ‘digital immigrants’(Sakr, 2020; Edwards, 2016; Prensky, 2001) ,encouraging students to confidently apply the relevant skills in their own practice.

Nonetheless, within the context of the Welsh curriculum the two approaches appear to conflict with one another as it seems that they are competing for the “attentions” of practitioners as well as the children they teach. They each look to develop skills for life as part of a new progressive Welsh curriculum (WG, 2020).

Therefore, blended pedagogies need to be modelled by the HE tutor so that students can confidently demonstrate and apply these skills in their own practices, making them self reflective learners and professionally ready for the demands of the work environment, allowing skills to be transferred and employability to be enhanced.

Thus, the questions that inform this case study are:

(1) Can digital technology be blended with traditional outdoor pedagogies to support a

holistic curriculum?

(2) What are the effects of blended pedagogies on student learning experiences?

(3) What lessons are learnt from the perspective of the HE tutor in attempting to model

the blended pedagogies?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A reflective case study approach was applied to practice in situ as part of an outdoor learning project within a Level 5 module. One Higher Education (HE) tutor and 24 EY female students participated in the study.
Choosing a case study approach was considered a suitable method for this reflective study as it was undertaken in situ, as part of the module. It aimed to offer information on relationships and any changes to behaviours between students and tutor and to explore the effects of any changes to the traditional processes of teaching and learning (Denscombe, 2014). Case studies are not “methods” of collecting data but more an approach that can use a variety of instruments to gather information and offer more flexibility. However, they can be limited in how the findings might be applied to a general population and may not always be easily replicable due to the narrow focus often studied (Gilbert, 2008) as applied in this case study. Nonetheless, case studies allow the reader to understand more about the general phenomenon (Johnson and Christensen, 2012, p. 408) and due to being highly qualitative in nature, the researcher can participate in the research.

Insights gained by using a case study to look at blending teaching pedagogies can cause
us to rethink our position on a certain practice or topic (Mukerji and Albon, 2018), which is the basis of this case study, and which are fundamental processes in reflective practice. Additionally, having ecological validity (Tobin et al., 1989) means that the findings reflect what happens in real life, allowing student behaviours to be observed more holistically.

A digital app called “Seesaw”  was introduced to the students.  It is  a secure digital platform and allows participants to share their content. Students were given a task to complete  whilst on ‘placement’ and this involved using their own iPads or iPhones to take photographs or videos (with ethical consent)  of their outdoor lessons, activities, spaces and resources which they then needed to upload into seesaw in order to share with their peers. Students used the app at times that suited them, could provide feedback, messages, comment or ‘likes’ on the content that each had posted and the tutor could also do the same. Embedding this digital approach to outdoor learning was a new approach to teaching and learning.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This case study reveals the advantages and discomfort of role modelling a practice as HE tutor that has not been applied before in this context and as such is considered an innovative pedagogy(Koros-Mikis, 2009). Issues around modelling pedagogies that depict 21st century learning are highlighted for “digital immigrant” (Prensky 2001) HE teaching staff members, and require a paradigm shift in thinking. However this case study has provided a new lens on blended pedagogy and the positive outcomes that it has brought to this practice.
EY students engaged in the blended pedagogy, applying digital technology for educational purposes in an outdoor learning context and this resulted in enhanced collaborative learning between students and tutor, affecting attendance and confidence to try new approaches in their practice. For some students it ignited a connection to their natural environment and thus improved their own knowledge in teaching children. From the tutor’s perspective this was an unexpected outcome (Hughes, 2011)  .
Reflecting on this practice has revealed that pedagogical thinking can be transformed when we share ideas in ways that appear non-judgemental and new approaches can be applied where the right environment affords such opportunities. Belk (2013 p.1599) supports this stating, ‘you are what you share’.
The implications of this case study raises questions around the appropriateness of training and development for “digital immigrant” staff members, understanding student digital competency, blending pedagogical approaches, as well as the debate around digital technologies being part of young children’s learning within a reformed curriculum in Wales. These challenges present questions that require social consideration as well as arguments as to why they cannot be overlooked.

References
Belk, R. (2013), “You are what you can access: sharing and collaborative consumption online”, Journal of Business Research, Vol. 67 No. 8, pp. 1595-1066.

Denscombe, M. (2014), The Good Research Guide for Small Research Projects, 5th ed., Open University Press, Maidenhead.

Edwards, S. (2016), “New concepts of play and the problem of technology, digital media and popular culture integration with play based learning in early childhood education”, Technology, Pedagogy and Education, Vol. 25 No. 4, pp. 513-532.

Hughes, B. (2011), Evolutionary Playwork, 2nd ed., Routledge, London.

Mukherji, P. and Albon, D. (2018), Research Methods in Early Childhood: An Introductory Guide, 3rd ed., SAGE, London.

Pickering, S. (2017), Teaching Outdoors Creatively, Routledge, Oxon.

Prensky, M. (2001), “Digital natives, digital immigrants”, On the Horizon, Vol. 9 No. 5, pp. 1-6.

Sakr, M. (2020), Digital Play in Early Childhood, SAGE, London.

Seesaw (2017), “How does seesaw keep student data safe”, available at: https://help.seesaw.me/hc/enus/
articles/203258429-How-does-Seesaw-help-keep-student-data-safe-

Wales. Welsh Government (WG) (2016), The Digital Competency Framework (DCF), Crown copyright,
Cardiff.

Wales. Welsh Government (WG) (2020), A Curriculum for Wales, Crown copyright, Cardiff.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Institutional approach to the development of Digital Competence in Teaching: An international validation with experts.

Virginia Viñoles Cosentino, Anna Sánchez-Caballé, Francesc M. Esteve-Mon, María Ángeles Llopis-Nebot

Universitat Jaume I, Spain

Presenting Author: Viñoles Cosentino, Virginia; Sánchez-Caballé, Anna

One of the main challenges of Higher Education Institutions (HEIs) is the development of the teaching digital competence (TDC) of their academic staff. TDC development has been on the European agenda for at least a decade and several frameworks and initiatives have arisen to address it. One example that stands out is the DigCompEdu framework developed by the Joint Research Center of the European Commission to generate a common understanding of what TDC is (Redecker, 2017). The HEIs, for their part, have started to develop multiple digitisation strategies and plans to promote it (Castañeda et al., 2023). However, despite these efforts, the COVID-19 pandemic evidenced that there is still a gap, particularly in the pedagogical aspects of this competence. This is not surprising, given the lack of implementation of evidence-based initiatives that effectively address it (Castañeda, et al., 2023). The development of this competency is a complex process that requires approaches that go beyond the individual perspective, which focuses exclusively on teacher training (Coles, et al.,2020). For this competence to be deployed, it is necessary to generate the institutional conditions that enable it (Esteve et al., 2022).

This paper is part of a research project with the aim of designing a proposal on what a HEI could do to develop the TDC of its teaching staff. This project is carried out at a Spanish public University with about 1700 academic staff. We have designed and iterated the prototypes with different stakeholders during 2021 – 2022 and this prototype has been validated in the local Spanish context in a satisfactory way (Viñoles-Cosentino et al., 2021; Viñoles-Cosentino et al., 2022).

The prototype is structured in 3 main axes: Policy level, Training level and Communication level (Esteve et al., 2022).

Among the aspects that stand out in the policy level: It has been a participatory process, involving groups of teachers, technical experts in teacher training and university managers at all stages: from the diagnosis to the evaluation of the prototypes. Thus, different levels (macro/micro) and perspectives of the main actors involved have been considered (Hostins & Rochadel, 2019). A framework (DigCompEdu) has been integrated to serve as a guide (Redecker, 2017). In addition, the strategic documents have been reviewed and aligned with the digitisation plan and the DigCompEdu framework (Viñoles-Cosentino et al., 2021).

At training level: Broaden the offer to provide open, accessible, flexible courses with different levels of progression (basic, intermediate, advanced). Training topics aligned with teaching needs, taking as a reference the areas of the DigCompEdu framework. Creation of an introductory course on TDC to guide and serve as an umbrella for the training pathways (Viñoles-Cosentino et al., 2022).

At communication level: Working with aspects of building language around TDC and the institutional approach to it, to ensure that the strategy is understood and disseminated to all the actors (Century & Cassata, 2016). Design and deliver of an awareness-raising course on TDC focused on working on attitudinal aspects, beliefs, and knowledge on the subject. A platform to centralise communication and as a space for the exchange of teaching experiences (Spillane et al., 2002).

In this last phase, the objective is to evaluate the prototype proposal and preliminary design principles in the international context.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The Project has been developed with the Design Based Research (DBR) methodology. A study carried out with the DBR methodology is characterized as a systematic process for the design, development and evaluation that intends to give a concrete answer to a complex reality (McKenney & Reeves, 2018). This type of study is divided into three phases: (1) preliminary research phase; (2) development and prototyping phase - in which the different prototypes are elaborated, revised and improved; and (3) final evaluation phase (Plomp & Nieveen, 2009).
In this paper, the work presented is the last phase, corresponding to the final evaluation. To carry out this evaluation, an international validation of the prototype was developed. A meeting was held with educational technology experts (N=8) from a Digital Education Centre at a Danish university. The expert session was attended by 2 managers (Director of the centre and Project manager of the university's digital plan), 3 postdocs (research and teacher training), 1 associate professor, 1 research assistant and 1 PhD student.
The evaluation was carried out by the aforementioned experts through the organization of a focus group in which both the prototype and the design principles obtained at the end of the development and prototyping phase (the previous phase of the DBR methodology) were analysed. The criteria taken as a reference in this process are:
• Relevance - Is the proposal necessary/relevant for this context?
• Consistency - Is the proposal logically and coherently designed?
• Practicality - Can the prototype be realistically applied in your context?
• Effectiveness - Does the intervention deliver the expected results (promoting the development of TDC) in the context for which it was designed (academic staff)?
For the analysis, the session was recorded, transcribed and coded using a concept-based deductive approach based on the research questions (Saldaña, 2015). Verbatim excerpts were extracted to reflect the participants' perspective on the topics presented. The results are presented through a narrative analysis, accompanied by participants quotations.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Experts agreed that the prototype meets the quality criteria of being relevant, consistent, and effective. On practicality, context-specific adjustments would be necessary, however they agreed that this was covered in the proposed design principles.
Regarding the design principles, the main insights are:
1. Design institutional and multi-level strategies (Dearing & Kee, 2012).
They considered appropriate to address the complexity of the process by deploying strategic actions at macro/micro level.
“Working at different levels helps us take concrete actions, maintaining complexity but moving forward without oversimplification.”
2. Create a link between the institutional strategy and teaching practice (Century & Cassata, 2016).
The relevance to ensure that strategies permeate and not remain on paper was highlighted.
“The link between the macro-level strategy and the teaching practice is key. There are institutional dynamics beyond a static policy that we need to consider to make things happen.”
3. Build meta-language around digital competences (Spillane et al., 2002).
The use of an existing and extended framework (DigCompEdu) as a basis was positively valued.
“It is important to work on the construction of the metalanguage, but sometimes a lot of time is wasted trying to define and agree, ending in fruitless discussions. Having an extended framework that can be adapted facilitates the work.”
4. Consider situated and contextualised approaches (Heimans, 2012).
The relevance of strategic approaches adapted to the culture and organisational differences of the university was noted.
"From one university to another there are organisational and cultural differences, the structure is horizontal, decentralised, with several campuses and little connection between them".
These results complete a new iteration of the TDC improvement proposal from an institutional perspective. Having an international and European vision is enriching in order to review and consolidate the key aspects that can be transferable to other HE institutions.

References
Castañeda, L., Viñoles, V., Concannon, F., Pedersen, A., Al-Hmiedat P. & Lobato, N. (2023). The CUTE CANVAS: developing a design tool for planning strategic actions for institutional of digital competencies. Journal of Decision Systems, 1-23. https://doi.org/10.1080/12460125.2023.2167274
Coles, S., Martin, F., Polly, D. & Wang, C. (2020). Supporting the digital professor: Information, training, and support. Journal of Applied Research in Higher Education, 13(2), 633-648. https://doi.org/10.1108/JARHE-09-2019-0236
Century, J., & Cassata, A. (2016). Implementation Research: Finding Common Ground on What, How, Why, Where, and Who. Review of Research in Education, 40(1), 169-215. https://doi.org/10.3102/0091732X16665332
Dearing, J. W., & Kee, K. F. (2012). Historical roots of dissemination science. In R. Brownson, G. Colditz, & E. Proctor (Eds.), Dissemination and implementation research in health: Translating science to practice (pp. 55–71). Oxford.
Esteve-Mon, F. M., Postigo-Fuentes, A. Y., & Castañeda, L. (2022). A strategic approach of the crucial elements for the implementation of digital tools and processes in higher education. Higher Education Quarterly, 00, 1– 16. https://doi.org/10.1111/hequ.12411
Fernández-Batanero, J. M., Román-Graván, P., Montenegro-Rueda, M., López-Meneses, E., & Fernández-Cerero, J. (2021). Digital teaching competence in higher education: A systematic review. Education Sciences, 11(11), 689. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci11110689
Heimans, S. (2014). Education policy enactment research: disrupting continuities. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 35(2), 307-316, https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2013.832566
Hostins, R. C. L., & Rochadel, O. (2019). Stephen Ball's contributions to the education policies. Revista on Line de Política e Gestão Educacional, 23(1), 61-84. https://doi.org/10.22633/rpge.v23i1.11947
McKenney, S., & Reeves, T. C. (2018). Conducting Educational Design Research. Routledge.
Plomp, T., & Nieveen, N. (2009). An introduction to educational design research. Netherlands Institute for curriculum development (SLO).
Redecker, C. (2017). European Framework for the Digital Competence of Educators: DigCompEdu. JRC Research Reports, Joint Research Centre.
Saldaña, J. (2015). The Coding Manual for Qualitative Researchers. SAGE.
Spillane, J. P., Reiser, B. J., & Reimer, T. (2002). Policy Implementation and Cognition: Reframing and Refocusing Implementation Research. Review of Educational Research, 72(3), 387-431. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543072003387
Viñoles-Cosentino, V., Esteve-Mon, F.M., & Sánchez-Caballé, A. (2021). Validación de un prototipo de propuesta institucional para la mejora de la competencia digital docente en el profesorado universitario. XXIV Congreso Internacional de Tecnología Educativa EDUTEC2021, Buenos Aires.
Viñoles-Cosentino, V., Llopis-Nebot, M.A., Sánchez-Caballé, A. & Esteve-Mon, F.M. (2022). Diseño de una propuesta formativa para desarrollar la competencia digital docente en el ámbito universitario. Jornadas Internacionales Universitarias de Tecnología Educativa, Valencia.

This communication is part of a research project funded by the Dávalos-Fletcher Foundation in 2021.
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm03 SES 01 A: Curriculum Making
Location: James McCune Smith, 639 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Majella Dempsey
Paper Session
 
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Curriculum Making as Relational Practice: Reflexivity and a Qualitative Ego-network Approach

Sinem Hizli Alkan

Anglia Ruskin University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Hizli Alkan, Sinem

There has been a strong emphasis internationally on teachers’ professional communities and teachers being reflective practitioners to leverage the quality of education, and subsequently a recent call for a fine-grained analysis of how these relationships may explain teachers’ educational practices. This paper offers a response to this by examining how teachers’ personal reflexivity and ego-networks play a role in mediating curriculum making practices.

Reflexivity enables people to consider themselves and their social environment to navigate their way in their social contexts (Archer, 2007). Although all people practise reflexivity, the kind of internal conversations and the way reflexivity leads to action are not universal. Archer proposes four distinctive modes of reflexivity, which are multifaceted and contextually dependent, to contribute to our understanding of why people act in certain ways. The other key theoretical construct in this study is ego-network which is a personal network that focuses on the individual actors and their connections to other people with a particular purpose (Bellotti, 2015). These two key constructs provide an account of how teachers’ internal and external conversations as well as their interplay act as a mediatory role in curriculum making practices.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research is designed as a multi-case study by utilizing an embedded-mixed method. Eight secondary school teachers, of six from Scotland and two from Wales, with different subject backgrounds, participated in this research over one semester during 2018-2019. Data generation process involved non-participant observations, semi-structured interviews, producing reflective diaries, completing the Internal Conversation Indicator and ego-network interviews. Critical realism as a philosophical framework was used to make sense of the data and explain the interplay between the two constructs (Danermark, Ekström, Jakobsen, & Karlsson, 2002). One of the main arguments of critical realism is that the social world is stratified by distinguishing what we can observe at the empirical and the unobservable ‘real’ world. In other words, critical realism holds the idea that the objective world exists independently and even without our knowledge of it (Bhaskar, 1998). The ultimate aim of social research is to identify underlying mechanisms at the real world, that are unobservable but generate the events that we can empirically observe.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Findings suggest that the role of reflexivity and ego-networks shed light on why teacher mediation of curriculum making practices occur differently at different times and contexts. This paper argues that there are three relational and transformative mechanisms underlining curriculum making practices: modes of reflexivity; national and organizational context; and relational goods and evils that emerge from the networks. To summarise each of these mechanisms briefly, a dynamic understanding of the modes of reflexivity is necessary to explain the distinctive ways of teachers’ actions. National and organizational context has a strong potential to shape the structure and culture of teachers’ networks and influence how teachers transfer the ideas offered from the networks. Relational goods indicate, for example, the existence of collegial trust, emotional support, and a sense of community, whereas relational evils refer to the absence of relational goods, conflicting ideas and negative connections perceived in the network. Although this research highlights the importance of the relational dimension of curriculum making and offers a conceptual and analytical framework to understand teachers’ social practices, there is a need for further research to investigate how subject background, social networks at the school level and previous experience with curricular work and professional life stories may contribute our understanding of curriculum making as social and relational practice.
References
Archer, M. (2007). Making our Way through the World. Human Reflexivity and Social Mobility. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Bellotti, E. (2015). Qualitative networks: Mixed methods in sociological research. Abingdon: Routledge.
Danermark, B., Ekström, M., Jakobsen, L., & Karlsson, J. (2002). Explaining Society: Critical Realism in Social Sciences.


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Teacher Agency for Curriculum Innovation: One small step for Irish Education, one giant leap for Irish teachers

Conall O Breachain1, Ciaran Sugrue2

1Dublin City University, Ireland; 2University College Dublin, Ireland

Presenting Author: O Breachain, Conall; Sugrue, Ciaran

The imminent redevelopment of Ireland’s national curriculum promises to promote agency by giving teachers the autonomy to make significant decisions regarding the content, sequence and pace of instruction in their classrooms (NCCA, 2020a). While the explicit positioning of teachers as ‘change-agents’ (Fullan, 2016; NCCA, 2009, 2020) is welcome, international studies which focus on the phenomenon of teacher-agency with regard to curriculum reform are only recently beginning to emerge (Biesta et al., 2017; Pantić, 2017a; Priestley et al., 2013; Priestley, Biesta, & Robinson, 2015; Priestley & Drew, 2019a; Pyhältö et al., 2018). A review of this burgeoning pool of empirical investigations reveals a tendency to theorise agency at the level of overarching national curriculum frameworks. This is not to suggest that these studies were limited in their own terms but to emphasise the fact that they had a particular focus. A more fine-grained exploration of agency, which embraces the disciplinary-specifics of curriculum reform-measures, awakens the possibility of a more refined analysis of the phenomenon. This therefore presents the next logical phase for empirical study.

Building on the conceptualisation of Emirbayer and Mische (1998), the current work proposes a definition of agency as ‘teachers’ capacity to critically shape their responsiveness to curriculum change’. Set against the backdrop of the recent introduction of the Primary Language Curriculum - the first of a series of major national curricular reforms - the study presented in this paper draws its conceptual framing from both ‘ecological’ and ‘sociocultural’ approaches to theorising teacher agency (Biesta & Tedder, 2007; Pantić, 2017a; Priestley, Biesta, & Robinson, 2015). Agency is concieved as a situated achievement, an emergent phenomenon, which arises at the confluence between an individual and their particular contexts for action. Three dynamic, interrelated dimensions comprise the conceptual backbone of this theory of agency: the ‘iterative’ (which delineates an orienation towards the past), the ‘practical-evaluative’ (with a focus on the present context within which an individual is 'acting' and the ‘projective’ dimensions (with its focus on the future). Each dimension has a complex internal structure, each with its own orientation towards the past, present and future. Emirbayer and Mische refer to this as the ‘chordal triad of agency within which all three dimensions resonate as separate but not always harmonious tones’ (Emirbayer & Mische, 1998, p. 972). Although analytically separate, each can be found to a greater or lesser degrees in any given instance of action.

The study presented in this paper intends to address the following overarching research question: In what ways do teachers achieve agency in the context of engaging with the new Primary Language Curriculum? This overarching question was supported by a number of subordinate questions:

  • How is the phenomenon of teacher agency understood by significant actors in the national policy and practice arena?
  • How do teachers describe their engagement with the Primary Language Curriculum?
  • In what ways does a professional learning community influence teachers’ agency in the context of engaging with the Primary Language Curriculum

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study presented in this paper employed an exploratory, sequential, multi-methods design (Morse, 2009, 2010b), which incorporated focus groups with key stakeholders (n=10), phenomenological interviews (n=12) across four school contexts and a single-site case study of teacher agency for curriculum enactment in a professional learning community (n=6).  The sequential, multi-methods design aims to move beyond a potentially reductive ‘snapshot’ in time perspective (Sugrue, 2014), as it cumulatively adds colours to the canvas of agency-understanding.  
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This Irish ‘case’ points to the centrality of teachers’ ‘knowledgeability’ (Giddens, 1984) regarding the reform-effort, and highlights the sustained, supported, collaborative and incremental manner in which this needs to be developed in order for vistas of agentic possibilities to be revealed and realised for teachers.  The influence of ‘mediating artefacts’ (Vygotsky, 1987) on agency’s dynamic emergence highlights another important contribution.  The potential for agency, it is argued, is influenced by the material infrastructure which scaffolds the reform measure.  In this regard, existing planning templates were shown to infuse the leaden feet of change with calcified reluctance.  The importance of teachers’ ‘existential feelings’ (Ratcliffe, 2005, 2008) in orienting themselves to the particular reform provides a final insight of particular consequence.  Arguably the curriculum-reform/agency nexus underestimates the significance of these feeling and in doing so, is in danger of relegating reform to the realm of superficial adoption or, more worryingly, teacher burn-out.  
Considered in their totality, the findings suggest that agency for curriculum innovation emerges across a series of settlements, or ‘new accommodations’ and the paper presents a model for understanding the phenomenon in such terms.  Appreciating how the emergence of teachers’ agency can be supported by professionals in the educational arena is the primary focus of this paper.  It will present an Irish perspective on this international phenomenon.  In doing so, it offers significant potential to contribute to this gradually burgeoning field of study and to support policy-makers, teachers and learners into the future.  

References
Biesta, G.J.J., & Tedder, M. (2007). How is Agency Possible? Towards an ecological understanding of agency-as-achievement.
Dyrdal Solbrekke, T., & Sugrue, C. (2012). Professional Responsibility: New Horizons of Praxis. Routledge.
Emirbayer, M., & Mische, A. (1998). What Is Agency? The American Journal of Sociology, 103(4), 962-1023. https://doi.org/10.1086/231294
Kelly, A.V. (2009). The Curriculum: Theory and Practice (6th ed.). Sage.
Fullan, M. (2016). The New Meaning of Educational Change (5th ed.). Routledge.
Morse, J. M. (2010). Simultaneous and sequential qualitative mixed method designs. Qualitative Inquiry, 16(6), 483–491. https://doi.org/10.1177/1077800410364741
Nieveen, Nienke, & Kuiper, W. (2012). Balancing Curriculum Freedom and Regulation in the Netherlands. European Educational Research Journal, 11(3), 357–368. https://doi.org/10.2304/eerj.2012.11.3.357
Ó Duibhir, P., & Cummins, J. (2012). Towards and Integrated Language Curriculum in Early Childhood and Primary Education (3-12 years). NCCA. http://www.ncca.ie/en/Publications/Reports/Towards_an_Integrated_Language_Curriculum_in_Early_Childhood_and_Primary_Education_.pdf
Pantić, N. (2015). A model for study of teacher agency for social justice. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 21(6), 759–778. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2015.1044332
Priestley, M., Biesta, G.J.J., & Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher Agency: An Ecological Approach. Bloomsbury.
Priestley, M., & Drew, V. (2019). Professional Enquiry: an ecological approach to developing teacher agency. In An eco-system for research-engaged schools: Reforming education through research (pp. 154–170). Routledge.


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Qualifications Reform and Teachers’ Curriculum-making Conceptions in Shanghai

Xin Miao

University of Stirling, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Miao, Xin

This paper concerns reform to Shanghai’s Gaokao, a university entrance qualification, and its effects on curriculum making by teachers. In 2014, the Shanghai government launched a reform to allow students to complete the geography examination one year earlier than other academic subjects. For those who took geography as a subject for their university qualification examinations, the test took place at the end of Year 11 from May 2016. The sudden reform changed geography’s status from a marginal subject with around 4,800 examinees to a subject with over 34,000 examinees. The numbers of examinees kept rising. Over 52,000 examinees took the geography exam in May 2022. The dramatic rise in students opting for the subject also brought an increased demand for geography teachers.

This study, therefore, asks: How does qualifications change influence teachers’ curriculum making conceptions in Shanghai? This study investigates Shanghai geography teachers in two cohorts: teachers who entered before the 2014 reform, known as the Pre-Reform cohort; teachers who entered after the reform as the Post-Reform cohort. This study uses an existing framework of geography curriculum making (Lambert and Morgan, 2010; Lambert, Solem and Tani, 2015) but applies it to the Chinese context. This framework started off as a product of Action Plan for Geography in England, and travelled to American and European countries through international GeoCapabilities Project partners. It depicts teacher choices, student experiences and school geography as a Venn diagram, and locates them in the context of the discipline of geography, then stressing that discipline-oriented teaching is situated within the context of broad educational aims.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
For this study, Lambert’s framework provides five elements for teachers to play with when drawing out their conceptions of curriculum making: teachers, students, school geography, academic geography and education. Instead of presenting the Lambert model to participant teachers, this study offers teachers the five elements and invite them to use their own words to describe the relationship. This diagram-making process was at the end of two one-to-one interviews with each participant. In previous semi-structured interviews, teachers had talked about their work as a teacher, including their work besides teaching geography, their students, their experience of teaching the subject and studying the discipline at universities. These interview topics laid a foundation to prepare teachers to comfortably talk about their conceptions of the role that they and their students play in relation to school geography, academic geography and education. This data collection process was conducted online via Teams. I first presented the same slide which had the five elements in same size. Teachers then instructed me to draw out their conceptions by asking me to move around these elements or change their shapes, and sometimes add arrows. This process also brought up deep conversations about why they prefer to organise the elements in particular ways, and how they justify their arrangement of locating and connecting the five elements.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The result reveals a homogeneity within the Post-Reform cohort, contrasting with the heterogeneity inside the Pre-Reform cohort. For example, the post-Reformers tend to view them and students as being connected by the curriculum. Only one of the pre-Reform teachers holds this view, the others either view the student-teacher relationship as direct interactions or triadic interactions between teachers, students and the curriculum. The heterogeneity between the two cohorts helps to explain teachers’ different curriculum-making conceptions.

The diagram-making process serves as a dialogical tool for teachers and teacher educators to visually imagine and interpret their understanding of teacher roles. The finding stresses the cross-cultural communicative potential for the existing geography curriculum making framework and its limitations. While Lambert’s framework shows a researcher’s optimal vision of teacher choices in curriculum making, teachers draw diagrams to reflect their choices at work. Their different starting points as well as the difference between English and Shanghai context brought diversity to interpret teachers’ curriculum making process. This research finds that a static diagram may not fully reflect teachers’ growth in different stages of their careers, nor showing the influence of their accessible resources.

To conclude, the Lambert framework provides a lens to analyse teachers’ diagrams, identifying aligned patterns and differences. It is inappropriate to import the Lambert framework to Shanghai directly. Teachers’ diagrams clearly show that their cultures and the social structures create particular conditions which necessitates a modification of the Shanghai model. Nevertheless, using the Lambert framework helps to communicate geography curriculum making in same terms across cultural contexts. It visualises the shrink of diversity when the exam orientation overrides the subject by showing two cohorts’ different interpretations on how the five elements are connected. Overall, the qualifications change has hindered Shanghai geography teachers’ imaginations of their role as curriculum makers.

References
Lambert, D. and Morgan, J. (2010) Teaching Geography 11-18 – A Conceptual Approach. MaidenHead: Open University Press.
Lambert, D., Solem, M. and Tani, S. (2015) ‘Achieving Human Potential Through Geography Education: A Capabilities Approach to Curriculum Making in Schools’, Annals of the Association of American Geographers, pp. 1–13. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1080/00045608.2015.1022128.
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm03 SES 02 A: Student Voice and Curriculum Development
Location: James McCune Smith, 639 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Nienke Nieveen
Paper Session
 
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Co-creation and Decision-making with Students about Teaching and Learning: a Systematic Literature Review

Esther Geurts1,2, Rianne P. Reijs1,2, Hélène H. M. Leenders3, Maria W. J. Jansen1,2, Christian J. P. A. Hoebe1,2

1Maastricht University, The Netherlands; 2Public Health Service South Limburg, The Netherlands; 3Fontys University of Applied Sciences, The Netherlands

Presenting Author: Geurts, Esther

Introduction – Seeking and listening to student perspectives can be worthwhile since it provides unique insights into the complexities of teaching and learning. Despite the fact that students are increasingly recognised as primary stakeholders in education, the majority of studies continues to position students as mere information providers and therefore fails to provide them with more active roles (Pinter, Mathew & Smith, 2016). One of the areas where students have had few opportunities to express their perspectives, let alone be involved in decision-making, is teaching and learning. Especially the curriculum is rarely seen as a suitable arena for student voice initiatives (Brooker & MacDonald, 1999; Rudduck & Flutter, 2000). This systematic literature review provides an overview of studies which have gone beyond positioning students as subjects or information providers by recognising them as knowledgeable partners. Thus far, such studies either targeted traditional student council topics and/or focused on university students. This review, therefore, examines the few existing empirical studies which focus on how secondary and vocational education students are involved in co-creation and decision-making in the context of teaching and learning. We focus on how student voice is embodied as well as relevant factors for implementation and the impact of student voice projects on students’ personal development and school connectedness.

Methods – Relevant studies were identified through a systematic search in ERIC, Scopus, Web of Science and PubMed. For each included study, references and citations were checked for additional relevant studies. Studies were included which focus on actively involving students in co-creation and decision-making and which go beyond influencing their individual learning processes. We discuss qualitative empirical studies which focus on 12-20 year-old students participating in student voice initiatives in the context of teaching and learning. In order to analyse the extracted data, content analysis in combination with the Action Research cycle and the Theoretical Domains Framework were used.

Results – The 15 included studies indicate that students were involved in various phases and were assigned multiple roles and responsibilities. Although students were involved in the planning phase in almost every study, participation was predominantly limited to advising. During the acting/observing phase, students had more profound roles and responsibilities. Many studies organised activities with the aim of engaging students as co-researchers. Students were least involved in reflecting and if they were involved at all, their role was limited to sharing their perspectives and experiences at the end of the project. Knowledge and skills were important factors for implementation. We also found that provoking radical shifts in social/professional roles and identities is not only a time consuming endeavour, but may result in all kinds of emotions. Many teachers had low levels of optimism or even concerns about inviting students to participate in educational development. Therefore, it should come as no surprise that initially student participation activities led to anxiety and chaos among teachers. Students were often hesitant at the start and lacked beliefs about their capabilities. However, as they got used to being more involved, their confidence grew. Teachers were vital in increasing students’ perceived competences by offering guidance, support, encouragement and insights. Apart from learning and practicing a wide range of skills, students’ sense of confidence, ownership and empowerment grew, which resulted in increased beliefs about their capabilities. Lastly, relationships between students and teachers improved.

Conclusions – We should look for ways to expand and improve the intensity, nature and quality of student voice activities. Students should be presented with various opportunities for taking diverse roles in each research phase. Future research should include working collaboratively with students in vulnerable positions as well as in more diverse school settings.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Study design – Relevant studies were identified through a systematic search in ERIC, Scopus, Web of Science and PubMed. Three groups of keywords were used: doing research with students; concerning teaching and learning; and in schools. References and citations were checked for additional studies. The inclusion criteria were: (1) empirical studies with qualitative design; (2) focus on secondary or vocational education students between 12 and 20 years old; (3) set in high income countries; (4) focus on student voice initiatives in the context of teaching and learning and which go beyond influencing students’ individual learning processes; and (5) peer-reviewed articles published in English.
Search process and outcome – Initially, a total of 4,420 articles were found. Titles and abstracts were screened by the first author. When in doubt, the decision about including or excluding the study in question would be postponed until a later phase. During the eligibility phase, 57 studies were assessed by two authors. The main reasons for exclusion were: not focused on teaching and learning, students’ influence was limited to individual learning process and unsuitable research approach.
Data extraction – These data were extracted: aim and context, participant characteristics, data collection and analysis methods, description of student participation in research phases, key findings and implications.
Data analysis – Content analysis in combination with the Action Research cycle and the Theoretical Domains Framework (TDF) were used. The Action Research cycle starts with participants determining the focus of inquiry, deciding on the desired improvement and crafting a plan for observing and recording the activities (i.e. planning). Next, these activities are implemented and subsequently observed and monitored (i.e. acting/observing). This phase is then followed by critically reflecting on the outcomes of the action and, when necessary, revising the activities based on what has been learned (i.e. reflecting) (Creswell, 2015; Koshy, 2009; Pardede, 2019). Although the TDF consists of 14 domains, we focus on those domains which emerged most prominently during the analysis: knowledge, skills, beliefs about capabilities, optimism, emotions, social/professional role and identity, and social influences (Cane, O’Connor, & Michie, 2012; Michie et al., 2005). These domains provide a theoretical lens for determining cognitive, affective, social and environmental factors influencing behaviour (Atkins et al., 2017). In our case, the TDF could contribute to determining which factors influence the implementation of student voice initiatives in teaching and learning as well as assessing the impact on students’ development and their school connectedness.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
No studies were identified which worked collaboratively with vocational education students and even though we gained a deeper understanding of how secondary students participated in student voice initiatives, their involvement in co-creation and decision-making in the context of teaching and learning was quite limited. Also, those subjects that were opened up to co-creation and decision-making were mainly “low-stakes” curriculum areas, such as physical, sexuality and arts education. Therefore, these initiatives cannot be expected to be transformative. Most teachers did not possess the necessary competences to work collaboratively with their students, which prevented them from sufficiently guiding their students. Nonetheless, few studies provided training to either teachers or students. Students were often hesitant at the start and lacked beliefs about their capabilities. However, in those instances when they succeeded in being more involved, their confidence grew. Teachers were vital in this process of increasing their students’ perceived competences by offering guidance, support, encouragement and insights. This underlines all the more the significance of appropriately preparing, training and supporting teachers in their role of promoting student voice. Even though student voice initiatives were flawed, the results of the few studies assessing the impact on students’ personal development and school connectedness seem to be hopeful. When implemented adequately, student voice initiatives are likely to positively impact the personal development and school connectedness of students. Therefore, these findings should encourage us to continue promoting and improving student voice initiatives in the context of teaching and learning.
Future research should include working collaboratively with students in vulnerable positions as well as in more diverse school settings, for example in vocational or technical education. Lastly, research should concentrate on assessing the long-term impact of participating in student voice activities regarding teaching and learning on students’ development, but also their health, well-being and social position.

References
Atkins, L., Francis, J., Islam, R., O’Connor, D., Patey, A., Ivers, N., . . . Grimshaw, J. M. (2017). A guide to using the Theoretical Domains Framework of behaviour change to investigate implementation problems. Implementation science, 12(1), 1-18.
Brooker, R., & Macdonald, D. (1999). Did we hear you?: Issues of student voice in a curriculum innovation. Journal of curriculum studies, 31(1), 83-97.
Cane, J., O’Connor, D., & Michie, S. (2012). Validation of the theoretical domains framework for use in behaviour change and implementation research. Implementation science, 7(1), 1-17.
Creswell, J. W. (2015). Educational research: Planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research (Vol. (5th ed.)): Boston, MA: Pearson Education.
Koshy, V. (2009). Action research for improving educational practice: A step-by-step guide: Sage.
Michie, S., Johnston, M., Abraham, C., Lawton, R., Parker, D., & Walker, A. (2005). Making psychological theory useful for implementing evidence based practice: a consensus approach. BMJ Quality & Safety, 14(1), 26-33.
Pardede, P. (2019). Seeing Action Research Process in a Practice.
Pinter, A., Mathew, R., & Smith, R. (2016). Children and teachers as co-researchers in Indian primary English classrooms. ELT Research papers, 16(03).
Rudduck, J., & Flutter, J. (2000). Pupil participation and pupil perspective:'carving a new order of experience'. Cambridge journal of education, 30(1), 75-89.


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Democracy and Participation in Innovative Schools: A Case Study

Jordi Feu, Albert Torrent i Font, Òscar Prieto-Flores

University of Girona, Spain

Presenting Author: Torrent i Font, Albert; Prieto-Flores, Òscar

This conference paper is part of an ongoing investigation (The Fourth Impulse of Pedagogical Renewal in Spain: A case Study in Infant-Primary Schools in the Autonomous Communities of Andalusia, Madrid, Catalonia and Valencia, project I+d+i, PID2019-108138RB-C21, 2020-2023) whose objective is to study the processes of educational transformation of schools that, in an integrated and integral manner, propose a renewal of fundamental aspects that define them (Tyack and Cuban, 1995). The paper focuses on studying some issues related to democratic practice in a unique innovative school: a private (non-elitist) school self-managed by a group of teachers who have the occasional support of the families.

In this paper, we first explain what we mean by innovative schools, we then address some basic issues focused on the conceptualization of democratic practice in schools and, finally, in the conclusions, we analyse how this practice is implemented in the school under study.

The term “pedagogical renewal” is, as has been shown on several occasions (Costa, 2011; Esteban, 2016; Pericacho, 2016) is a complex and polysemic term that has a long history in Spain and that, internationally, has many similarities with the concept “educational renewal” (Goodlad, 1994; Carlson,2005). Our research team (Demoskole) has decided to define it as the direct opposite of traditional education in its classical conception (disciplinary and authoritarian with differentiated and hierarchical roles and a system of teaching based on pure transmission and the textbook) and of aseptic innovation that changes the forms and appearances but not the substance since it only hides the harsher expressions typical of uncomplicated] traditional pedagogy, replacing them for more friendly guises. In any case, innovative schools are characterized by: i) being centres with progressive educational goals (opposed to what is imposed by the market and the neoliberal way of thinking); ii) making use of active methodologies (opposed to fundamentally rote and acritical methodologies); iii) having an open and flexible organization of time and spaces; iv) teaching a curriculum that is as little compartmentalized as possible and conveyed through methodologies that integrate diverse knowledge; v) embodying educational roles that, despite being different, are not hierarchical, facilitate participation and foster trust; vi) implementing a transversal, qualitative, formative and continuous evaluation of the learning processes; vii) having shared leadership; viii) being clearly committed to participation and democratic practice; and ix) having a close relationship with the physical and social environment (Feu and Torrent, 2020; Feu et al., 2021; Feu and Torrent, 2021a; Feu and Torrent, 2021b).

The democratic and participatory issue, despite being presented as the eighth characteristic, is central to any innovative school – a democracy and participation that, like the other elements previously mentioned, can be graduated. In the case at hand, and following authors such as Fielding (2012), Mabovula (2009) and Santizo Rodall (2011), this graduation can be done through three key variables: a) frequency of the democratic practice (regularity of meetings aimed at making decisions on collective issues); b) democratic intensity (type and relevance of the aspects to be debated and agreed upon); and c) agents who are called on to participate (students, teachers, families and local agents or institutions), among others.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This scientific contribution is based on a case study: a primary school that complies with the nine items of pedagogical renewal mentioned above and that pedagogically has many elements of ‘free education’. The school is eight years old, has five full-time and one part-time accompanying adults (teachers) and 53 children between 6 and 11 years old, and it is located in a rural area that is very close to a county capital in the province of Girona (Catalonia, Spain).

One important feature to highlight is that the school works in a similar way to how a ‘unitary school’  (where boys and girls are mixed by age, without having a specific classroom for each of the levels) works. The school has five different spaces where specific activities are carried out (for example, art, psychomotor skills and workshop) or where there is material grouped according to the curricular function it fulfils (for example, literacy, logic and mathematics and environment).

The research perspective is qualitative and the materials and instruments that were used to collect the data were as follows: i) Educational Project of the School (where the goals, purposes, organization and pedagogical line are explained); ii) in-depth interview with the person who works as director (and teacher of the school); iii) discussion group with the team of teachers; iv) discussion groups with parents; iv) a five-day observation at the school.

All these instruments were designed by a committee of the research team and, prior to the final step, they were tested in a pilot school. The definitive script of the survey, the discussion groups and the observation were structured in similar blocks (the nine key areas of pedagogical renewal). In addition, aspects related to integration, diversity and questions related to ideological and political issues were included.

The data collection was carried out between January 2021 and January 2023 by a member of the research team; it was recorded (with prior authorization from teachers and families) and the material derived from the observation was recorded in the field diary. All the data was transcribed verbatim and analysed using the qualitative data programme Atlas.ti.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Although the Educational Project (a public and open access programmatic document) defines this school as a democratic, in view of the material collected we can say that it is from the inside but not from the outside.

The participatory spaces of this school focus mainly on the students and accompanying adults - teachers. The students have fortnightly assemblies with compulsory attendance in which they can talk, and in fact do talk, about whatever issue concerns or interest them. Issues related to conflicts between the children or between them and their accompanying adults, or related to the uses and functions of the spaces and the activities they do or would like to do are discussed, and rules are agreed upon that the children and accompanying adults must comply with scrupulously.

The accompanying adults participate through weekly meetings held at the school. In the meetings, which are compulsory, pedagogical, organizational and operational issues are addressed, based on the principles of equality, trust and maximum respect.

Families, although they formally make up the third leg of the educational community, have gradually experienced a process of reducing their functions at the same time that their presence and participation have been encapsulated through classic forms similar to those found in schools of all types, including those with traditional pedagogy.

In short, and considering what we have explained in relation to the analysis of democratic graduation, we can state that the analysed school has a fairly high degree of democracy in terms of the frequency of democratic practice and intensity between students and teachers. But not in relation to the families who, as agents of the educational community, have seen how they have been occupying a more peripheral position in order to safeguard the educational approach towards the children and, above all, the subsistence of the project.

References
Carlson, D. (2005) Hope without illusion: telling the story of democratic educational renewal, International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 18:1, 21-45, DOI: 10.1080/09518390412331318414

Costa, A. (2011). Los movimientos de renovación pedagógica y la reforma educativa en España. A Celada Perandones, P. (Ed.), Arte y oficio de enseñar. Dos siglos de perspectiva histórica. Universidad de Valladolid, vol. 2, 89-98.

Esteban, S. (2016). La renovación pedagógica en España: un movimiento social más allá del    didactismo. Tendencias Pedagógicas, 27, 259-284. https://doi.org/10.15366/tp2016.27.012


Feu, J.; Torrent, A. (2020). Aproximació al tercer impuls de renovació pedagògica, entre l'adapació inevitable i la resistència transformadora. Temps d'Educació, Núm. 59, p. 237-254.

Feu, J. y Torrent, A. (2021a). Renovación Pedagógica, innovación y cambio en educación ¿de qué estamos hablando? en Feu, J.; Besalú, X.; Palaudàrias, J.M. (coords.) La Renovación Pedagógica en España: una mirada actual y crítica p. 11-46. Morata.

Feu, J.; Torrent, A. (2021b). The Ideal Type of Innovative School That Promotes Sustainability: The Case of Rural Communities in Catalonia. Sustainability, 1-17.

Feu, J., Besalú, X, y Palaudàrias, J.M. (Coords.) (2021). La renovación pedagógica en España. Una mirada crítica y actual. Morata.

Goodlad, J.I. (1994). Educational Renewal: Better Teachers, Better Schools. Jossey-Bass Inc., Publishers.

Mabovula, N. (2009). Giving voice to the voiceless through deliberative democratic school governance. South African Journal of Education, 29(2), 219-233.

Pericacho, F. J. (2016). Actualidad de la renovación pedagógica. Editorial Popular.

Santizo Rodall, C. (2011). Gobernanza y participación social en la escuela pública. Revista Mexicana de Investigación Educativa, 16(50), 751-773.

Tyack, D.; Cuban, L. (1995). Thinkering toward utopia. A Century of Public School Reform. Harvard University Press


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Social media as a Tool for Recruiting and Empowering a Diverse Mix of Student Participants in Curriculum Research

Kerri Garrard, Rebecca Cairns

Deakin University Australia, Australia

Presenting Author: Garrard, Kerri; Cairns, Rebecca

Abstract

Research indicates student voices are largely under-represented in the processes of curriculum reform (Flynn, 2021). When school students are invited to share their views on their experiences of curriculum, they often do not respond in large numbers or are only invited to do so from within classroom contexts, which may constrain their responses. This paper reports on our success using social media (SM) as a method to recruit Australian senior secondary student participants for a national online survey about their experiences of school history. Finding that this method attracted a high level of student participation, a demographically diverse sample and generated rich data, we advocate for using social media as a key element of survey methods for adolescents. In Australia, as in other international settings, the role of students is often seen to sit within the nano site of curriculum making, that is within the context of classrooms or other learning spaces and in relation to teachers (Priestly, 2021). Accessing students and giving them a platform to have conversations about their experiences of curriculum outside of this nano site, expands possibilities for including students as curriculum actors across the macro and meso sites of curriculum making (Priestly, 2021)(Priestley et al., 2021). Through the dissemination of research findings that foreground their voices, students are valued as curriculum actors that contribute to curriculum discourse at the state and national levels, which can encourage other curriculum actors to engage students in a wider range of curriculum making activities across sites. The paper explores how this student-centred approach opens the possibilities for curriculum inquiry researchers in other learning areas and jurisdictions, as well as across education research more broadly.

It also engages with a topical area emerging from research methods literature worldwide. The popularity of the student surveys to capture student perspectives has been widely documented, both in Australia and internationally, as an effective way of measuring student engagement to inform whole school and curriculum reform (Campbell-Phillips, 2020; Jensen, 2011; Mayes, 2020). The global crisis in education, exposed by the impact of the pandemic across the world made it more urgent for researchers to recognise a significant shift in the nature of student-centred research and develop the capacity to access curriculum conversations with an already difficult to reach group (Dusek, Yurova, & Ruppel, 2015). Research that values and responds to student voices is also vital at a time when young people are feeling isolated and disconnected from their schooling following Covid-19 related disruptions.

Recruitment via SM is increasingly popular, however, a lack of ‘empirical literature investigating the ethics of engaging participants via SM’ (Hokke, Nicholson, & Crawford, 2020, p. 12) deters researchers from taking up the opportunity, particularly for the recruitment of young people (Mackenzie et al., 2021). Not without its challenges and limitations, the generative experience we had using SM to recruit young people of their own volition prompted us to ask: What methodological diversity can the use of social media bring to educational research that looks to represent student voice? We address this question by using our online survey project that investigated possible reasons for declining enrolments in senior secondary History subjects as a case study. The paper outlines the methodological approach taken and evaluates the efficacy of utilising Instagram and Twitter as sites for both recruiting and reporting back to students. Despite the context being Australian, we argue SM has potential to support student-centred methodological approaches in ways that are globally relevant, innovative and inclusive. We contribute to literature that assesses the potential of recruitment via SM while offering unique insight into the possibilities for empowering students as research participants.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
By 2018, Instagram was the most popular social media app among young people around the world. More than 70% of people between the ages of 12 and 24 are Instagram users (Huang & Su, 2018). Based on anecdotal evidence and cross sectional studies conducted in other fields, which show a decline in the use of Facebook by youth (Ford et al., 2019), we made a decision not to use Facebook. This was further supported by studies that showed paid advertising is often used for recruitment on this platform (Amon, Campbell, Hawke, & Steinbeck, 2014).
After gaining ethics approval for the study (19th May 2022, Ref: HAE-22-034) we employed an age appropriate consultant to ensure the attractiveness of the Instagram page to target the specific age group. Understanding the psychology of Instagram to gain maximum success with the site was imperative in the design of the Instagram page. For example, noted in other fields such as tourism management, ‘color psychology plays important roles in product packaging’ (Yu, Xie, & Wen, 2020). Informed by our consultant, our product required a mix of red, purple, particular shades of green, which are popular with teenagers, combined with the use capitals in the font was essential. We also planned the placement and timing of seventeen posts during the life of the survey–taking into consideration the time of year for senior secondary students to avoid exam times and school holidays¬–and the construction of language. Anonymity and consent was ensured by ‘using a two-question process’ (Mackenzie, Berger, Holmes, & Walker, 2021, p. 226) to enter the survey; demonstrating they had read the PLS and giving Consent. This strategy met ethical compliance which required participants to demonstrate that they understood the consent process (Mackenzie et al., 2021).  As a result of this student-centred method, between March and October 2022, 292 participants were recruited for the online survey. Our method also included, five Twitter posts to attract interested parties who might pass on the link and some snowballing was done through professional and personal networks.
The limitation of this research with regard to its methodology is that we were not able to identify percentages of through which channel or platform the link to the survey was accessed. However, the Instagram page showed consistent and popular access over the life of the survey, indicating it was a significant draw card.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Based on our experience, the use of social media combined with targeted snowballing is an effective means of recruitment for the online survey underpinned by student-centred research. The closed questions of the survey showed, by demographic, that recruitment was from a diverse range of students and schools. For example, 39 Catholic schools, 94 from government schools and 109 from private schools. All States and Territories were represented with the exception of Northern Territory. The open-ended questions elicited candid and thoughtful responses, suggesting students felt safe to express themselves.
Despite ethical and practical considerations, we argue the most significant advantages of using social media for this study, was its provision to tap into an unfettered student voice away from the formalities of the regulatory classroom environment and the direction from other curriculum actors.  Further, as Mackenzie et al (2021) showed in their study, it is a method that, with ethical considerations in place, ensures that adolescents make their own choice about participating in educational research (p.226), which means greater opportunity to take them seriously as curriculum actors.  

References
Amon, K. L., Campbell, A. J., Hawke, C., & Steinbeck, K. (2014). Facebook as a Recruitment Tool for Adolescent Health Research: A Systematic Review. Academic Pediatrics, 14(5), 439-447.e434. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.acap.2014.05.049
Campbell-Phillips, S. (2020). Education and Curriculum Reform: The Impact They Have On Learning Budapest International Research and Critics in Linguistics and Education (BirLE) Journal, 3 (2), 1074-1082.
Dusek, G., Yurova, Y., & Ruppel, C. (2015). Using Social Media and Targeted Snowball Sampling to Survey a Hard-to-reach Population: A Case Study. International Journal of Doctoral Studies, 10. Retrieved from http://www.informingscience.com/ijds/Volume10/IJDSv10p279-299Dusek0717.pdf
Flynn, P. H., N. (2021). Student Voice in Curriculum Reform: Whose Voices, Who’s Listening? In D. J. Murchan, K. (Eds.) (Ed.), Curriculum Change within Policy and Practice. (pp. 43–59): Palgrave.
Ford, K. L., Albritton, T., Dunn, T. A., Crawford, K., Neuwirth, J., & Bull, S. (2019). Youth Study Recruitment Using Paid Advertising on Instagram, Snapchat, and Facebook: Cross-Sectional Survey Study. JMIR Public Health Surveill, 5(4), e14080. doi:10.2196/14080
Hokke, S. N. J. H., N.J., Bennetts, S.K.,, Nicholson, J. M., Keyzer, P., Lucke, J., Zion, L.,  , & Crawford, S. B. (2020). Ethical Considerations in Using Social Media to Engage Research Participants: Perspectives of Australian Researchers and Ethics Committee Members. Journal of Empirical Research on Human Research Ethics, 15(1-2), 12-27.
Huang, Y.-T., & Su, S.-F. (2018). Motives for Instagram Use and Topics of Interest among Young Adults. Future Internet, 10(8), 77. doi:10.3390/fi10080077
Jensen, B. a. R., J. (2011). Better teacher appraisal and feedback: Improving performance. Grattan Institute.
Mackenzie, E., Berger, N., Holmes, K., & Walker, M. (2021). Online educational research with middle adolescent populations: Ethical considerations and recommendations. Research Ethics, 17(2), 217-227. Retrieved from https://journals.sagepub.com/doi/pdf/10.1177/1747016120963160
Mayes, E. (2020). Student voice in an age of ‘security’? Critical Studies in Education, 61(3), 380-397. doi:10.1080/17508487.2018.1455721
Priestly, M., Alvunger, D., Philippou, S., Soini, T. (2021). Curriculum Making in Europe: Emerald Publishing Limited
Yu, C.-E., Xie, S. Y., & Wen, J. (2020). Coloring the destination: The role of color psychology on Instagram. Tourism Management, 80, 104110. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tourman.2020.104110
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm03 SES 03 A: Curriculum for STEM Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 639 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Daniel Alvunger
Paper Session
 
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Nature of Science in Physics, Chemistry and Biology Curricula in England

Ebru Kaya1, Sibel Erduran2

1Bogazici University, Turkiye; 2University of Oxford, UK

Presenting Author: Kaya, Ebru

Contemporary societies face significant challenges in dealing with issues such as climate change, the Covid-19 pandemic as well as disinformation and pseudo-science. Within the European context, the importance of scientific literacy as a component of curriculum innovation has been identified as a means to deal with such challenges, for instance through equipping learners with the tools to navigate and critically address the vast amounts of information exchanged in public debate, and support democratic processes (Siarova, Sternadel & Szőnyi, 2019). Understanding different aspects of NOS has been argued to contribute to scientific literacy (Matthews, 2016). NOS is about different aspects of science such as the aims, values, methods, practices and social context of science. Aspects of NOS have been included in policy documents from the European Commission as part of particular scientific competences (O’Carroll et al., 2017). As an area of research in science education, NOS has gained much attention (Abd-el-Khalick, 2012; Allchin, 2011; Lederman et al., 2002). The paper presents an empirical investigation into the coverage of nature of science (NOS) in the physics, chemistry and biology curricula in England. It is important to investigate the curriculum content on NOS because curricula are important resources that teachers use when making these plans and preparing the lesson content. In previous curriculum analyses, researchers have used various frameworks on NOS to trace its representation in science curricula. For example, Kaya and Erduran (2016) used the Reconceptualized Family Resemblance Approach to Nature of Science (RFN) which is the current framework on the nature of science (e.g. Erduran & Dagher, 2014; Irzik & Nola, 2014). This framework considers NOS as a cognitive-epistemic and social-institutional system, and as such it is fairly broad and it can capture a wide range of aspects of science. It has been applied as an analytical framework, for example in the analysis of assessment documents (e.g. Cheung, 2020). RFN has not been applied to the analysis of physics, chemistry and biology curricula (DfE, 2013; 2014) in England. Tracing how NOS is represented in physics, chemistry and biology curricula can shed light on how such different fields of science are conceptualised in science curricula. The study was guided by the following research questions: (a) How is NOS covered in the physics, chemistry and biology curricula at Key Stage 4 level in England? (b) What are the similarities and differences in how NOS is represented in the curricula of different sciences of physics, chemistry and biology? In order to address these research questions, a content analysis method proposed by Elo ve Kyngäs (2008) was used. This method consists of 3 steps: preparation, organizing, and reporting. In the preparation step, the unit of analysis and theoretical framework are selected. The unit of analysis was selected as sentences in the curricula in this study. Furthermore, Reconceptualized Family Resemblance Approach to Nature of Science (RFN) (Kaya & Erduran, 2016) was selected as the theoretical framework of the analysis. The organizing step includes creating the analysis matrices and coding based on the categories. RFN consists of the following categories: (a) cognitive-epistemic: aims and values, methods, practices and knowledge, and (b) social-institutional: social values, scientific methods, social certification and dissemination, social organisations and interactions, financial systems and political power structures. Results and findings for each curriculum analysis is presented highlighting the trends in the coverage of the key RFN categories. A significant finding is that the social-institutional categories were underrepresented in all curricula. Furthermore, only the introductory sections of the curricula included the majority of the RFN categories which were mainly about the cognitive-epistemic aspects of NOS. They were not integrated into the sections that covered the content knowledge.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data sources are curriculum documents for Key Stage 4 (KS4) in England (Department for Education, 2014). KS4 in England involves 10th and 11th year students (from 14 to 16 years old). The curriculum document consists of 5 main sections: Introduction, Working Scientifically, Subject Content: Biology, Subject Content: Chemistry, and Subject Content: Physics. The introduction section emphasizes the aims and significance of teaching science. “Working scientifically” section includes 4 subsections which are “The development of scientific thinking”, “Experimental skills and strategies'', “Analysis and evaluation”, and “Vocabulary, units, symbols and nomenclature”. In this study, we call the ‘introduction’ and “working scientifically” sections in the curriculum as ‘Introductory’ sections. In the 3 subject-content (Biology, Chemistry, and Physics) sections, the goals and significance of each subject and the specific topics in each subject are presented. The extent to which the physics, chemistry and biology curricula in England contain NOS was analyzed qualitatively through the adapted version of a content analysis method proposed by Elo ve Kyngäs (2008) and consists of 3 steps: preparation, organizing, and reporting. The unit of analysis was selected as sentences in the curricula. Furthermore RFN (Kaya & Erduran, 2016) was selected for coding the text. For example, the biology curriculum refers to the following statements which are coded under the “aims and values” category: “The study of biology involves collecting and interpreting information about the natural world to identify patterns and relate possible cause and effect. Biology is used to help humans improve their own lives and to understand the world around them.” This episode is coded as an instance of “aims and values” of science because it points to what biology aims to accomplish (e.g. collect and interpret information) and the values it possesses (e.g. help humans to improve their lives). For example, for the “Aims and Values” category, “aim, value, objectivity, novelty, accuracy, empirical adequacy, critical examination, etc.”; for the “Scientific Practices” category, “observation, experiment, data, model, classification, prediction, argumentation, explanation, etc.”; for the “Professional Activities” category, “conference, article, presentation, writing, publication, etc.” were used as key words. For the interrater reliability, the researchers carried out coding independently. Then the results were checked in terms of consistency of analysis.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results show that the curricula include more references to the categories of the epistemic and cognitive aspects of science as compared to social-institutional aspects. The social-institutional categories were the least represented. Most references to NOS were found in the introductory section of the curriculum. While the biology, chemistry and physics sections include a few references to cognitive and epistemic categories, they practically do not include any reference to the social-institutional categories. The chemistry and physics sections do not include any keyword about social-institutional categories. Moreover, there are no references to “Social Organizations and Interactions” and “Political Power Structures” categories in the curriculum. The underrepresentation of the social-institutional aspects of NOS in the English science curricula is concerning considering the imminent role that understanding such aspects are critical in contemporary socioscientific issues such as the Covid-19 pandemic and the climate change emergency. Such pressing concerns demand scientific  literacy not only in terms of the cognitive and epistemic aspects of science but also the broader societal context of science. For example, in the context of the Covid-19 informed citizenship would require understanding not only what a virus is (ie. biology) and how virus particles might be transmitted (i.e. chemistry) but also how the economic and political decision-making around the pandemic and its impact on society (i.e. social institutions). If science education is to contribute to problem-solving about such pressing issues in society (O’Carroll et al., 2017), it will need to embrace a broader vision for how NOS is treated in teaching and learning. As a broad framework, RFN affords for the identification of the current limitations of science curricula and it holds the potential to provide recommendations for curriculum reform and innovation. The present study illustrates in concrete terms which aspects of NOS can be developed further in the curriculum.
References
Abd-El-Khalick, F. (2012). Examining the sources for our understandings about science: enduring conflations and critical issues in research on nature of science in science education. International Journal of Science Education, 34(3), 353-374.
Allchin, D. (2011). Evaluating knowledge of the nature of (whole) science. Science Education, 95(3), 518-542.
Cheung, K. (2020). Exploring the Inclusion of Nature of Science in Biology Curriculum and High-Stakes Assessments in Hong Kong. Science & Education, 29, 491-512.
Department for Education (2014) The national curriculum in England: Key Stages 3 and 4 framework document. Available at: https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/national-curriculum-in-england-secondary-curriculum (Accessed: 16 May 2022).
Elo, S., & Kyngäs, H. (2008). The qualitative content analysis process. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 62(1), 107-115.
Erduran, S., & Dagher, Z. (2014). Reconceptualizing the nature of science for science education: scientific knowledge, practices and other family categories. Dordrecht: Springer.
O'Carroll, C., Hyllseth, B., Berg, R., et al.(2017). Providing researchers with the skills and competencies they need to practise. European Commission, Directorate-General for Research and Innovation (2017).  Open Science, Publications Office, 2017, https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2777/121253
Kaya, E. & Erduran, S. (2016). From FRA to RFN, or how the family resemblance approach can be transformed for science curriculum analysis on nature of science. Science & Education, 25(9), 1115-1133.
Irzik, G. & Nola, R. (2014). New directions for nature of science research. In: M. Matthews, International handbook of research in history, philosophy and science teaching. pp. 999-1021. Springer.
Lederman, N. G., Abd-El-Khalick, F., Bell, R. L., & Schwartz, R. S. (2002). Views of nature of science questionnaire (VNOS): toward valid and meaningful assessment of learners conceptions of nature of science. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 39(6), 497-521.
Matthews, M. (2016). The Contribution of History and Philosophy of Science, 20th Anniversary Revised and Expanded Edition. New York: Routledge.
Siarova, H., Sternadel, D. & Szőnyi, E. (2019). Research for CULT Committee – Science and Scientific Literacy as an Educational Challenge, European Parliament, Policy Department for Structural and Cohesion Policies, Brussels


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Science Education at a Forked-Road: Curricular Transition in Ireland as an Opportunity to Inform Wider European Policy around Enquiry Practices

Natalie O'Neill

Dublin City University, Ireland

Presenting Author: O'Neill, Natalie

Research question: What can Ireland offer to the wider European debate on curriculum reform in science education?

This paper will provide evidence of how changes to STEM policy documents internationally, which are grounded in current academic research around best practice in science education, have failed to translate into practice among the wider science education community (Scientix, 2018). Policy occupies one epistemological stance (that of enquiry) while practice remains firmly in another (that of knowledge-as-transmission). Teachers are expected to navigate a landscape of policy reform that does not offer pedagogical guidance or a clear definition of enquiry (Osborne, 2015), and is at odds with the cultural and epistemological beliefs teachers hold of how practical work should be taught in schools (Loughran, 2014). Indeed, there are reports of teachers believing they are teaching enquiry-based lessons, when they are actually not (Capps et al., 2013). Irish senior cycle STEM curricula are currently under review after a series of reports that have deemed learner participation in STEM education as “less than satisfactory” (DES, 2020; 2017). Unsurprisingly, one of the main issues is an over-emphasis on propositional knowledge and an under-emphasis on epistemic and procedural knowledge (NCCA, 2019). In terms of practical activities, the lack of formal training around enquiry practices during initial teacher training and in-service professional development compounds the issue and has led to a situation where practical activities are taught by recipe and examined by rote (Hyland, 2011; Burns et al., 2018).

This research study, focuses on the enactment of enquiry-based practical activities at secondary and tertiary level and identifies how curricular reform cannot occur without epistemological reform. This type of complex reform requires the development of all three outputs of DBR; thoery, professional development and design of an educational artefact:

Theoretical Framework:

  1. Theory:

A theory of enquiry, specific to practical activities, is grounded in the work of Dewey’s complete act of thinking. This offers a view of knowledge as a dynamic end-in-view, constantly reaching into the unknown as an act of inference, “going beyond what is surely known to something else accepted on its warrant” (Dewey, 1910/2012). The mind/body dualism that is recognised within recipe teaching dissipates through this lens and is replaced by a focus on consciousness, which supports the process of enquiry. An inductive and deductive process of thinking is essential, where what is learned in one situation is put to an applied use in another, leading to a learning continuum that promotes a conscious search for knowledge.

2. Professional Development:

In addition, Wenger’s (1998) concept of a Community of Practice is employed as a lens through which professional development takes place. Teachers (pre-service and in-service) are gradually brought into a community of enquiry practitioners, firstly through involvement in the three modes of learning (mutual engagement, joint enterprise, shared repertoire), followed by exposure to a nexus of perspectives (student, teacher, designer) focused on creating a sense of belonging (hence identity) to the enquiry community.

Conceptual Framework:

3. Artefact

A Framework for Teaching Enquiry Activities (FTEA) was developed for teachers to use as a sense-making artefact around which to design and teach practical activities. It’s use an inductive/deductive tool for practical activities is designed to portray the specific theoretical view of enquiry as a pedagogy of uncertainty. When used as a boundary object within a community of practice it leads to an epistemic shift in teachers’ beliefs about knowledge and fosters the “Design Mind” that is required for teachers to engage in curriculum making.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Design-based research was chosen as the research methodology because of its excellent track record at providing solutions to “wicked” problems such as the policy/practice,  enquiry/recipe divide in STEM curricula (Kelly, 2013). There are three mesocycles of research within this project (McKenney and Reeves, 2012);
1. A scoping mesocycle that identified an “enquiry vacuum” in the Irish senior cycle biology curriculum
2. A design and development mesocycle that resulted in the iterative design and refinement of three outputs: a theory of enquiry as an ontological innovation, an educational artefact as a sense-making object, and a programme for professional development through a community of practice lens
3. A summative evaluation mesocycle that tested the artefact in two target settings – a university laboratory, and a second level biology classroom.
Two quality approved DBR methodologies were used to refine the three outputs of the research and to scaffold learning for teachers (in-service and pre-service) within a community of practice before testing the FTEA in its target settings (Nieveen et al., 2012):
1. Walkthrough workshops
2. Micro-evaluations
These methods provided a liminal space (Land et al., 2014) in which teachers could make the epistemological shift towards enquiry teaching, away from the everyday pressures of the biology classroom. When teachers were comfortable with the language and pedagogy of enquiry, they returned to their classrooms to teach practical activities.
Data collected through interview, survey, audio and video evidence was analysed qualitatively using template analysis (King, 2012). This inductive/deductive analysis technique complements the pragmatic nature of DBR, providing a focus on “what works” in a particular situation rather than absolute truth. In addition qualitative analysis of video recordings was conducted through Millar’s Practical Activity Analysis Inventory (2009) and a Structured Enquiry Observations Schedule developed specifically for this research project. Qualitative and quantitative analysis of the data form alternative perspectives supported the validity of the claims made here.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The Theory of Enquiry developed specifically for practical activities provides a clear definition of enquiry that can suitably underpin STEM curriculum reform. It answers calls to focus knowledge on how people learn rather than on “IBL”  (Osborne, 2015; Kirschener et al., 2006). It also answers national policy calls to strike a balance between propositional, procedural and epistemic knowledge (DES,2017) and international calls for innovative approaches to STEM teaching grounded in enquiry (Scientix, 2018). Underpinning practical activities with this theory leads to a pedagogy of possibility, and reduced the need for students to have the “right” answers.
The FTEA has shown its worth as a pedagogical artefact that spans multiple levels of curriculum (junior cycle, senior cycle, third level). It focuses learning on knowledge building and critical thinking rather than transmission of content, by providing clear criteria for designing and teaching practical activities. By providing an alignment between theory and practice it promotes a set of epistemological assumptions within which teachers can make sense of enquiry. The FTEA also answers questions of how to balance “tight” (top-down) and “loose” policy, because teachers work as curriculum makers when they use it to design lessons (Zohar and Hipkins, 2018).
The Community of Practice Approach highlights the need for professional development concerning laboratory work specifically. Within an enquiry-based community of practice commonly identified issues that prevent science teachers from engaging in enquiry (lack of subject content, lack of laboratory skills) dissipate as the view of knowledge as an end-in-view becomes the norm. Teachers regain freedom from the need to “know” everything as they adopt the enquiry identity of the Design Mind, before they teach enquiry-based lessons to their students in the target setting. The FTEA acts as a boundary object in this context, around which teachers can make epistemological sense of enquiry (Wenger, 1998).

References
Burns, D., Devitt, A., McNamara, G., O'Hara, J., & Brown, M. (2018). Is it all memory recall? An empirical investigation of intellectual skill requirements in Leaving Certificate examination papers in Ireland. Irish Educational Studies, 37(3), 351-372.
Capps, D. K., & Crawford, B. A. (2013). Inquiry-based professional development: What does it take to support teachers in learning about inquiry and nature of science?. International Journal of Science Education, 35(12), 1947-1978.
DES, 2017 STEM Education Policy Statement. Retrieved January 2023. https://www.gov.ie/en/policy-information/4d40d5-stem-education-policy/#stem-education-policy-statement-2017-2026
DES, (2020).STEM Education 2020: Reporting on Practice in Early Learning and Care, Primary and Post-Primary Contexts. Retrieved: January 2023 https://www.google.com/search?q=DES+STEM+report+2020&oq=DES+STEM+report+2020&aqs=chrome..69i57j33i160j33i22i29i30.6226j0j7&sourceid=chrome&ie=UTF-8
Dewey, J. (1910/2012). How we think. Courier Corporation.
Hyland, A. 2011. “Entry to Higher Education in Ireland in the 21st Century.” NCCA/HEA Seminar, September 21, 1–24. Dublin: Higher Education Authority.
Kelly, A. E. (2013). When is design research appropriate. Educational design research, 135-150.
King, N (2012). “Doing Template Analysis”. Symon, G., & Cassell, C. (Eds.). Qualitative organizational research: core methods and current challenges. Sage.
Kirschner, P., Sweller, J., & Clark, R. E. (2006). Why unguided learning does not work: An analysis of the failure of discovery learning, problem-based learning, experiential learning and inquiry-based learning. Educational Psychologist, 41(2), 75-86.
Land, R., Rattray, J., & Vivian, P. (2014). Learning in the liminal space: a semiotic approach to threshold concepts. Higher Education, 67(2), 199-217.
McKenney, S., & Reeves, T. C. (2012). Conducting educational design research. Routledge.
Millar, R. (2009). Analysing practical activities to assess and improve effectiveness: The Practical Activity Analysis Inventory (PAAI). York: Centre for Innovation and Research in Science Education, University of York.
NCCA, (2019): Date Accessed: January 2023. https://ncca.ie/media/5387/bp-lc-pcb-sep-2019.pdf
Nieveen, N., Folmer, E., &Vliegen, S. (2012). Evaluation matchboard. Enschede: SLO.
Osborne, J. (2015). Practical work in science: Misunderstood and badly used. School science review, 96(357), 16-24.
Scientix (2018). Education Practices in Europe. Retrieved: July 2022. http://www.scientix.eu/documents/10137/782005/STEM-EduPractices_DEF_WEB.pdf/b4847c2d-2fa8-438c-b080-3793fe26d0c8
Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of practice: Learning, meaning, and identity. Cambridge university press
Zohar, A., &Hipkins, R. (2018). How “tight/loose” curriculum dynamics impact the treatment of knowledge in two national contexts. Curriculum Matters, 14, 31-47.


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Perspectives for Students in Education and Work – Diversity in Guidance Practices for Study Choice, Study Career and Future Orientation

Rineke Keijzer1,2, Lysanne Post2, Dineke Tigelaar2

1Rotterdam University of Applied Sciences, The Netherlands; 2Leiden University, ICLON, The Netherlands

Presenting Author: Keijzer, Rineke; Post, Lysanne

Study switch (Biemans et al., 2020) and isolation due to corona (Van Mol et al., 2021) can lead to difficult intake in and transitions within education and poor future prospects for students. The twofold focus of this research project, carried out at institutions of secondary vocational education (EQF levels 3-4), higher professional education (EQF-level 6), and academic higher education (EQF-level 6), is on guidance practices and on study and work-related interests of students. The research goal is to gain insight into guidance practices with regard to study choice, study career and future orientation, so that more students can find perspective in education and work. This research builds on existing knowledge on this area with extra attention to psychological and social capital, and, additionally, the consideration of future images, interests and skills of young people themselves. In line with the need for more research on this topic, existing insights are validated with student groups from different programs at different educational levels (Slot et al., 2020; Vulperhorst, 2022).

Issues of student dropout, progression and study success have been requiring attention for some time now (Brand-Gruwel et al., 2019; Van den Broek et al., 2020). Less physical education during the covid pandemic led to study delays or feelings of isolation for some students (Van Mol et al., 2021). Although there are many job opportunities nowadays, there is also social and economic uncertainty and many students have doubts about their future. Psychological capital and social capital are important for the well-being of students (Nielsen et al., 2017) and are also positively related to future images of students about themselves as a professional and the possibilities they see for realizing their ambitions related to education and work (Keijzer et al., 2020; Weiss et al., 2019).

Learning experiences with regard to study career guidance, the support experienced and the acquisition of career competences are relevant to the extent to which students experience what they have learned as valuable and applicable (Kuijpers et al., 2011; Mittendorff et al., 2017; Wigfield et al., 2020). Skills such as curiosity, flexibility and risk-taking can help students deal with uncertainties regarding their future orientation and take action at the right time (Yang et al., 2017). In order to find perspective in education and work and to strengthen the well-being of students, it is crucial to connect with the interests of students (Draijer et al., 2020; Quinlan & Renninger, 2022). After all, experiencing interest is beneficial for well-being, learning performance and appreciation of activities at school or elsewhere (Hidi, 2006; Slot et al., 2020). Students often have broad interests, for example with regard to favorite activities and subjects they follow, which also influence their considerations for a profession or further education (Draijer, et al., 2020; Vulperhorst, et al., 2020; Quinlan & Renninger, 2022). Meaningful activities and group work can play a role in this (Renninger, et al., 2019), but also, for example, wanting to achieve a certain goal, focus on personal development, or wanting to participate substantially in a certain practice (cf. Slot, et al., 2020). Existing insights into the development of interest of students in relation to education and work can be better utilized in guiding students in their study choice and study career and can be validated with more target groups (Slot, et al., 2020; Vulperhorst, et al., 2020).

This research builds on existing knowledge with regard to guidance and support with study choice, study career and future orientation, with extra attention to the psychological and social capital of students and to their interests related to education and work, as experienced in the various contexts of their daily life.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Three large institutions take part in the study: one institution offering secondary vocational education, one offering higher professional education, and one offering academic higher education. They are all located in South Holland, a predominantly urban province in the west of the Netherlands. Participating students followed a program in Electrical Engineering or Mechatronics at secondary vocational education; a professional Bachelor in Occupational Therapy or Accountancy; or an academic Bachelor in Law or at an Honors College.
The research follows a mixed method approach with sub-questions focused on:
1. The characteristics of guidance practices with regard to study and career planning before the gate and during a study;
2. Students' learning experiences with regard to study and career planning;
3. Interests and future images of students with regard to education and work;
4. Transferable working elements with regard to study choice, study career and future orientation.
The guidance practices have been analyzed by means of an environmental scan based on documents on websites, and semi-structured interviews with fifteen student counselors and curriculum designers to obtain more insight into the guidance practices.
For sub-questions 2 and 3, data is collected with a large-scale questionnaire study and a small-scale study (N≈30) with a digital logbook. Data is collected in two periods.
We analyze the questionnaire data with descriptive statistics and (multilevel) regression analysis to provide insight into differences in initial interests and future images in relation to education and work, and possible connections with, respectively, learning experiences concerning study and career planning, perceived support, and psychological and social capital.
In a week-long digital log, students can indicate daily which interests they have worked on. In addition, daily video calls and an in-depth interview after that week take place with a selection of the participants. We analyze the logbook data by means of content analysis, social network analysis, and multilevel regression analysis to provide insight into differences in initial interest profiles in relation to education and work, and how the interests are fed within and outside the education. The in-depth interviews and video conversations are analyzed from a biographical perspective and expressed in personal stories.
Sub-question 4 is answered by analyzing advisory board meetings. Based on reflection and discussion about the findings, the advisory board members formulate design principles for guiding students in choosing a study, study career and future orientation for use in broader contexts than those studied.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results show that individual, personally focused attention and frequent supervision are important characteristics of the practices used by study programs to (better) guide students in their study choice, study career and future orientation. Based on the findings, case studies of guidance practices will be presented during ECER-Glasgow. The results of a questionnaire survey and an additional study with a digital logbook and in-depth interviews about students' interests, images of the future and learning experiences are presented.
The research builds on research with regard to guidance in study choice, study career and future orientation, with extra attention for the role of psychological and social capital. Existing insights into student interest development in relation to education and work are validated with more target groups (Slot et al., 2020; Vulperhorst, 2022).
The twofold focus of the research project leads to insights into student guidance as well as practically applicable outcomes, in the form of design principles or tested guidelines. The research project aims to contribute to better guidance of various groups of students in their study choice, study career and future orientation, so that more students can find perspective in education and work.

References
Brand-Gruwel, S., Bos, N. R., & van der Graaf, A. (2019). Het vergroten van studiesucces in het hoger onderwijs: belang van overtuigingen van docenten. Pedagogische Studiën, 96(1), 1-14.
Draijer, J., Bakker, A., Slot, E., & Akkerman, S. (2020). The Multidimensional Structure of Interest. Frontline Learning Research, 8(4), 18-36.
Hidi, S. (2006). Interest: A unique motivational variable. Educational Research Review, 1(2), 69-82.
Keijzer, R., Admiraal, W., van der Rijst, R., & van Schooten, E. (2020). Vocational identity of at-risk emerging adults and its relationship with individual characteristics. International Journal for Educational and Vocational Guidance, 20(2), 375-410. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1007/s10775-019-09409-z
Kuijpers, M., Meijers, F., & Gundy, C. (2011). The relationship between learning environment and career competencies of students in vocational education. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 78(1), 21-30. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jvb.2010.05.005
Mittendorff, K., Faber, M., & Staman, L. (2017). A matching activity when entering higher education: Ongoing guidance for the students or efficiency instrument for the school? British Journal of Guidance & Counselling, 45(4), 376-390.
Nielsen, I., Newman, A., Smyth, R., Hirst, G., Hirst, G., & Heilemann, B. (2017). The influence of instructor support, family support and psychological capital on the well-being of postgraduate students: a moderated mediation model. Studies in Higher Education, 42(11), 2099-2115. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2015.1135116
Quinlan, K. M., & Renninger, K. A. (2022). Rethinking employability: how students build on interest in a subject to plan a career. Higher Education. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-021-00804-6
Slot, E., Vulperhorst, J., Bronkhorst, L., Van der Rijst, R., Wubbels, T., & Akkerman, S. (2020). Mechanisms of interest sustainment. Learning, Culture and Social Interaction, 24, 100356.
Van den Broek, A., Cuppen, J., Ramakers, C., Termorshuizen, T., & Vroegh, T. (2020). Dalende doorstroom mbo-hbo: Waarom stroomt een steeds kleiner aandeel van de mbo-studenten door naar het hbo. Nijmegen: ResearchNed.
Van Mol, C., Dekkers, S., & Verbakel, E. (2021). De impact van de coronacrisis op het subjectief welbevinden van (internationale) studenten in Nederland. Mens & Maatschappij, 96(3), 357-383.
Weiss, S., Harder, J., Bratiotis, C., & Nguyen, E. (2019). Youth perceptions of a school-based mentoring program. Education and Urban Society, 51(3), 423-437. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013124517722830
Wigfield, A., Eccles, J. S., & Möller, J. (2020). How dimensional comparisons help to understand linkages between expectancies, values, performance, and choice. Educational Psychology Review, 32(3), 657-680.
Yang, N., Yaung, H., Noh, H., Jang, S. H., & Lee, B. (2017). The change of planned happenstance skills and its association with career-related variables during school-to-work transition. International Journal for Educational and Vocational Guidance, 17(1), 19-38. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10775-016-9332-z
 
Date: Wednesday, 23/Aug/2023
9:00am - 10:30am03 SES 04 A: Teacher Agency in Curriculum Making
Location: James McCune Smith, 639 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Sinem Hizli Alkan
Paper Session
 
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

The “Pico” site of Curriculum Making: building student agency in Initial Teacher Education

Audrey Doyle, Marie Conroy Johnson, Sarah O'Grady

Dublin City University Ireland

Presenting Author: Doyle, Audrey; Conroy Johnson, Marie

Curriculum making is defined as a multi-layered social practice that incorporates the professional selection of knowledge, key skills, values and understanding. It includes pedagogical approaches to learning, teaching and assessment, the production of resources and activities for an inclusive and transformative education that serves the diverse needs of all students in their specific context (Priestley, Alvungar, Philippou & Soini, 2021). Curriculum making takes place across multiple sites of practice (Priestley et al., 2021). At the Supra level, the EU, OECD, World Bank and UNESCO all endeavour to propose a range of curriculum policies, which are often enacted at the macro level by different national agencies who wish to secure curricula promoting the richness of education but also its competitive component (Sahlberg, 2012). Curriculum agencies and schools (Meso and Micro levels) are then tasked with translating these policies into a particular context. Finally, the teacher must employ their judgement and agency to this curriculum by responding to the needs of a diversity of students in their classroom (Nano Level). This research recognises the dynamic interrelationship of all these levels. In curriculum literature, there is a paucity in the role that Initial Teacher Education (ITE) plays in preparing the pre-service teacher for the role of curriculum maker. This research proposes a new level in the strata proposed by Van den Akker & Thijs (2009). The “Pico” level, which on the measurement scale is smaller than Nano, focuses on the pre-service teacher in their preparation of becoming a curriculum maker. This research asks, “How does ITE prepare pre-service teachers in their theoretical, pedagogical and technical knowledge and agency to become a curriculum maker?”

Theoretical Framework

The choice of a theoretical framework takes advice from Deng (2018) who argues that “curriculum theorizing requires the use of theories in an eclectic, critical and creative manner” (p. 705). This eclectic mix of educational theories assist in shedding light on the complex process that builds the pre-service teacher’s identity as a curriculum maker. Our framework uses a Venn diagram, which offers three important pedagogical overlapping and interrelated concepts: Learning, Assessment and Teaching. The theory of learning works from Enactivism (Begg, 1999), which draws from a number of discourses, among them phenomenology, constructivism, ecology, and systems and complexity theories. Enactivism views learning and knowing, as complex, emergent processes by which dynamic agents maintain fitness with one another and within dynamic contexts. (Davis, 1996).

Xu and Brown’s (2016) conceptual framework of teacher assessment literacy in practice, frame the theory of assessment. This six-component framework recognizes that the agency of the teacher to make assessment decisions in practice moves beyond the knowledge base of assessment to “consideration of a situated, dynamic, and evolving system in which teachers constantly make compromises among competing tensions” (p.27). The theory of teaching draws on Biesta and Osberg’s (2010) “logic of emergence” which sees the encounter between student and teacher as the opening up of existential possibilities in education. Biesta (2015) suggests it is less about seeing the subject as that which grasps and comprehends the world, and is more about offering the time and space to situate the subject differently in relation to the world (Biesta, 2013).

At the centre of this Venn diagram is the concept of curriculum making which is a highly dynamic process of interpretation, mediation, negotiation and translation” (Priestley et al., 2021). This research explores and unpacks this complex process and considers how ITE can prepare pre-service teachers, not only for their future identity as curriculum makers, but to become creative innovators as they respond to the multitudinous diversity of the school and classroom culture and context.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In September 2022, two ITE programmes in Dublin City University, designed and introduced a new approach to assist pre-service students (PSTs) in developing their craft and identity as curriculum makers. In preparation for Professional Placement, the PST engaged in designing Units of Learning (UoL) rather than the more traditional Schemes of Work (Tyler, 1949).  The UoL is the dynamic structure through which the PST creates a series of learning encounters for a specific class with a particular time-frame and sequence.  Curriculum making includes making professional decisions about Learning Outcomes, content, knowledge, Key skills/competences, values, pedagogy, resources and technology that responds to the diversity of student needs.  This endorsed a more reconceptualist approach to curriculum making (Pinar, Reynolds, Slattery & Taubmann, 2008).

The methodology chosen is design-based research (DBR) (Brown, 1992).  DBR is about being situated in a real educational context whereby through the collaboration of researchers and stakeholders, there is a process to appraise, design and reflect on an intervention.  According to Jan, Chee & Tan (2010) there are four design components that must align for an effective intervention to be successful. They include “frameworks for learning, the affordances of the chosen instructional tools, domain knowledge presentation and contextual limitations” (p. 471).

DBR often selects mixed methods in order to understand the complexity of the intervention.  This paper is interested in Cycle 1 and 2 of the DBR.  In Cycle 1, desk-top research was carried out on the designed Units of Learning from 20 students in a sample of schools (n=40) during placement from December 2022 to February 2023.  This will assist the researchers to view the decisions made by the PST in curriculum making.  Cycle Two comprises two elements: An on-line survey of a volunteer sample of approximately 500 PSTs inclusive of both programmes. The questions will explore the choices made by the PST in choosing Learning Outcomes, content knowledge, skills and values, methodology and learning experiences, assessment, differentiation and reflections on their identity as curriculum makers.
Following the analysis of this questionnaire, semi-structured focus group interviews will be conducted with a purposive sample of PSTs from each year of both programmes.  The interviews will provide further reflective space for PSTs to articulate a more in-depth understanding of the complexity of the process of designing and creating a UoL and how it has impacted on their understanding of their role as curriculum makers.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
From the study, we argue that the Pico level of curriculum making has huge implications for the functioning of all other levels or strata.  The introduction of the UoL and the complex process of constructing it, offers the PST the space to grapple with the DNA of curriculum.  This study highlights that each of the following questions, why, what, who, how, where and when, generates a complex ecological web in which the PST must learn to navigate. The UoL contains the epistemological, ontological and pedagogical instructions that afford the PST the opportunity to confront the big questions about curriculum, knowledge and assessment.  Each component opens up a myriad of possibilities that a PST must consider and make professional judgements and decisions about in planning their UoL.  
 Initially, the process of making decisions seems segmented and lots of scaffolding of learning is required for the PST.  However, through engagement over the years of the programmes, they learn that each segment of the UoL is interconnected so that curriculum making becomes a dynamic and creative process contributing to new, as-yet-unimaginable collective possibilities (Davis & Sumara, 2007).  Arendt (1958) tells us that teacher education is the process in which “beginners” are also “beginnings” and with each unique origination of action brings something new into the world.  Such creativity takes risks and chances and moves the PST into what Deleuze and Guattari (2003) call “smooth space”.  Smooth space is the space of the incalculable, of possibility, where the PST takes flight as curriculum maker.  The progressive agency that is learnt at the Pico level will move upwards through the strata and offer a synthesis of theory and practice that is essential for future curriculum design, development making and enactment at national and international levels.

References
Arendt, H. (1958). The Human Condition. University of Chicago Press.
Begg, A. (1999). Enactivism and Mathematics Education. Mathematics Education Research Group Australian, 22.
Biesta, G. (2013). The Beautiful Risk of Education, USA, Paradigm Publishers.
Brown, A. L. (1992). Design experiments: Theoretical and methodological challenges in creating complex interventions. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 2(2), 141-178.
Davis, B. (1996). Teaching Mathematics: Towards a Sound Alternative, New York, Garland Publishing.
Davis, B. & Sumara, D. (2008). Complexity and Education: Inquiries into Learning, Teaching and Research, New York, Routledge.

Deleuze, G. & Guattari, F. (2003). A Thousand Plateaus, Minneapolis, University of Minneapolis Press.

Deng, Z. (2018). Contemporary Curriculum Theorizing: crisis and resolution. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 50(6), 691-710. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2018.1537376
 
Jan, M., Chee, Y. S., & Tan, E. M. (2010, June). Unpacking the design process in design-based research. Paper presented at the 9th International Conference of the Learning Sciences (ICLS) 2010, Chicago, IL, USA.
 
Osberg, D. & Biesta, G. (2010). Complexity Theory and the Politics of Education, Rotherdam, Sense Publishers.
Pinar, W. F., Reynolds, W. M., Slattery, P. & Taubmann, P. M. (2008). Understanding Curriculum:  An Introduction to the Study of Historical and Contemporary Curriculum Discourses, United States, Peter Lang.
 
Priestley, M., Alvunger, D., Philippou, S. & Soini, T. (2021). Curriculum Making in Europe: Policy and Practice Within and Across Diverse Contexts. Emerald Press

Sahlberg, P. (2012). The Fourth Way of Finland. Journal of Educational Change, 12, 173-185.
Tyler, R. (1949). Basic Principles of Curriculum and Instruction, University of Chicago Press.
 Van Den Akker, J. & Thijs, A. (2009). Curriculum in Development. Netherlands Institute for Curriculum Development (SLO).
Xu, Y., & Brown, G. T. L. (2016). Teacher Assessment Literacy in Practice: A Reconceptualization. Teaching and Teacher Education, 58, 149-162. doi:10.1016/j.tate.2016.05.010


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Processes of Interdisciplinarity: the Place of Substantive Teacher-teacher Dialogue in Curriculum Development

Mary Woolley

Canterbury Christ Church University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Woolley, Mary

This paper explores the place and nature of substantive teacher-teacher, cross-disciplinary dialogue in a time of intensive curriculum development in Wales. It focuses in particular on teacher dialogue across traditional subject boundaries in a curriculum where disciplinarity and interdisciplinarity are encouraged. Teachers in different subject disciplines can have diverse views about the nature of knowledge, how knowledge is constructed and how pupils best make progress within that disciplinary tradition. If a curriculum is to be interdisciplinary, teachers from diverse disciplines need to come together and discuss their different approaches to knowledge in order for pupils to have a coherent curriculum experience. Within current debates on the place of knowledge in the curriculum in England and beyond (Muller & Young, 2019; Niemela, 2020), less is known about how knowledge works across disciplinary boundaries. Rigorous interdisciplinary education is of increasing interest in educational contexts beyond England. The OECD Education and Skills 2030 project (OECD, 2019) recognises disciplinary, interdisciplinary, epistemic and procedural as four different types of knowledge. Priestly and Biesta (2013) have pointed to the emergence of a “new curriculum” across Europe and beyond which has emphasised the autonomy of schools and teachers in making the curriculum. Almeida, Sousa and Figueirdo (2022), in their study of European curriculum autonomy, have pointed to growing evidence of the importance of the empowerment of teachers in the curriculum design process.

This paper builds on research from a large-scale project funded by Templeton World Charity Foundation exploring beginning teachers confidence and competence in experiences of science/religion encounters in the classroom. This project revealed some of the processes necessary to effect meaningful encounters between two contrasting curriculum subjects, for example an understanding of the purpose of the other subject. In focus groups and an online survey, teachers of science and religious education revealed some misunderstandings about the nature and purpose of the other curriculum subject (Woolley et al., 2022). This raised questions about whether and how secondary school teachers can gain an up-to-date understanding of other subjects on the curriculum in order to provide a coherent educational experience for pupils. Teachers were also asked to describe the relationship between departments of science and religious education, using an adapted version of Barbour’s (1990) typology and the words conflict, independence, dialogue, collaboration and integration (Woolley et al., 2023). Findings showed that departments were overwhelmingly independent, with little dialogue or collaboration taking place.

This finding is not surprising in English schools, where disciplinary knowledge and discrete subjects are valued by government policy and the inspectorate. However, in Wales, Scotland and other countries across Europe, interdisciplinary learning is more valued. It is our contention that disciplinary study should provide the structure for the curriculum, but that interdisciplinary understanding is also necessary, whether through critical overarching topics such as climate change or points where curriculum subjects intersect, such as origins of the universe or gender identity. Pupils need to have a coherent experience of the curriculum, and that involves teachers being aware of how their subjects intersect and interrelate with other subjects on the full curriculum.

Two research questions guide this paper. The first, what research exists on teacher-teacher dialogue across disciplinary boundaries and how is ‘deeper’ dialogue encouraged? The second, what place is there for teacher-teacher dialogue across curriculum boundaries in the Curriculum for Wales and how might this be best supported? Questions of teacher autonomy underpin curriculum development and enactment, but curriculum innovation is also a critical site for teacher professional learning. As Curriculum for Wales is embedded, it becomes a vital site to explore the intersection between teacher dialogue and interdisciplinary curriculum innovation.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper will be based on a literature review of two sets of documents. The first will be a systematic literature review of published, peer-reviewed papers on teacher-teacher dialogue, seeking out examples of research into teacher-teacher conversation, in particular teacher-teacher dialogue (distinct from conversation in using Bakhtin’s definition ‘conversation and inquiry’ (e.g. Alexander, 2000, p.520). We seek to prioritise examples of dialogue related specifically to substantive curriculum matters, the subject content that students will learn. We are looking particularly at examples of teacher-teacher curriculum dialogue that fall across traditional subject boundaries, how or whether teachers are supported to develop these conversations and go beyond shallow conversations to ‘deeper end’ dialogue on more contentious aspects of the curriculum (Spencer and Waite, 2022) such as epistemology or ethics.
The Curriculum for Wales was launched for first teaching in September 2022. Teacher professional learning was at the heart of the curriculum development process and teachers, particularly those in ‘Pioneer Schools’ were given substantial agency over the development of curriculum, progression and assessment decisions. Subjects were placed into Areas of Learning Experience (AoLE), but interdisciplinary learning was still encouraged between different AoLEs. Hayward et al. (2022), evaluating the initial stages of curriculum enactment, report some tensions between curriculum planning groups, consisting of teachers, and invited experts. Tensions were also described between definitions of progression in disciplinary and interdisciplinary terms. The second part of this paper offers a documentary analysis of the documents existing so far on Curriculum for Wales, with a particular focus on the role of the teacher and interdisciplinary learning.
A third set of data will be collected through a small survey of teachers in Wales during May 2023. The survey will focus on experiences of and opportunities for teacher-teacher dialogue across curriculum boundaries in the enactment stages of Curriculum for Wales.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This research is currently in its initial planning stages. However, it expects to report several connected findings:

First, in relation to teacher-teacher dialogue, that there is a lack of research on teacher-teacher dialogue across curriculum boundaries, especially how such dialogue can best be supported and deepened. It expects to find that where teacher-teacher dialogue is researched, it tends to be within subject communities or related  to mentoring, behaviour or pedagogical innovations.

Second, initial research into Curriculum for Wales suggests that some teachers have been deeply involved in the process of curriculum development over several years. Teacher autonomy and involvement is greatly valued within the Curriculum for Wales project. However, in this second enactment stage of curriculum reform, teachers have fewer opportunities for dialogue, particularly across curriculum boundaries. This could lead to grabbing opportunities for interdisciplinary collaboration that are not properly thought-through and fail to properly enrich pupils’ understanding of a coherent curriculum.

Third, that some teachers in Wales need support and guidance frameworks in developing the skills and knowledge necessary to have challenging, deep conversations about substantive and epistemological curriculum matters.

References
Alexander, R. (2000) Culture and pedagogy, Oxford: Blackwell.

Almeida, S., Sousa, F. and Figueiredo, M. (2022) Curriculum autonomy policies: international trends, tensions and transformations Lisbons: CICS.NOVA

Muller, J. and Young, M. (2019) Knowledge, power and powerful knowledge re-visited, The Curriculum Journal 30(2), 196-214 doi.org/10.1080/09585176.2019.1570292

Niemelä, M. (2020) Crossing curricular boundaries for powerful knowledge, The Curriculum Journal 32(2), pp.359-375 doi.org/10.1002/curj.77

OECD (2019) Future of Education and Skills 2030: OECD Learning Compass 2030. A series of concept notes https://www.oecd.org/education/2030-project/contact/OECD_Learning_Compass_2030_Concept_Note_Series.pdf  (accessed 30 January 2022)

Priestley, M., Biesta, G. and Robinson, S. (2016), Teacher Agency: An Ecological Approach, London: Bloomsbury

Spencer, N. and Waite, H. (2022) ‘Science and Religion’: Moving away from the shallow end, Theos: London.

Woolley, M., Bowie, R. A., Hulbert, S., Thomas, C., Riordan, J.-P., & Revell, L. (2022). Science and RE teachers' perspectives on the purpose of RE on the secondary school curriculum in England. The Curriculum Journal, 00, 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1002/curj.191

Woolley, M., Bowie, R. A., Hulbert, S., Thomas, C., Riordan, J.-P., & Revell, L. (2023 in review) Teachers’ perspectives on the relationship between secondary school science and religious education departments.


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Faculty Enactment of Higher Education Curriculum and Teaching Policy in Kazakhstan: An Ethnographic Study

Saule Yeszhanova

Nazarbayev University, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Yeszhanova, Saule

For the past three decades Kazakhstan has undergone many transformations in the higher education system (Ahn et al., 2018). In particular, Kazakhstan’s universities have witnessed significant changes in the content of curriculum (Kerimkulova & Kuzhabekova, 2017). For example, Kazakh education policymakers asked the teaching body to modernise the content of the curriculum and change the way in which faculty work by aligning it more closely with the Bologna process (Maudarbekova & Kashkinbayeva, 2014). However, no studies have been done on how faculty members enact curriculum reforms in practice in Kazakh higher education system. Therefore, the purpose of this ethnographic study is to explore how faculty members of one foreign languages department are enacting the changes in curriculum and teaching policy implemented in Kazakhstan’s public higher education system and their experiences in changing their teaching and learning practices. This research analyses the reaction and response of faculty members to the ambitious goals laid out by Kazakhstan’s policymakers, and how educators interpret and work in response to these aims.

The following research questions will be addressed:

1. What are the perspectives of faculty members in one public university in Kazakhstan on curriculum and teaching policyreform?

2. How do faculty members enact curriculum and teaching policy in practice?

3. What are the factors that facilitate or impede the adoption of curriculum and teaching policy?

The theoretical framework of policy enactment into practice will guide this study (Ball et al., 2012). This theory will help to understand how curriculum and teaching policies work in practice. The significance of this theory in this study is that it has not previously been applied in post-Soviet higher education contexts, and so potentially will make an original contribution to knowledge by gaining insights and knowledge how faculty are enacting changes in curriculum and teaching policy. This theory will enable me to study this particular issue in all its complexity and gain some valuable insights into how policies work in practice.

The research findings of this study will contribute to existing knowledge by contributing to the limited literature on higher education curriculum and policy enactment in Kazakhstan. The findings of this study may serve as a recommendation for policy makers to facilitate the enactment of teaching policy in practice. Also, research-based evidence of the enactment of teaching policy might be useful for faculty to reflect on their own experiences and practices, by improving their program and teaching practices.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To achieve the purpose of the study, the current study will employ an ethnographic research design. The ethnographic research will be conducted in the natural setting of a university and  long-term engagement in the academic department will provide a holistic analysis of participants’ understanding and experiences of the curriculum and teaching policy, how they implement a new curriculum which is manifested in their classroom teaching, during discussions with each other, informal conversations, meetings with the head of the department; produce a comprehensive understanding of the phenomenon through doing observations outside and inside of the classroom, understanding how participants construct their knowledge of curriculum and teaching policy, recording what academics are saying about curriculum changes and analysing data (Geertz, 1973) to avoid superficial findings (Woods, 1994).  
Further, the ethnographic approach will allow me to hear the voices of participants to provide a wide range of interpretations (Denzin & Lincoln, 2011).  I will explore the faculty’s daily teaching practices, activities, behaviours, their interactions, beliefs, values, and the things that impact the culture of that department. Also, in an ethnographic study, I will build rapport with my participants, choose interviewees, observe lessons and keep a diary.
As I am doing an ethnographic study, I will be using multiple sources of data collection such as participant observations inside and outside of the classroom, document analysis, semi-structured and informal interviews, and field notes. The use of a wide range of data collection methods will provide a holistic analysis of the ethnographic study.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
I am engaged in a data collection for one semester in one public university in Kazakhstan starting from February to May, 2023. I will conduct semi-structured and informal interviews, observe faculty’s classroom teaching, attend faculty formal meetings and do document analysis. I will present my preliminary findings during the international conference by answering three research questions:

1. What are the perspectives of faculty members in one public university in Kazakhstan on curriculum and teaching policy reform?
2. How do faculty members enact curriculum and teaching policy in practice?  
3. What are the factors that facilitate or impede the adoption of curriculum and teaching policy?

Expected outcomes of the study will be that professors may have mixed feelings about curriculum reforms. Some of them may be positive about these reforms as they obtained their MA or PhD degrees abroad that facilitated curriculum policy enactment whereas senior faculty members may not support curriculum changes as they were trained under the Soviet education system and their teaching instructions may be based on the Soviet pedagogy that hindered curriculum policy enactment.
In addition, a close collaboration with faculty may facilitate curriculum development and improvement in instructional approaches as well as professional development and a peer networking between universities may lead to the changes in the content of curricula and teacher pedagogy. However, one of the hindrances in curriculum policy enactment by faculty might be a lack of governmental support to provide faculty members with professional development programmes as most faculty may lack of understanding on how to enact the proposed policy in practice as it lacked clear guidelines or instructions.

References
Ahn, E. S., Dixon, J., & Chekmareva, L. (2018). Looking at Kazakhstan’s higher education landscape: From transition to transformation between 1920 and 2015. In 25 Years of Transformations of Higher Education Systems in post-Soviet Countries (pp. 199-227). Palgrave Macmillan, Cham.
Ball, S., Maguire, M. & Braun, A. (2012). How schools do policy: Policy enactments in secondary schools, London: Routledge.
Hartley, M., Gopaul, B., Sagintayeva, A. & Apergenova, R. (2015). Learning autonomy: higher education reform in Kazakhstan. Higher Education, 72(3), 277-289.
Kerimkulova, S., & Kuzhabekova, A. (2017). Quality Assurance in Higher Education of Kazakhstan: A Review of the System and Issues. The Rise of Quality Assurance in Asian Higher Education, 87-108.
LeCompte, M., & Preissle, J. (1993). Ethnography and qualitative design in educational research. Academic Press.
Maudarbekova, B., & Kashkinbayeva, Z. (2014). Internationalization of higher education in Kazakhstan. Procedia-Social and Behavioral Sciences, 116, 4092-4097.
Silova, I. & Steiner-Khamsi G. (2008). How NGOs react: Globalization and education reform in the Caucasus, Central Asia and Mongolia. Bloomfield: Kumarian Press.
Tastanbekova, K. Rethinking the “Post-Soviet” Legacy in Education of Central Asia: focus on Kazakhstan.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm03 SES 06 A: Curriculum Theorizing
Location: James McCune Smith, 639 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Natalie O'Neill
Paper Session
 
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Itinerant Curriculum Theory Towards a Just World We all Wish to See

João Paraskeva

University of Strathclyde, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Paraskeva, João

This paper examines the contribution of a group of critical curriculum scholars – among others, Michael Apple (1990), Henry Giroux, 1981), and Peter Mclaren (1986) - in the struggle for a U.S. curriculum and their commitment towards a more just society and education. The paper situates such a group of critical thinkers within a radical critical curriculum river framing a particular generation of utopia (Paraskeva, 2022; 2021). The paper frames such a generation as a substantive part of a great legacy of struggles in the field against inequality, segregation, poverty, and oppression. In so doing, the paper scrutinizes the accomplishments and frustrations of such a generation in the struggle against the epistemological privilege of positivist and functionalist curriculum impulses (Walker, 1985). In this regard, the paper highlights how such a generation coined the field politically and championed a new vocabulary, as well as their erroneous persistence in laboring fundamentally within a Modern Western Eurocentric platform to smash curriculum as a eugenic sorting machine (Selden, 1999). The paper also underlines how the wrangles between dominant and counter-dominant traditions not only could not avoid the epistemicidal nature of the curriculum but also drove the field into a theoretical involution, a regression, a dead-lock (Paraskeva, 2016; Schubert, 2017; Jupp; 2017). To address such regression, the paper argues for the need to decolonize Modern Western Eurocentric counter-dominant approaches and advances the itinerant curriculum theory (ICT) as a new influential discourse (Pinar, 2013), a just approach to champion the struggle against the curriculum epistemicide; the paper places ICT as a decolonial curriculum theory turn (Andreoti. 2022). The paper ends by questioning some of the ‘silences’ produced by the critical curriculum hemisphere and calling for ‘the death’ of traditional/conventional ways to produce critical curriculum theory - Eurocentrically fully saturated - to de-link the critical theoretical out of the coloniality matrix. While honoring the rich legacy of the generation of utopia, the paper advocates the itinerant curriculum theory as a just path capable of responding to the world’s epistemological different differences (Paraskeva, 2022)


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
It is a qualitative approach crafted from a post-positivist theoretical perspective. (Denzin and Lincoln, 2000). It is a purely theoretical paper working within a critical-interpretivist approach (Flick, 2018; Denzin and Lincoln, 2011) that intersects and draws from a myriad of disciplines within and beyond traditional modern western Eurocentric frameworks - including political science, policy studies, curriculum theory, sociology, philosophy, cultural studies, classic and modern literature, and literary studies – (Morrow, 2000) and dig extensively within non-western epistemological platforms, anti-colonial, decolonial and southern theories (Fanon, xxxx; Smith, 1999; Darder, 2017) to unpack systems of domination and oppression. Within this interdisciplinary textual analysis from pivotal work, the paper developed and unfolds different strands within critical, post-structural, decolonial, and anti-colonial qualitative approaches that all meet at the same focal point: to understand the challenges facing conventional curriculum approaches and to unpack some of the major challenges we face within curriculum theory today. It revolves around fundamental issues of social justice as it pertains to educational and curriculum theory and practice—its ideology, philosophical assumptions, moral claims, and social analysis.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The paper concludes, advocating for an alternative way to produce curriculum theory alliteratively (Santos, 2014; Paraskev, 2022; 2021; 2016); it argues the need for critical curriculum theories to detach from the absolutism of Eurocentric matric towards non-Eurocentric platforms to respond to the world’s endless diverse and different epistemologies. It unfolds a group of challenges – such as ‘why it is so difficult to construct a dominant critical pedagogy?’ Santos, (1999); ‘where are we, critical pedagogues, failing?’; ‘Why are we failing?’; ‘why haven’t we been capable of responding to the world’s endless epistemological difference and diversity?’ (Paraskeva, 2021) ‘Why the heyday of the critical is passing?’ (Eagleton, 2003) - and defines and advocates an itinerant curriculum theory (ICT) as the path for such a move as it allows the radical co-presence of crucial aspects within and beyond the Eurocentric platform to edify a just curriculum towards a just world, we all wish to see. (Amin, 1989). It concludes that a just world, however, cannot be achieved without social justice. And there is no social justice without cognitive justice. (Santos, 2014)
References
Amin, S. (1989) Eurocentrism. London: Zed Books.
Andreotti. V. (2023) Coloniality, Complexity and the unconsciousness. International Journal for the Historiography of Education, pp. 176 - 181
Apple, M. (1990) Ideology and Curriculum. New York: Routledge
Darder, A. (2017) Decolonizing Interpretative Research. New York: Routledge
Denzin, N. and Lincoln, Y. (2011) Introduction. The Discipline and Practice of Qualitative Research. In N. Denzin and Y. Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of Qualitative Research. Thousand Oakes; SAGE, pp., 1 – 20.
Eagleton, T. (2003) After Theory. New York: Basic Books.
Fanon, F. (2005) The Wretched of the Earth. New York: Grove Books
Flick, U. (2018) An Introduction to Qualitative Research. Thousand Oakes. SAGE
Giroux, H. (1981) Ideology, Culture and the Praxis of Schooling. Philadelphia: Temple University Press.
Jupp, J. (2017) Decolonizing and De-Canonizing Curriculum Studies. An Engaged Discussion Organized around João M. Paraskeva’s Recent Books. Journal for the American Association for the Advancement of Curriculum Studies, 12(1), pp. 1–25.
McLaren. P. (1986) Schooling as a Ritual Performance. New York: Routledge.
Morrow, R. and Brown, D. (1994) Critical Theory and Methodology. Thousand Oakes. SAGE
Paraskeva, J. (2016) Curriculum Epistemicide. New York: Routledge.
Paraskeva, (2021) Curriculum and Generation of Utopia. New York: Routlede
Paraskeva, J. (2022) Conflicts in Curriculum Theory. New York: Palgrave (2nd Edition)
Santos, B. (1999) Porque é que é Tão Difícil Construir uma Teoria Crítica. Revista  Crítica de Ciências Sociais, 54, pp., 197–215.
Schubert, W. (2017) Growing Curriculum Studies: Contributions of João M. Paraskeva.  Journal for the American Association for the Advancement of Curriculum Studies, 12(1), pp. 1–20.
Santos, B. (2014) Epistemologies from the South. Boulder: Paradigm.
Selden, S. (1999) Inherited Shame. New York” Teachers College Press.
Smith, L. (1999) Decolonizing Methodologies. London: Zed Books
Walker. J. C. (1985) Philosophy, Educational Theory, and Epistemic Privilege. Discourses. 6 (1), pp., 1- 38


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

A Qualitative and Quantitative Study of Including Alternative Knowledge Systems into a National Curriculum

Kevin Lowe1, Greg Vass2, Emma Burns3, Annette Woods4

1University of New South Wales; 2Griffith University; 3Macquarie University; 4Queensland University of Technology, Australia

Presenting Author: Lowe, Kevin; Vass, Greg

Education systems across international contexts are currently challenged with requirements to include representation of diverse perspectives, understandings and knowledges into their school curriculum and pedagogy. These calls result from insights about the importance of ensuring that equity initiatives are not just focused on redistribution of resources, but also foreground the recognitive and representational dimensions of an equitable, socially just education system (Fraser, 2008). In Australia this is playing out within the national curriculum space, with the call to include content about Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander histories and knowledges supposedly being met by their inclusion as cross curriculum priorities within Australia’s national curriculum. Despite these inclusions, public and political debates about Indigenous content in the curriculum continue to swirl within the media, and research suggests that few teachers are engaging their students in this dimension of the curriculum. These same curriculum contestations are evident in education systems across the globe, where traditionally marginalized groups are voicing their expectations for the curriculum to represent a more diverse range of knowledge systems, languages, social, cultural and religious practices than has occurred until now.

There is currently limited empirical understanding of secondary school teachers’ approaches, attitudes, and capabilities for teaching the curriculum content that is not from the dominant culture of a society, and the disciplinary structures that underpin these. In this paper we report on a study of these relevant issues, where the focus was on the inclusion of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander content into the national curriculum. While the study looked closely at the Australian context, these issues have global relevance in policy landscapes of hyper diversity. Prior research has considered the barriers to teachers taking on more inclusive curriculum practices as relating to curriculum structures (Beresford & Gray, 2006); lack of confidence on the part of teachers (O’Keeffe, Paige & Osborne, 2019) and their fears of ‘offending’ community sensibilities (Burgess & Evans, 2017); and the impact of the disjuncture created for teacher practice by the socio-political, epistemic and cognitive constraints built into the curriculum (Lowe & Yunkaporta, 2013) and the curriculum design (Maxwell, Lowe & Salter, 2018). This systemic, socio-political work of the curriculum foregrounds the dominant, disciplinary knowledges and their structures and delegitimises other ways of knowing and being.

The study aims to answer the following research question. How, why and what issues affect the development and impact of teachers’ meaningful engagement with curriculum content from diverse perspectives?

To do this, the study brings together ideas about epistemic cognition to understand how teachers assess the validity, certainty, reliability and limits of their own knowledges, with a focus on the development of the secondary subject orientated curriculum and its adherence to the core knowledge claims of the disciplines (VanSledright & Maggioni, 2016). The focus on Indigenous ways of knowing requires a third conceptual element to unpack what Nakata (2007) has termed the cultural interface. Within this framing, the tensions between Indigenous peoples’ knowledges and the claims of western schooling systems play out as alternative knowledge systems that vie for attention in the curriculum and in classroom settings. Nakata’s framing of the cultural interface acknowledges the damaging impact of western disciplinary knowledges on Indigenous thinking and identity, but also provides insights into understanding the socio-cultural potentialities and limitations of the teaching and learning content that is other than western disciplinary content within the current curriculum structures. The positive potentials frame a context where two or more knowledge systems might exist in the official curriculum in ways that create new knowledge without the dominant disciplinary knowledges making all other knowledge systems subservient.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study to be reported identifies how, why and what teachers’ values attitudes, beliefs and disciplinary training impact on their capacity to plan and teach curriculum content from diverse knowledge systems. The three-part design of the project draws on quantitative (survey) and qualitative (policy analysis, analysis of interviews, and case studies) methods to identify the impact of the academic discipline on the curriculum, and on teacher attitudes, capacities and their epistemological beliefs about the integration of content from diverse perspectives into the official curriculum and everyday classroom teaching and learning.

In the study, we have asked how teachers’ personal beliefs and values impact on ‘how’, ‘what’ and ‘why’ they prioritize, plan, teach and assess curriculum content from diverse knowledge systems. To do this, the study was designed in three (3) phases. First (phase 1), a quantitative survey was administered to secondary history and science teachers across two different schooling systems, to identify teachers’ epistemic beliefs and to test whether adherence to subject (history and science) discipline knowledges might impact on teachers’ capacity to understand and engage with diverse knowledge systems. The survey was constructed with a combination of measures that had prior evidence of validity and reliability, as well as newly created measures to assess teacher behaviour in ways that were potentially less subject to social desirability bias. The quantitative data of the survey was analysed via confirmatory factor analysis and path analysis.

Simultaneously (phase 2) a policy analysis of the curriculum, and of interviews with key curriculum policy workers involved in writing, deciphering and designing resources for teachers was undertaken. To understand the curriculum, and the approach taken by curriculum policy workers in designing curriculum resources and policy, a hybrid thematic approach based in principles of decolonisation was used to analyse policy and interview text.

In this paper we will present findings from these two analyses, and report on plans for the third phase of the project which will entail case studies of twenty secondary schools across diverse settings to investigate the curriculum practices at these schools.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings that we will present from this large-scale integrated study will provide insights into the place of curriculum in how systems work to achieve a socially just education system. Our findings come from three vantage points - teachers, curriculum designers, and the enacted curriculum - which together offer insights about the most critical barriers to address and the most viable pathways forward. By providing an empirical investigation of the inclusion of Indigenous content into the Australian Curriculum, the paper provides an alternative perspective and a new body of evidence of the impact of teachers’ inter-dependence on the epistemic authority of discipline knowledge in the official curriculum. Our findings highlight how curriculum design is a critical policy lever to achieve recognitive, redistributive and representational social justice (Fraser, 2008) through secondary education. In understanding the deep structural impediments of current curriculum design, teachers, school-leaders and policy workers can be supported to build better relationships with diverse students, their families and communities, and in particular, improve the learning outcomes of all student including those that are from culturally diverse communities.
References
Beresford, Q., & Gray, J. (2006) Models of policy development in Aboriginal education: Issue and discourse. The Australian Journal of Education 50(3), 265-280.
Burgess, C., & Evans, J. (2017). Culturally responsive relationships focused pedagogies: The key to quality teaching and creating quality learning environments. In J. Keengwe (Ed). Handbook of research on promoting cross-cultural competence and social justice in teacher education, (pp. 1-31). IGI Global.
Fraser, N. (2008) Scales of justice: Recognising political space in a globalising world. Polity Press.
Lowe, K., & Yunkaporta, T. (2013). The inclusion of aboriginal and Torres strait islander content in the Australian national curriculum: A cultural, cognitive and socio-political evaluation. Curriculum Perspectives 33(1), 1-14.
Maxwell, J., Lowe, K. & Salter, P. (2018). The re-creation and resolution of the ‘problem’ of Indigenous education in the Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander cross-curriculum priority. Australia. Education Researcher. 45(2), 161–177
Nakata, M. (2007). Disciplining the Savages, Savaging the Disciplines. Aboriginal Studies Press.
O’Keeffe, L., Paige, K., Osborne, S. (2019). Getting started: Exploring pre-service teachers’ confidence and knowledge of culturally responsive pedagogy in teaching mathematics and science. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Educations 47(2), 152-175.
VanSledright, B., & Maggioni, L. (2016). Epistemic Cognition in History. In J. Greene, W. Sandoval, & Braten, I. (Eds.), Handbook of Epistemic Cognition (pp. 128-146).. Routledge.


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Bildung and Curriculum – An Educational Research Perspective

Elisabeth Rønningen, Dagrun Engen, Marit Honerød Hoveid, Halvor Hoveid, Nicole Veelo, Armend Tahirsylaj

NTNU, Norway

Presenting Author: Rønningen, Elisabeth; Engen, Dagrun

Since the introduction of public schooling, Bildung has been and still is a central concept in education theory and curriculum policy in Continental and Nordic Europe. Presently, for example, the concept appears in the latest Norwegian, Swedish and Danish curriculum frameworks. In this article, we rely on ongoing systematic review of educational research on Bildung to explore different and evolving conceptions of Bildung in educational scholarship published in English over past 30 years and what implications those conceptions have for present day curriculum theory, policy and practice. The main research questions are: (1) What are the main themes and topics elaborated in literature regarding Bildung and curriculum? (2) What are main arguments and conclusions of the scholars regarding Bildung and curriculum? And (3) How do Bildung and curriculum shape curriculum theory, policy and practice nationally and trans-nationally?

Theoretically, the paper draws on Bildung-based Didaktik to frame the discussion on Bildung more generally (Hopmann, 2007; Klafki, 2000, 1998), but it will also build up from the conceptions and frames found in the articles included in the final pool for analysis that specifically address Bildung in/and curriculum.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is a systematic review that seeks to identify and analyse key issues related to research on Bildung from an educational research perspective. The search strategy relies on the preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-analyses (PRISMA) framework (Page et al., 2021). “Bildung” was used as a search term in the following databases: Eric/ProQuest, Education Source/EBSCO, Web of Science, and Scopus. The inclusion criteria were: (1) Type of publication, including journal articles and books and book chapters accessible online; (2) Timeframe: 1990-2020; (3) Field of study: education (or social sciences) and teacher education; (4) Language: English; and (5) Peer-reviewed. Exclusion criteria were: (1) Grey literature and conference proceedings; (2) Languages other than English; (3) Literary-focused articles (Bildungsroman); (4) Non-education articles; (5) Published before January 1st, 1990; (6) If article/publication is shorter than 5 pages; and (7) If article/publication is an Editorial and/or Introduction to a special issue. Initially 4702 hits were captured with Bildung either in Title, Abstract, or Keywords. After duplicate removal and screening, 268 articles are included for review and thematic analysis. For this specific paper, only articles coded as being in curriculum category (n=42) are part of the analysis.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Initial screening and reading of articles show that a large number of peer-reviewed articles on Bildung come from philosophy of education journals, suggesting that Bildung has attracted the attention of philosophy-oriented education scholars dealing with theoretical problems, and less so of scholars dealing with education/curriculum policy and practice. Still, a limited number of articles have addressed the position of Bildung within curriculum, and more recent articles have referred to Bildung as a concept that can be utilized to construct ‘powerful’ curriculum theory (e.g. Deng, 2021). Our initial analysis of Bildung/Curriculum related articles shows that authors have addressed Bildung and curriculum through four broad categories. First category focuses on Bildung and curriculum addressing curriculum issues from an international perspective; the second addresses Bildung in national institutional curriculum frameworks and policies; the third pertains to Bildung in nationally contextualized subject curricula (including curricula for specific ethnic groups within the nation); and the fourth covers broader issues related to Bildung and general/public education. One of the main initial findings is that Bildung is consistently connected to the idealistic idea of advancement of humanity through education, often in contrast to or as compared to individualistic/functionalist and standards-based curriculum.
References
Deng, Z. (2021). Constructing ‘powerful’ curriculum theory. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 53(2), 179-196. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2021.1887361

Hopmann, S. (2007). Restrained teaching: The common core of Didaktik. European Educational Research Journal, 6(2), 109-124. https://doi.org/10.2304/eerj.2007.6.2

Klafki, W. (1998). Characteristics of critical-constructive didaktik. In B. Gundem &
S. Hopmann (Eds.), Didaktik and/or Curriculum (pp. 29-46). Peter  Lang.

Klafki, W. (2000). The significance of classical theories of bildung for a contemporary concept of allgemeinbildung. In I. Westbury, S. Hopmann & K. Riquarts (Eds.), Teaching as a Reflective Practice: The German Didaktik Tradition (pp. 85-107). Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Page, M. J., McKenzie, J. E., Bossuyt, P. M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T. C., Mulrow, C. D., ... & Moher, D. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: an updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. Systematic reviews, 10(89), https://doi.org/10.1186/s13643-021-01626-4
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm03 SES 07 A: Curriculum and Knowledge in Vocational Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 639 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Stavroula Philippou
Paper Session
 
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Curriculum Making across Sites of Activity in VET: a Review of the Research in Sweden

Daniel Alvunger

Linnaeus University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Alvunger, Daniel

This paper introduces and offers an analytical framework for systematic research reviews and analyses of curriculum in policy and practice, applied on Swedish research on vocational education and training (VET) over the last 20 years. VET is a sprawling, interdisciplinary and eclectic research field. Following the debates on the ‘curricular turn’ towards what is referred to as 21st century skills curricula (Priestley & Sinnema, 2014), VET has been a recurring theme in discussions within the field of curriculum studies over the last decades (Bathmaker, 2013; Boutseleng-Allais & Shalem, 2018; Hordern, 2014; Kemmis & Green, 2013; Muller & Young, 2019; Wheelahan, 2015).

In recent years, scholars of curriculum – myself included – have explored constructive ways of grappling with questions regarding curriculum in policy and practice by viewing curriculum as multi-layered social practices. From that point of view teachers are considered as makers—and not deliverers—of curriculum together with other actors in their contexts (Doyle, 1992; Priestley et al. 2021). The analytical framework for the research review in this paper draws from an understanding of curriculum making across intertwined ‘sites of activity’, which seeks to expand beyond institutional models and conceptions of curriculum (Priestley et al, 2021):

  • On the supra site of activity, curriculum making occurs through transnational curricular discourse generation, policy borrowing and lending, policy learning mediated through actors like the OECD, World Bank, UNESCO and the EU.
  • National governments and curriculum agencies develop curriculum policy frameworks and legislation to establish agencies and infrastructure on the macro site of activity. These processes of interpretation and formulation of curriculum might be influenced by, for example, actors on the supra site or the micro site.
  • Depending on the character of the education system, national governments and curriculum agencies might act on the meso site of activity. However, on this site we commonly find actors such as district authorities, textbook publishers, curriculum brokers, subject-area counsellors, and expert teachers. Common activities comprise production of guidance, leadership of and support for curriculum making and production of resources.
  • Official curriculum documents are products of interpretation and translation. When adapted to local contexts in schools on the micro site of activity, they are again transformed and recontextualised in cycles of interpretation through school level curriculum making, programme design and lesson-planning by principals, senior leaders, middle leaders and teachers.
  • In classrooms – the nano site of activity – teachers and students negotiate and produce curriculum events via daily pedagogic transactions.

The metaphor of curriculum making as what actors do is helpful in many ways. Firstly, it embraces perspectives and conceptual distinctions between the Anglo-American curriculum tradition and the northern and continental European tradition of Bildung-centred didactics (Hopmann, 2007; Klette, 2007). Secondly, it allows for seeing beyond institutional levels and instead focusing on the specific texture and granularity of processes and actors on sites of social activity across education systems (Alvunger et al., 2021). Thirdly, with the focus on practices associated with the curriculum, it provides an analytical tool for studying the complexity of VET. Against this backdrop, I will use curriculum making as social practice as developed by Priestley et al (2021) to explore and discuss potential gaps in Swedish VET curriculum research.Three sets of questions are asked: Which dominating sites of activity, actors and processes emerge in Swedish research on VET curriculum making? What are main themes and emphases in the research? What potential gaps can be identified and how may these inform future research?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The methodological approach is a qualitative systematic research review with an integrative and interpretative purpose and research design (Gough et al, 2017). The process followed four steps, starting with a broad sample of empirical data regarding Swedish VET curriculum research through searches for relevant publications in national and international research data bases SwePub, JStor and Google scholar using for example the search words (both in Swedish and English) ‘vocational education and training’ (yrkesutbildning/yrkesundervisning), ‘vocational didactics’ (yrkesdidaktik), ‘VET curriculum’, ‘vocational learning’, ‘vocational students’, and ‘vocational teachers’. The first open search resulted in over 1800 posts. Besides the search words, relevance criteria were set up to limit the number of publications. This implied that publications focusing on socio-economic factors and conditions, labour market and financial matters, class, gender and ethnicity without any connection to education policy, teaching, learning and assessment were ruled out. Publications before the year of 2000 were removed (these were few) and this narrowed down the sample to 405 publications. In the second step, relevant publications were selected based on a review of title, abstract and a limitation to Sweden as context. In this phase, comparative publications and where one or more countries other than Sweden were mentioned were included. This rendered a total of 73 publications. The third step in the process consisted by further readings of publication abstracts to sort the publications based on their focus on sites of activity. The final step was a close reading and content analysis (Bryman, 2018) of the publications, consisting of a clustering of themes. By applying the framework of sites of activity, the literature on VET curriculum making in Swedish research over the past 20 years was mapped and categorised. In this phase, I employed the research questions for this paper, searching for dominating sites of activity, actors and processes, significant relationships between sites of activity, main themes and emphases in the research and the potential gaps that could be identified.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The sites of activity emerging as the most common in Swedish research on VET curriculum making over the entire period are the macro and micro sites of activity. It is possible to see that considerable attention has been placed on the nano site of activity, not least during the last five to seven years. An important observation is that the sites of activity and their associated processes, actors and ideas in no way exclusively are limited but rather merge and relate to one another. This shows the sometimes fluent and porous boundaries between the sites and the multi-layered social practices through which education is structured, enacted and evaluated, regardless of we are talking about policymaking arenas and national agencies or schools and teachers. Frequent connections are between the macro and micro sites, exploring themes such as work-based learning in policy and practice, apprenticeship, a strong actor-focus on VET teachers and their meaning-making of the national curriculum, employability, and school – work transitions, policy implications for social stratification and access to knowledge. The relationships between the macro and supra sites of activity are generally focused on comparative studies and institutional and policy/content-related issues rather than actor-oriented perspectives. At the micro site of activity, VET teachers’ beliefs, practices, and school and workplace learning are highlighted. The nano site comprises of classroom and ethnographic studies, student (vocational) identity and ‘becoming’, norms on gender, strategies for learning, experiences of teaching and assessment, and subject-integrated teaching. It becomes evident that ideas, actors, and processes on the meso site of activity only comprise a very small part of the research. In this respect, there is a potential gap to be explored, not least regarding how local curricula is made concerning the influence of representatives from companies, trade organisations and other associations.
References
Alvunger, D., Soini, T., Philippou, S., & Priestley, M. (2021). Conclusions: Patterns and trends in curriculum making in Europe. In M. Priestley, D. Alvunger, S. Philippou, & T. Soini (Eds.), Curriculum making in Europe: Policy and practice within and across diverse contexts (pp. 273–293). Emerald.

Bathmaker, A.M. (2013) Defining ‘knowledge’ in vocational education
qualifications in England: an analysis of key stakeholders and their constructions of knowledge, purposes and content, Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 65:1, 87-107, DOI: 10.1080/13636820.2012.755210

Boutseleng-Allais & Shalem, Y. (2018) (Eds) Knowledge, curriculum and preparation for work. Brill.

Bryman, A. (2018). Samhällsvetenskapliga metoder. [Social Research Methods] (3rded). Liber: Stockholm.

Doyle, W. (1992). Curriculum and pedagogy. In P. W. Jackson (Ed.), Handbook of research on curriculum, pp. 486–516. New York: Macmillan.

Gough, D.; Oliver, S. & Thomas, J. (2017). An introduction to systematic reviews. 2nd ed. Sage.

Hopmann, S. (2007). Restrained teaching: The common core of Didaktik. European Educational Research Journal, 6(2), 109–124.

Hordern, J. (2014). How is vocational knowledge recontextualised?, Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 66:1, 22-38.

Kemmis, R.B., & Green, A. (2013). Vocational education and training teachers’
conceptions of their pedagogy. International Journal of Training Research, 11(2),
101–121.

Klette, K. (2007). Trends in research on teaching and learning in schools: Didactics meets classroom studies. European Educational Research Journal, 6(2), 147–160.

Muller, J. and Young, M. (2019) ‘Knowledge, power and powerful knowledge re-visited’. Curriculum Journal, 30 (2), 196–214.

Priestley, M., Alvunger, D., Philippou, S., & Soini, T. (2021). Curriuclum Making: A Conceptual Framing. In M. Priestley, D. Alvunger, S. Philippou, & T. Soini (Eds.), Curriculum making in Europe: Policy and practice within and across diverse contexts (pp. 1–27). Emerald.

Wheelahan, L. (2015). Not just skills: What a focus on knowledge means for vocational education. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 47(6), 750–762.


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Negotiating a Life Skills Curriculum with Vocational Education Students and their Teachers

Esther Geurts1,2, Rianne P. Reijs1,2, Hélène H. M. Leenders3, Maria W. J. Jansen1,2, Christian J. P. A. Hoebe1,2

1Maastricht University, The Netherlands; 2Public Health Service South Limburg, The Netherlands; 3Fontys University of Applied Sciences, The Netherlands

Presenting Author: Geurts, Esther

Introduction – Although the concept of ‘student voice’ has gained in popularity in recent years, the majority of studies continue to position students as passive recipients of education developed by others (Pinter, Mathew & Smith, 2016). Indeed, “while the curriculum supposedly exists to serve the interests of learners, their preferences, if sought at all, are marginalised and their voices are mostly silent in curriculum making” (Brooker & Macdonald, 1999, p.84). Rather, the curriculum should be created through a systematic and purposeful collaboration between teachers and students, in which the latter are afforded opportunities to shape and develop the aims and content of their education (Brooker & Macdonald, 1999; Enright & O’Sullivan, 2010; Guadalupe & Curtner-Smith, 2020; Oliver & Kirk, 2015). Our objective is to better meet the needs and wishes of (vulnerable) vocational education students by including these students and their teachers in planning, acting/observing and reflecting on the life skills curriculum. The following questions will be answered: (1) How and when do (vulnerable) vocational education students participate in curriculum negotiation?, (2) What are relevant factors that influence the implementation of curriculum negotiation activities in this context? and (3) What is the impact of participating in curriculum negotiation activities on (vulnerable) vocational education students’ personal development and school connectedness?

Methods – Participatory Action Research was selected as the methodological and theoretical framework. This study was conducted with two classes of a large vocational education institution in the south of the Netherlands. Class 1 consisted of 12 students (17-20 years old) and their teacher. Class 2 consisted of 15 Syrian students (17-19 years old) and their teacher. The first round of data collection took place between June 2022 and January 2023. A second round will start in February 2023 in which the number of participating classes will be expanded. Students were asked to devise, develop and carry out a lesson for their peers. The following methods were used: participant observation, taking field notes, researcher journal entries, critical reflections and focus group discussions with students and interviews with teachers. The Theoretical Domains Framework was used for thematic content analysis (Davis, Campbell, Hildon, Hobbs & Michie, 2015; Michie et al., 2005). In our case, the TDF contributed to establishing those factors that influence the implementation of curriculum negotiation activities as well as reflecting on the impact on students’ development and their school connectedness.

Results – As we are still in the process of collecting data, the results and conclusions are preliminary. We expect to have the final results and conclusions ready this Summer. The methodology allowed students to be the driving force during the planning and acting/observing phase. Each group of students co-created and made decisions about for example content, activities, location and speakers for their own lesson. Some relevant factors that influenced implementation were teacher competences, knowledge, skills, beliefs about capabilities and relationship between teacher and students. Students gained knowledge and practised skills while planning, developing and carrying out their own lesson, Moreover, while participating in the lessons developed by their peers, they got into contact with topics that interested them. Also, students’ motivation, participation and engagement increased. They also gained more insights into what it entails to design an informative lesson. Students found it difficult to come up with activities which were interactive and engaging as many of them only had previous experience with lessons which are predominantly instructional and one-directional.

Conclusions – Future research should assess whether this methodology would also be suitable for other subjects as well as in different school contexts. Also, more insight is needed which examines if such methodologies can fit within existing educational structures.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Study design – Participatory Action Research was selected as the methodological and theoretical framework. It can be described as an iterative process of planning, acting/observing and reflecting (Rodríguez & Brown, 2009). Its objectives are “to produce knowledge and action directly useful to a group of people” as well as “to empower people at a deeper level through the process of constructing and using their knowledge” (Nieuwenhuys, 2004, p.210).
Participants and setting – This study was conducted with two classes of a large vocational education institution in the south of the Netherlands. Class 1 consisted of 12 students (17-20 years old) and their teacher. Class 2 consisted of 15 Syrian students (17-19 years old) and their teacher.
Data collection – The first round of data collection took place between June 2022 and January 2023. A second round will start in February 2023 in which the number of participating classes will be expanded. The planning phase started with brainstorm session to come up with topics. After dividing these topics among groups of two or three students, they received the following assignment: to devise, develop and organise a lesson for their peers. A further three to four sessions were spent on this task. During the acting/observing phase each group carried out their own lesson for their peers. Numerous methods were used in the reflecting phase. Participant observation involved the first author writing field notes describing the activities and content that occurred during each session as well as classroom interactions. These were complemented with researcher journal entries. Each student-led lesson was concluded with a critical reflection together with the students. Both the planning and acting/observing phase ended with a focus group with each class as well as interviews with both teachers.  
Data analysis – The transcripts and notes were coded and analysed using Atlas.ti. The Theoretical Domains Framework was used for thematic content analysis (Davis, Campbell, Hildon, Hobbs & Michie, 2015; Michie et al., 2005). It consists of 14 domains: knowledge, skills, beliefs about capabilities, optimism, emotions, social/professional role and identity, social influences, beliefs about consequences, reinforcement, intentions, goals, memory, environmental context and resources, and behavioural regulation. In our case, the TDF contributed to establishing those factors that influence the implementation of curriculum negotiation activities as well as reflecting on the impact on students’ development and their school connectedness.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As we are still in the process of collecting data, these conclusions are preliminary. We expect to have the final results ready this Summer. We developed a methodology based on lessons learnt from previous literature as well as from our own experiences with working with vocational education students. This methodology allowed students to be the driving force during the planning and acting/observing phase. Each group of students co-created and made decisions about for example content, activities, location and speakers for their own lesson.  Some relevant factors that influenced implementation were teacher competences, knowledge, skills, beliefs about capabilities and relationship between teacher and students. The students positively looked back on participating in curriculum negotiation activities concerning the life skills program. They gained knowledge and practised skills while planning, developing and carrying out their own lesson. Moreover, while participating in the lessons developed by their peers, they got into contact with topics that interested them. Also, students’ motivation, participation and engagement increased. They also gained more insights into what it entails to design an informative lesson. Students found it difficult to come up with activities which were interactive and engaging as many of them only had previous experience with lessons which are predominantly instructional and one-directional.
Future research should assess whether this methodology would also be suitable for other subjects as well as in different school contexts. Also, more insight is needed which examine if such methodologies can fit within existing educational structures. Lastly, the impact of such curriculum negotation initiatives on citizenship should be examined.

References
Brooker, R., & Macdonald, D. (1999). Did we hear you?: Issues of student voice in a curriculum innovation. Journal of curriculum studies, 31(1), 83-97.
Davis, R., Campbell, R., Hildon, Z., Hobbs, L., & Michie, S. (2015). Theories of behaviour and behaviour change across the social and behavioural sciences: a scoping review. Health psychology review, 9(3), 323-344.
Enright, E., & O'Sullivan, M. (2010). ‘Can I do it in my pyjamas?’Negotiating a physical education curriculum with teenage girls. European Physical Education Review, 16(3), 203-222.
Guadalupe, T., & Curtner-Smith, M. D. (2020). ‘It’s nice to have choices:'influence of purposefully negotiating the curriculum on the students in one mixed-gender middle school class and their teacher. Sport, education and society, 25(8), 904-916.
Michie, S., Johnston, M., Abraham, C., Lawton, R., Parker, D., & Walker, A. (2005). Making psychological theory useful for implementing evidence based practice: a consensus approach. BMJ Quality & Safety, 14(1), 26-33.
Nieuwenhuys, O. (2004). Participatory action research in the majority world. In: Frase S, Lewis V, Ding S, Kellett M, and Robinson S (eds): London: SAGE.
Oliver, K. L., & Kirk, D. (2015). Girls, gender and physical education: An activist approach: Routledge.
Pinter, A., Mathew, R., & Smith, R. (2016). Children and teachers as co-researchers in Indian primary English classrooms. ELT Research papers, 16(03).
Rodríguez, L. F., & Brown, T. M. (2009). From voice to agency: Guiding principles for participatory action research with youth. New directions for youth development, 2009 (123), 19-34.


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Knowledge-Based Curriculum Integration: Potentials and Challenges for Teaching and Curriculum Design

Mikko Niemelä

University of Helsinki, Finland

Presenting Author: Niemelä, Mikko

This presentation explores what it means to adopt a knowledge-based approach to curriculum integration and examines the kinds of conditions set by knowledge integration with respect to teaching and curriculum design. The research question is: What kind of conditions knowledge sets for curriculum integration and how these conditions can be acknowledged in curriculum making? The presentation is based on Niemelä’s (2022a) doctoral thesis but looks beyond the thesis to outline concrete ideas for curriculum innovation.

In this presentation, curriculum integration refers to the integration of educational knowledge or to the building of an interdisciplinary curriculum with the objective of making learning more holistic. Key questions pertaining to curriculum integration include how to differentiate between and integrate knowledge within and across the boundaries of school subjects. However, school subjects have often been claimed to contradict curriculum integration because the subjects seemingly fragment the curriculum. Certain approaches to inquiry learning or project-based learning aim at transdisciplinary curriculum integration in which the boundaries of school subjects are considered as boundaries for holistic learning. In turn, this presentation aims to reason why the disciplines of knowledge matter for curriculum integration and how the disciplines are vital for building an interdisciplinary curriculum.

The argumentation of the presentation leans on three published papers (Niemelä, 2021, 2022b; Niemelä & Tirri, 2018) and makes an overarching conclusion based on them. Two of the research papers are theoretical, while the other applies quantitative empirical methods. The studies identify three major conditions affecting curriculum integration. The first study presents curriculum integration as a challenge for teachers because it expands the demands of teacher knowledge. The second study points to the subject-matter specific character of curriculum integration, meaning that not all subjects can be equally integrated with one another. Given that curriculum integration creates challenges for teachers and is subject-matter specific, the third study suggests that it needs to be addressed more clearly as an issue concerning the organisation of educational knowledge in the written curriculum.

Two theoretical frameworks are used to examine the conditions of knowledge-based curriculum integration. First, to study the requirements of teacher knowledge and how they change when curriculum is integrated, Lee Shulman’s (1986, 2015) construct of pedagogical content knowledge is applied. Then, to examine why knowledge matters at the level of written curriculum, the presentation draws on discussions about powerful knowledge in education initiated by Michael F.D. Young and Johan Muller (2016). These two theoretical frameworks serve in a mutually complementary way to assess both the level of teaching and that of curriculum design.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This presentation contributes to developing curriculum theory from the perspective of curriculum integration. It formulates an argument for expanding the focus of the questions concerning integration of knowledge from the classroom to the level of the intended curriculum. This presentation joins the discussion initiated by Young and Muller (2016) on the role of boundaries in curriculum making. Young and Muller have described in length why the boundaries between disciplinary knowledge and everyday knowledge and between the school subjects are essential. They have been open for the idea of boundary-crossing but have not developed this idea fully. This presentation elaborates why boundary maintenance and curriculum integration do not necessarily contradict.

Young and Muller’s thinking is much influenced by Bernstein’s (2000) sociology of knowledge. Bernstein has analysed boundary maintenance and boundary-crossing especially with the concepts of classification and framing of educational knowledge. Other important theoretical sources of the presentation include the previous knowledge-based conceptions of curriculum integration developed by Hirst (1974) and Pring (1976) as parts of the so-called forms of knowledge discussion in Britain. Both expressed curriculum integration as an important aim in curriculum making, but explored the conditions different forms of knowledge put to boundary-crossing. Hirst stressed the role of well-structured coherent curriculum. Pring, in addition to that, underlined how disciplinary modes of thinking can be made pedagogically accessible from the viewpoint of the everyday life of the students.

Many scholars have recently called that curriculum theory is in crisis, because its focus on the issues of power, identity and culture has distanced it from the concrete questions of curriculum design (Apple, 2018; Connelly & Xu, 2010; Deng, 2018; Priestley, 2011; Young & Muller, 2016). In addition, the recent focus on the development of skills or competences has not paid enough attention to the role of knowledge in teaching and learning. The discussion on curriculum integration is a good example of this tendency. It has often been presented as a way to deconstruct power relations reconstructed by the school subjects and their specific interest groups (see e.g. Young, 1971). To address the lack of attention on curricular knowledge and on the questions of its organisation, this presentation redevelops the theory of knowledge-based curriculum integration.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The major claim of this presentation is that separate school subjects and curriculum integration are not opposing poles, but rather comprise the basic elements of teaching and curriculum design. The knowledge-based approach reveals that integrating educational knowledge is essential to the formation of school subjects and to the design of the curriculum as a coherent whole. Because curriculum integration increases the demands on teachers’ work and integration is subject-matter specific, it needs to be grasped more explicitly as an issue concerning the organization of knowledge on the level of the written curriculum.

Many alternatives to organize knowledge in curricula have been presented during the history of modern schooling. The models are attempts to handle the dynamics of drawing and crossing the boundaries of educational knowledge (see Tanner & Tanner, 2007). Klafki (1991) has presented a prospective curriculum model that is built around discipline-based subjects and epoch-typical key problems that integrate approaches from different subjects. This presentation concludes with an updated form of Klafki’s model that is connected with the United Nations (2015) current goals for sustainable development. The proposal is tentative and its chances for success would be improved if the curriculum design process were actualized in the form of interdisciplinary work that enables disciplinary experts to map the most powerful boundary-crossing points (see Schwab, 1978).

References
Apple, M. W. (2018). Critical curriculum studies and the concrete problems of curriculum policy and practice. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 50(6), 685–690. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2018.1537373

Bernstein, B. (2000). Pedagogy, Symbolic Control and Identity: Theory, Research, Critique (2nd ed.). Rowman & Littlefield.

Connelly, F. M., & Xu, S. (2010). An overview of research in curriculum inquiry. In B. McGraw, E. Baker, & P. Peterson (Eds.), Elsevier International Encyclopedia of Education (3rd ed., pp. 324–334). Elsevier.

Deng, Z. (2018). Contemporary curriculum theorizing: crisis and resolution. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 50(6), 691–710. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2018.1537376

Hirst, P. H. (1974). Knowledge and the curriculum. Routledge & Kegan Paul.

Klafki, W. (1991). Grundzüge eines neuen Allgemeinbildungskonzepts. Im Zentrum: Epochaltypische Schlüsselprobleme. In Neue Studien zur Bildungstheorie und Didaktik: Zeitgemäẞe Allgemeinbildung und kritisch-konstruktive Didaktik (2nd ed., pp. 43–81). Beltz Verlag.

Niemelä, M. A. (2021). Crossing curricular boundaries for powerful knowledge. Curriculum Journal, 32(2), 359–375. https://doi.org/10.1002/curj.77

Niemelä, M. A. (2022a). Knowledge-Based Curriculum Integration: Potentials and Challenges for Teaching and Curriculum Design. University of Helsinki.

Niemelä, M. A. (2022b). Subject Matter Specific Curriculum Integration: A Quantitative Study of Finnish Student Teachers’ Integrative Content Knowledge. Journal of Education for Teaching, 48(2), 228–240. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1080/02607476.2021.1989288

Niemelä, M. A., & Tirri, K. (2018). Teachers’ Knowledge of Curriculum Integration: A Current Challenge for Finnish Subject Teachers. In Y. Weinberger & Z. Libman (Eds.), Contemporary Pedagogies in Teacher Education and Development (pp. 119–132). IntechOpen. https://doi.org/10.5772/intechopen.75870

Priestley, M. (2011). Whatever happened to curriculum theory? critical realism and curriculum change. Pedagogy, Culture and Society, 19(2), 221–237. https://doi.org/10.1080/14681366.2011.582258

Pring, R. (1976). Knowledge and Schooling. Open Books.

Schwab, J. J. (1978). The Practical: Translation into Curriculum. In I. Westbury & N. J. Wilkof (Eds.), Science, Curriculum, and Liberal Education: Selected Essays (pp. 365–383). University of Chicago Press.

Shulman, L. S. (1986). Those Who Understand: Knowledge Growth in Teaching. Educational Researcher, 15(2), 4–14. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X015002004

Shulman, L. S. (2015). PCK: Its genesis and exodus. In A. Berry, P. Friedrichsen, & J. Loughran (Eds.), Re-Examining Pedagogical Content Knowledge in Science Education (pp. 3–13). Routledge.

Tanner, D., & Tanner, L. (2007). Curriculum Development: Theory into Practice (4th ed.). Pearson.

United Nations. (2015). Transforming Our World: The 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. https://doi.org/10.1891/9780826190123.ap02

Young, M. F. D. (Ed.). (1971). Knowledge and control: New directions for the sociology of education. Collier-Macmillan.

Young, M. F. D., & Muller, J. (2016). Curriculum and the Specialization of Knowledge. Routledge.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm03 SES 08 A: Leading Curriculum Change
Location: James McCune Smith, 639 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Daniel Alvunger
Paper Session
 
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Curriculum Leadership in Special Education: Navigating Horizontal and Vertical Power Channels in Individual and Collaborative Endeavours

Barry Morrissey, Fiona King, Seline Keating

Dublin City University, Ireland

Presenting Author: Morrissey, Barry

School leadership is regarded as fundamental in ensuring that children with special educational needs (SEN) experience success in school (Mac Ruairc, Ottesen and Precey, 2013). While there are many different facets to leadership in the school context, in the SEN field the literature predominantly focuses on the centrality of leadership for bringing about ‘inclusion’ broadly (Morrissey, 2021). The emphasis on how leadership can be leveraged specifically towards ‘universalizing curricula’ (Norwich and Lewis 2007, p. 127) or at the very least making curricula more accessible for children with SEN is almost negligible. This dearth of data on curriculum leadership in the SEN sphere is reflective of the wider research landscape in education with Harris, Jones and Crick (2020, p.1) finding that curriculum leadership is ‘less well developed’ than other conceptualisations of educational leadership. This paper aims to address this gap in the scholarship, with a particular emphasis on special schools as a context for practice.

Norwich’s (2010) theoretical framework for curriculum design underpinned this study, which formed part of a broader doctoral inquiry. As part of this framework, Norwich (2010, p.133) posits four basic ‘aspects’ as a structure for curricula:

  • General principles and aims;
  • Areas of learning (for example subject areas);
  • Specific programmes of study;
  • Teaching practices.

Modification to one or more of these aspects changes the accessibility level of the curriculum, in particular for those with SEN. Stemming from this, this paper aims to address the core question:

  • What role does leadership play in complex curricular modification processes and how does this manifest itself to increase curricular accessibility?

A mandatory Social, Personal and Health Education (SPHE) curricular programme in Ireland is used as the vehicle to probe this area. While focused specifically on leadership, the paper explores curriculum enactment in a lateral way, with Shawer’s (2010) curriculum approaches interrogated for their relevance in the SEN sphere. Essentially, the paper examines whether special education teachers are curriculum transmitters, curriculum developers or curriculum makers and scrutinises the mediating function that leadership plays in each of these different curricular roles.

Although rooted in Ireland, this paper will interest scholars in other European jurisdictions given the dearth of data on curriculum leadership and its importance in making curricula accessible for those with SEN. Schools across the continent are embracing inclusive schooling – curriculum leadership is fundamental towards ensuring that curricula are accessible to all learners (Norwich, 2010). Furthermore, this paper will showcase how external inspection, as a key influencer, can impinge on how curriculum leadership is enacted. This adds significantly to the paper’s relevance from a European perspective, as teachers and schools across Europe are subject to greater levels of regulation in order to operationalise, at the micro level, curricula that are introduced at the macro level (Priestley et al., 2021). This paper offers insights into how that operationalisation process takes place at classroom level in relation to one particular curricular programme in Irish special schools.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This inquiry was situated in the qualitative domain and took the form of a multi-site embedded case study, with three special schools selected as cases – a Mild General Learning Disability School, a Moderate General Learning Disability School and a Severe-Profound General Learning Disability School. A non-probability, purposive sampling technique was utilised. There were four units within each case:
 Documentary analysis of the school’s SPHE policy;
 Interview with the principal teacher;
 Interview with the Health and Wellbeing Coordinator (part of the In-School Management Team of the school);
 Focus group of three or four teachers.

SPHE policies went through a rigorous linguistic and content analysis process, so that comparison could be made with the lived experiences of teachers in classroom-level curricular enactment. The recorded interviews with a cross-section of the teaching personnel (those who were in formal management positions and those who were not in formal management positions) facilitated an exploration of the extant ‘layers of positional leadership’ (MacBeath et al., 2018, p. 105) and their influence and interplay in relation to the curricular approach utilised. This enabled a probing of how curriculum leadership operated and how management and non-management leadership levels operated and dialogued within a broad framework. To enhance the trustworthiness of interview data, member-checking took place, with participants re-reading their interview transcripts to ensure that they accurately reflected their views (Denzin and Lincoln, 2011)

Data collected from the different units in each case were inputted to Nvivo data analysis software. Braun and Clarke’s (2021) updated step-by-step guide for thematic analysis was used to structure the qualitative analytical procedure. Data coding was used to ascribe category labels to each piece of data. The resulting codes were then separated on the basis of their substance. Some codes were removed from the dataset because they ultimately proved either irrelevant or insignificant to the research objective. Other codes were combined and/or renamed on the basis of the fully coded dataset that emerged. When the codes were reaggregated according to the key points they addressed, six themes emerged, which were developed and further refined to two overarching themes:

1. Curriculum Enactment
2. Curriculum Leadership

The predominant focus of this paper is on exploring the latter theme, although there is some overlap given the nature of the inquiry.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This paper refines the definition of what curriculum leadership is in a special education context. The findings illustrate the fault lines and ‘interactions’ (Harris and DeFlaminis, 2016, p. 143) that exist between the ‘levels of leadership’ (Gronn, 2009, p. 381) when curriculum leadership is exercised through a distributed leadership framework. Two ‘premia’ are deduced from the data that inflate the curriculum leadership potential of those in possession of one or both:

1. The Principal Premium
The data illustrated that the formal positional status of the principals enabled them to exercise more influence over how the curriculum was enacted, in line with what the broader body of scholarship has established in respect of the power attached to the role (Lumby, 2016; King and Stevenson, 2017; Bush, 2018; Harris and Jones, 2018; MacBeath et al., 2018). The principal had the power to both cultivate and curtail teacher leadership depending on the organisational culture that he / she promoted in the school.

2. The Experience Premium
The more years’ experience that teachers had in special education, the more credibility it
provided them with in terms of the best curriculum approaches to adopt. This credibility brought influence among colleagues in terms of leading curriculum enactment at school-level. The data underscored how experienced teachers in the SEN sphere could utilise ‘horizontal’ relationships in school to channel their leadership potential over the curriculum (York‐Barr et al., 2005, p. 211), by adopting a dialogic approach (Nazareno, 2013).

It is clear that both promoted and unpromoted teachers have a key role to play in curriculum leadership and this research showcases how the promoted-unpromoted leadership balance is different in each school. The case schools here offer signposts as to the benefits and challenges that different balances effectuate, in terms of curriculum innovation.

References
Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2021) Thematic Analysis: A Practical Guide. London: Sage
Publications.

Bush, T. (2018) ‘Prescribing distributed leadership: is this a contradiction?’, Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 46(4), pp. 535–537.

Denzin, N.K. and Lincoln, Y.S. (2011) ‘Introduction: the discipline and practice of qualitative research’, in Denzin, N. K. and Lincoln, Y. S., The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research. SAGE, pp. 1–20.

Gronn, P. (2009) ‘Leadership configurations’, Leadership, 5(3), pp. 381–394.

Harris, A. and DeFlaminis, J. (2016) ‘Distributed leadership in practice: evidence, misconceptions and possibilities’, Management in Education, 30(4), pp. 141–146.

Harris, A. and Jones, M. (2018) ‘The dark side of leadership and management’, School
Leadership & Management, 38(5), pp. 475–477.

Harris, A., Jones, M. and Crick, T. (2020) ‘Curriculum leadership: a critical contributor
to school and system improvement’, School Leadership & Management, 40(1), pp. 1–4.

King, F. and Stevenson, H. (2017) ‘Generating change from below: what role for leadership from above?’, Journal of Educational Administration, 55(6), pp. 657–670.

Lumby, J. (2016) ‘Distributed leadership as fashion or fad’, Management in Education, 30(4), pp. 161–167.

MacBeath, J., Johnson, G., Swaffield, S., Frost, D. and Dempster, N. (2018) Strengthening the Connections Between Leadership and Learning: Challenges to Policy, School and Classroom Practice. London: Routledge.

Mac Ruairc, G., Ottesen, E. and Precey, R. (2013) Leadership for Inclusive Education: Values, Vision and Voices. Rotterdam: SensePublishers.

Nazareno, L. (2013) ‘Portrait of a teacher-led school’, Educational Leadership, 71(2), pp. 50–54.

Norwich, B. (2010) ‘Dilemmas of difference, curriculum and disability: international perspectives’, Comparative Education, 46(2), pp. 113–135.

Norwich, B. and Lewis, A. (2007) ‘How specialized is teaching children with disabilities and difficulties?’, Journal of Curriculum Studies, 39(2), pp. 127–150.

Priestley, M., Alvunger, D.,  Philippou, S. and Soini, T. (2021) Curriculum Making in Europe: Policy and Practice Within and Across Diverse Contexts. Bingley: Emerald Publishing.  

Shawer, S. (2010a) ‘Classroom-level curriculum development: EFL teachers as curriculum-developers, curriculum-makers and curriculum-transmitters’, Teaching and Teacher Education, 26(2), pp. 173–184.

York‐Barr, J., Sommerness, J., Duke, K. and Ghere, G. (2005) ‘Special educators in inclusive education programmes: reframing their work as teacher leadership’, International Journal of Inclusive Education, 9(2), pp. 193–215.


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Perspectives on Curriculum Change: An Overview Study for the Dutch Context

Nienke Nieveen1, Susan McKenney2, Adrie Visscher2, Susanne Spiele2, Ryan Wakamiya2

1Eindhoven University of Technology (TU/e); 2University of Twente (UT)

Presenting Author: Nieveen, Nienke

This overview study has been commissioned by the Netherlands Initiative for Education Research (NRO) with the overall aim of collecting evidence for the design of a curriculum change strategy that aligns with the current review of the Dutch curriculum frameworks. This comprehensive review is taking place of all curriculum frameworks for all subjects and learning areas in Dutch primary and secondary education. The review has a twofold aim: (i) to provide a substantive update of and more coherence in and among the curriculum frameworks, and (ii) to offer clearer guidance and better support to teachers, school leaders and other stakeholders for curriculum enactment efforts in schools and classrooms.

To support the review process, our study sought answers to the following overarching research question: What fundamental tensions and trade-offs should be taken into account when designing a theory of change for the upcoming Dutch curriculum review? In order to answer this overall question, the following sub-questions have been posed:

SQ1: What are, in general, potentially effective (elements of) large-scale curriculum change processes in basic education (age 4-18 years)?

SQ2: How do, in general, large-scale curriculum change processes (in particular regarding integrated curriculum revisions) develop in basic education (age 4-18 years), both at the national level and at the school level?

SQ3: For the Netherlands, what are potentially effective interventions to promote and realize curriculum change in schools and classrooms?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The overview study consisted of a systematic literature review (SQ 1 and SQ 2) and (international) expert panels (SQ 3).
For the literature review- a search query was drafted based on the most important concepts of the research question, using a thesaurus to find synonyms in both English and Dutch. In total, 917 articles were identified. It was decided that the unit of analysis would be the curriculum reform. The final corpus included 86 studies that could be included in the systematic literature review, on nine reforms in nine countries: Australia, China, England, Finland, Indonesia, South Africa, Taiwan, Turkey, USA.
Each reform was first analyzed by two researchers and, upon consensus, summarized in poster format and a three-page snapshot of the context of the reform, the intentions, processes and outcomes of the reform and what the studies reveal about the reform.
Based on the country briefs, a list of overarching themes were identified has been developed. This was done by the full team of researchers together. All researchers read the materials and thought about any salient similarities or differences between two or more reforms. The team members first worked individually, followed by a share-out in which each team member wrote observations on the whiteboard, followed by an explanation. This led to a plenary discussion and a review of the themes.
The six themes that were identified based on the literature study and the cross case analysis, were presented to the experts in three expert panels. All experts were invited based on their track record and expertise regarding large-scale curriculum change. We explicitly asked the experts to give advice for the Dutch context.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Data analysis showed that most articles reported on small-scale mainly qualitative studies. As a main finding, we concluded that curriculum change as a social practice implies that all actors in the system need to take their responsibilities and achieve agency in the change process. This notion has several implications. In short: 1. Sense-making (need for system/holistic approach and time to build common vision and language); 2. Teacher professional development (teachers are creating, not implementing; need for a differentiated approach and teacher networks); 3. School leader professional development (facilitate curriculum making in schools, including vision-building and coherence-making); 4. Address (mis-)alignment (do not produce complexity by mis-aligned (support) initiatives; too much detail will take away responsibility); 5. Address (in-)equity (collect data in all schools and allocate resources according to needs); 6. Cyclical approach during the curriculum change process (invest in research program and feedback system that is responsive to problems).
The tentative theory of change needs to be understood against the background of the Dutch (policy) context and the comprehensive review of the curriculum frameworks for primary and secondary education.

References
Clarke, D., & Hollingsworth, H. (2002). Elaborating a model of teacher professional growth. Teaching and Teacher Education, 18(8), 947-967.
Coburn, C.E. (2003). Rethinking scale: Moving beyond numbers to deep and lasting change. Educational Researcher, 32(6), 3-12.
Fullan, M., & Pomfret, A. (1977). Research on curriculum and instruction implementation. Review of Educational Research, 47(1), 335-397.
Goodlad, J.I., Klein, M.F., and Tye, K.A. (1979). The domains of curriculum and their study. In J.I. Goodlad and Associates (Eds.), Curriculum Inquiry: The study of curriculum practice (pp. 43-76). New York: McGraw-Hill.
Greene, J. C. (2018). Logic models. In B.B. Frey (Ed.), The SAGE encyclopedia of educational research, measurement, and evaluation (pp. 990-994). SAGE. doi:10.4135/9781506326139
Jones, N. D. & Rosenberg, B.D. (2018). Program theory of change. In B. B. Frey (Ed.), The SAGE encyclopedia of educational research, measurement, and evaluation (pp. 990-994). SAGE Publications. doi:10.4135/9781506326139
Kuiper, W., Nieveen, N., & Berkvens, J. (2013). Curriculum regulation and freedom in the Netherlands: A puzzling paradox. In W. Kuiper & J. Berkvens (Eds.), Balancing curriculum regulation and freedom across Europe. CIDREE Yearbook 2013 (pp. 139-162). Enschede: SLO.
Leat, D., Livingston, K. & Priestley, M. (2013). Curriculum deregulation in England and Scotland - Different directions of travel? In: W. Kuiper & J. Berkvens (Eds.), Balancing Curriculum Regulation and Freedom across Europe. CIDREE Yearbook, 2013 (229-248). Enschede, the Netherlands: SLO Netherlands Institute for Curriculum Development.
McKenney, S. (2017). Een infrastructuur voor de professionele groei van docenten. (Oratie). Enschede: Universiteit Twente.
Moher, D., Liberati, A., Tetzlaff, J., & Altman, D.A. (2009). Preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-Analyses: The PRISMA Statement. The PRISMA Group.
Nieveen, N., Sluijsmans, L., & Van den Akker, J. (2014). Encouraging curriculum change in the Netherlands: The next episode. In F. Nyhamn & T.N. Hopfenbeck (Eds.), From political decisions to change in the classroom. CIDREE Yearbook 2014 (162-183). Oslo: The Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training.
Stenhouse, L. (1975). An introduction to curriculum research and development. London: Heinemann.
Taba, H. (1962). Curriculum development: Theory and practice. New York, NY: Harcourt, Brace and World
Van den Akker, J. (2003). Curriculum perspectives: An introduction. In J. van den Akker, W. Kuiper, and U. Hameyer (Eds.), Curriculum landscapes and trends(pp. 1-10). Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers.
Weick, K.E. (1995). Sensemaking in organizations. Thousand Oaks: Sage.


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Curricular Narratives among Diverse Groups of Educators (Promoted Teachers, Unpromoted Teachers, Head Teachers) in a Scottish Local Authority

Qudsia Kalsoom, Carrie McLennan

University of Dundee, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Kalsoom, Qudsia; McLennan, Carrie

The paper has tried to answer the following questions.

1) Do different groups of educators in a Scottish local authority differ in their curricular narratives?

2) Which factors influence educators’ curricular narratives?

The answers to these questions are important in order to understand the conditions (global, local, institutional, personal) that shape curricular narratives among different groups of teachers. Since teachers are the key players in curricular enactment (Alvunger et al., 2017), it is important to study their curricular narratives. The findings of this study have implications for teachers’ professional development in Scotland as well as other countries, especially where curricular standards focus on developing students’ competencies (abilities, skills, dispositions).

The past two decades witness an increased focus on learning skills in schools. This can be seen internationally, for example in OECD concept notes ‘OECD Future of Education and Skills 2030 (OECD, 2019), ‘Curriculum for Excellence’ (2010) and ‘The Statement of National Education and Learning Priorities and Tertiary Education Strategy’, New Zealand (Ministry of Education, 2020). This new focus has led to a renewed discussion, in many parts of the world, on the purpose and content of curriculum (Priestley, 2011; Wheelahan, 2015; Young, 2008).

There is no consensus among curriculum scholars on the purpose of curriculum. Cheung and Wong (2002) argue that the purpose of the school curriculum is to “provide each student with intrinsically rewarding experiences that contribute to personal liberation and development. Integration of students’ affective domain (emotions, attitudes, values) with the cognitive domain (intellectual knowledge and abilities) is the top priority” (Cheung & Wong, 2002, p.227). On the other hand, Young (2014) sees the role of school curriculum beyond promoting well-being and human flourishing. He believes that well-being and human-flourishing can be promoted by the institutions of family and businesses (that do not have a curriculum). To him, the purpose of school curriculum is to provide all students access to powerful knowledge (Young, 2014), a knowledge that brings intellectual power to those who have access to it (Young, 2008).

Powerful knowledge has emerged as a key debate in curriculum theory in recent years. Contradictory to the knowledge of the powerful which is ahistorical and decontextualized, ‘social realism’ recognizes that knowledge is historical and “is produced within forms of sociality that are enduring and extensive in time and space and have their own distinctive structures, powers and limitations” (Moore, 2013, p.346). Knowledge-based curriculum impacts the content of school subjects whereas the curriculum rooted in student interests, or social demands (work skills, safety, values) involve content-free process (Yates & Miller, 2016). Subject-based curriculum is pivotal in generating powerful knowledge. Unlike everyday concepts, the concepts associated with a subject-based curriculum are not tied to specific contexts; rather they are linked to each other and the subject related theories (Young, 2013). Rooted in ‘social realist’ school within the sociology of education (Moore, 2013; Muller, 2022; Wheelahan, 2015; Young, 2013, 2014), this study explores narratives about curriculum purpose among different groups of educators.

Biesta et al. (2017) note that teachers’ talk of curriculum and pedagogy is influenced by a number of factors such as generation effect, responsibilities/ roles and trends in educational discourse. Our study further tries to understand the diversity of factors that shape educators’ curricular narratives. The study particularly explores if role diversity (headship role, principal teacher role, primary teacher role, secondary teacher role) and educators’ personal practical or professional knowledge shape curricular narratives. Biesta et al. (2017) label teachers’ personal practical knowledge as teachers’ ‘stock of knowledge’ and argue is “gained from a range of sources and experiences, including teachers’ ongoing engagement with the practice of teaching itself” (p. 38).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This qualitative study is a part of a larger project that intends to develop a framework to support schools in a Scottish local authority to engage with professional learning around curriculum. The study comprised 49 participants altogether. The findings presented at this stage of the bigger research project have come from the analysis of the interview transcripts of six head teachers, seven promoted teachers and seven unpromoted teachers. The participants professional experience varied from six months to 32 years in primary or secondary schools.
Instrumentation
The interview protocol was developed by the research team in the light of literature (Biesta et al., 2017; Priestley, 2011; Young, 2013) to explore participants’ curriculum narratives. “Narrative refers to thinking, knowledge, and finding meaning” (Shkedi, 2009). The protocol included questions about participants’ conceptions of curriculum, their understating of the relationship between curriculum, pedagogy and assessment, and influences on their understanding of curriculum. The interview also included questions about the role of the participant in the school, years of experience, and the school context (urban or rural) because teachers’ curriculum narratives are concerned with a teacher’s life-experiences (Shkedi, 2009). The interview protocol was finalized by the research team after detailed discussions. Interviewers asked prompting questions where needed.
Data Collection
The data collection started after the ethics approval from the University of Dundee. The names of the participants were suggested by the educational administration of the local authority (where the study was done). The participants were sent a participation request form to complete and a research information sheet. Participant interviews were scheduled in May 2022 and June 2022. On average, each interview lasted for 45 minutes. All interviews were held using secure Teams link. All interviews were transcribed for analysis.
Data Analysis
The data were analysed in four stages. In stage one, the research team collectively analysed two interview scripts and identified broad categories and sub-categories. In stage 2, the analysis further examined categories with the data (Strauss & Corbin, 1990) to see if the data were supporting the category labels. Some changes in the sub-categories were made at this stage. In stage 3, more transcripts were analysed in the light of the identified categories. Some new categories also emerged over the course of the data analysis. All new categories were also included in the analysis. In stage four, a theoretical explanation about educators’ curricular narratives was constructed.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study shows that there are no clear differences in curricular narratives among educators (school heads, promoted teachers and unpromoted teachers) relating to the concept of a knowledge-based curriculum (Young, 2013). All groups talked about the importance of subject knowledge in some way. Some of them thought that more focus on subject-knowledge in secondary schools make the curriculum crowded and it is difficult to plan more student-centred activities. This finding resonates with Adolfsson’s (2018) finding with Swedish teachers. Only one head teacher explicitly talked about the importance of subject knowledge as ‘powerful knowledge’ and showed concern over dilution of knowledge in ‘Curriculum for Excellence’ (CfE).
Although all groups talked about development of skills as an important educational aim, unpromoted, early career teachers referred to skill development more as compared to experienced teachers. This finding is in line with Biesta et al.'s (2017) thoughts that lack of opportunity to experience and work through a series of policy- and practice-shifts lead to less opportunity to develop discursive ‘resources’. The experienced teachers, on the other hand, talked about developing students’ subject-knowledge as well as skills. Moreover, they compared CfE with the previous curriculum and inferred that although CfE has provided more flexibility and allowed more students’ choice, it is not always helpful in increasing students’ subject-knowledge and understanding.  
The study further indicated that school context (urban or rural) also affects educators’ curricular narratives. The educators working in rural schools talked about local versus global knowledge and wider participation of the community. Professional dialogue with other colleagues has also emerged as an influential factor in developing curricular narratives among different groups of educators.
The study suggests a need for curriculum-focused professional learning opportunities for all the teachers, especially for the early career teachers to help them enhance their knowledge of curriculum and curriculum making.

References
Adolfsson, C. H. (2018). Upgraded curriculum? An analysis of knowledge boundaries in teaching under the Swedish subject-based curriculum. The Curriculum Journal, 29(3), 424-440.
Alvunger, D., Sundberg, D., & Wahlström, N. (2017). Teachers matter–but how?. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 49(1), 1-6.
Biesta, G., Priestley, M., & Robinson, S. (2017). Talking about education: Exploring the significance of teachers’ talk for teacher agency. Journal of curriculum studies, 49(1), 38-54.
Cheung, D., & Wong, H. W. (2002). Measuring teacher beliefs about alternative curriculum designs. The Curriculum journal, 13(2), 225-248.
Ministry of Education (2020). The Statement of National Education and Learning Priorities (NELP) & Tertiary Education Strategy (TES). https://assets.education.govt.nz/public/Documents/NELP-TES-documents/NELP-2020-Schools-and-kura.pdf
Muller, J. (2022). Powerful knowledge, disciplinary knowledge, curriculum knowledge: Educational knowledge in question. International Research in Geographical and Environmental Education, 1-15.
OECD (2019). OECD Future of Education and Skills 2030: A Series of Concept Notes. https://www.oecd.org/education/2030-project/contact/OECD_Learning_Compass_2030_Concept_Note_Series.pdf
Moore, R. (2013). Social realism and the problem of the problem of knowledge in the sociology of education. British journal of sociology of education, 34(3), 333-353.
Priestley, M. (2011). Whatever happened to curriculum theory? Critical realism and curriculum change. Pedagogy, culture & society, 19(2), 221-237.
Shkedi, A. (2009). From curriculum guide to classroom practice: Teachers’ narratives of curriculum application. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 41(6), 833-854.
Sottish Government (2010). Curriculum for Excellence. https://education.gov.scot/documents/All-experiencesoutcomes18.pdf
Strauss, A., & Corbin, J. (1990). Qualitative research. Grounded Theory; SAGE Publications Ltd.: New York, NY, USA.
Wheelahan, L. (2015). Not just skills: What a focus on knowledge means for vocational education. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 47(6), 750-762.
Yates, L., & Millar, V. (2016). ‘Powerful knowledge’ curriculum theories and the case of physics. The Curriculum Journal, 27(3), 298-312.
Young, M. (2008). From constructivism to realism in the sociology of the curriculum. Review of Research in Education, 32, 1–32
Young, M. (2013). Overcoming the crisis in curriculum theory: A knowledge-based approach. Journal of curriculum studies, 45(2), 101-118.
Young, M. (2014). What is a curriculum and what can it do?. Curriculum Journal, 25(1), 7-13.
 
Date: Thursday, 24/Aug/2023
9:00am - 10:30am03 SES 09 A: Curriculum Implementation in Schools
Location: James McCune Smith, 639 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Sinem Hizli Alkan
Paper Session
 
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Local Quality Management - Local School Governance in Light of a Re-centralization Movement

Carl-Henrik Adolfsson

Linnaeus University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Adolfsson, Carl-Henrik

The overall aim of this paper is to explore and theorize on local school governance. In Sweden, as in many other decentralized school systems, extensive responsibility and autonomy has been delegated to Local Educational Authorities (LEA) concerning school management; as well as attaining and securing educational quality. However, ages of declining student achievement and deficient equality between schools have spurred extensive criticism against the Swedish school system. This criticism has resulted in a recentralisation trend, where the state has successively taken a stronger control over schools' outcomes in terms of, for example, an establishment of a Swedish School Inspectorate in 2008 with the aim to strengthen the national audit and monitoring of schools; ii) a reformation of the Education Act in 2010, emphasizing local authorities’ responsibility for educational quality, student achievement, and equality; iii) the initiation of a number of national professional development programs; and iv) a national curriculum with strengthened national knowledge standards, assessment criteria, and a predefined knowledge corpus. Considering such a ‘re-centralization’ movement, new conditions between the state, the LEA and the schools has emerged (Wahlström & Sundberg, 2017a; Adolfsson, 2018). In the light of such a changing governing landscape, questions linked to local school governance can be raised concerning how the LEA navigate and handle the tension between strengthened state regulation and LEA’s responsibility for educational quality. Based on results from two research projects, conducted in two large-sized Swedish municipalities, the following research question is guiding this paper:

In the light of an emerging re-centralization movement in Sweden, what governing strategies and actions do the LEAs apply to control and manage the schools with aim to attaining and securing educational quality?

Considering a ‘classical’ perspective of school governance (Lindesjö & Lundgren, 2014) four aspects of governance is often mentioned: regulation, economy, ideology (content) and evaluation. This paper offer a complementary perspective on school governance. In this paper, school governance are understood and studied in light of an organizational and neo-institutional theoretical framework (Orton &Weick, 1990; Scott, 2008). The school system is considered as a coupled system composing of different subsystems. From that perspective, school governance is understood as an effort to strengthen the couplings between these different subsystems (e.g. the national curriculum and the teaching practice) to attain a more coherent school system. In light of such coupling aspirations, three dimensions can be highlighted regarding how institutions try to control and affect other institutions, respond to external pressure, and seek legitimacy: regulative (rules and sanctions), normative (prevalent norms, expectations and ideals), and cognitive-cultural/discursive (shared conceptions and frames of sense-making) (Scott, 2008). These theoretical concepts enable to explore and distinghuish the character of different strategies and actions that LEA undertake concerning the local governance of the schools.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Empirical data from two research projects have been used to answer the research question (Adolfsson & Alvunger, 2020; Håkansson & Adolfsson, 2021). These two projects had a common interest in the dynamic interplay between the LEA and the local schools in two Swedish municipalities, in light of a changed national school governance. The process of analyzing the empirical material was conducted in two steps. In the first step, the transcribed material was analyzed exploratively. 18 semi-structured individual interviews of LEA representants were analyzed together with local policy documents concerning organization, policy and vision, leading and management structure, school improvement strategies. The aim was to attain an understanding of the LEA’s quality assurance systems in the two municipalities concerning organizational routines, strategies, and actions.In addition data from eight focus group interviews with principals (n= 23) were analyzed with aim to understand how principals made sense of a responded to these strategies and actions.
In the next step, these empirical findings were analyzed in
light of the study’s theoretical framework, i.e., in terms of tightly and loosely coupled systems and dimesions of school governance.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Based on the results It seems that local authorities’ space for regulative sanctions and control has been weakened. In order to compensate, local authorities apply strategies of soft governance for controlling the schools. These strategies are characterized by normative and cognitive/discursive dimension and conducted within the context of the LEA’s quality assurance systems. The following strategies can be distinguished as especially important:      
- Local school governance through “Data-based decision making”
- Local governance through quality dialogues
- Local governance through professional learning and best practice
- Obligatory educational programs for principals and system actors concerning
        leadership and data-based school improvement
- Principal recruitment
Finally, I’ll argue that ‘quality management’ should be seen as a fifth dimension of school governance.  

References
Adolfsson, Carl-Henrik (2018). Upgraded curriculum? An analysis of knowledge boundaries in teaching under the Swedish subject-based curriculum. Curriculum Journal, 29(3), 424-440.
Adolfsson, C-H., & Alvunger. D. (2020). Power dynamics and policy actions in the changing landscape of local school governance. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 6(2), 128–142.
Håkansson, J. & Adolfsson, C. (2021). Local education authority’s quality management within a coupled school system: strategies, actions, and tensions. Journal of Educational Change.
Lindensjö, B., & Lundgren, U. P. (2014). Utbildningsreformer och politisk styrning. Stockholm, Liber
Orton, J. D., & Weick, K. E. (1990). Loosely coupled systems: A reconceptualization. Academy of Management Review, 15, 203-223.
Scott, W. (2008). Institutions and organizations: Ideas and interests. London: Sage.
Wahlström, N., & Sundberg, D. (2017). Transnational curriculum standards and classroom practices: The new meaning of teaching. Routledge


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Creating a Rich, Common Curriculum for all Students: Insights into Teaching Practices that Promote Curricular Justice

Stewart Riddle1, Martin Mills2, Glenda McGregor3

1University of Southern Queensland, Australia; 2Queensland University of Technology, Australia; 3Griffith University, Australia

Presenting Author: Riddle, Stewart; Mills, Martin

Despite the commitment by governments and educational leaders to high-quality and high-equity systems, the defining features of contemporary schooling in liberal democracies are increasing inequality and the uneven distribution of educational opportunities and outcomes (OECD, 2022). Given the challenges of the twenty-first century and the complex set of crises facing young people as they move through the world (Riddle, 2022), it is imperative that we develop new concepts of curriculum, which are committed to providing young people with the best chance of success, but especially for those who have been most marginalised by society’s economic, social and cultural structures. Therefore, it is timely to consider what the concept of curricular justice means for schooling in the twenty-first century (Mills et al., 2022).

This paper argues for a rich, common curriculum that provides all young people with learning choices that have relevance to their worlds, contribute to the preparation for work or further education, alongside opportunities for engagement with a broader knowledge base connected to critical understandings of culture and society. To that end, we have developed a curricular framework of ‘knowledge+plus’, which is committed to the tripartite social justice principles of redistribution, recognition and representation (Fraser, 2004), and brings together powerful knowledge (Young, 2008) and young people’s community funds of knowledge (Moll, 2019) in a common curriculum (Fielding & Moss, 2011; Kelly, 2004). A rich, common curriculum is not an identical curriculum for all students, but rather is developed from a set of common elements, in which ‘young people engage with important disciplinary concepts, are intellectually challenged, and enabled to critically frame knowledge, which is connected to their lives and experiences, while also drawing on broader cultural and social meaning-making practices’ (Mills et al., 2022, p. 350). Such a common curriculum is essential for an inclusive schooling, which can deliver on the promise of a high-quality and high-equity education system for all young people.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Working with teams of teachers (n=40) across three case study schools in Australia, a Cycles of Inquiry methodology was utilised to develop, implement and reflect on curriculum innovations within schools serving low socioeconomic and superdiverse communities. Teachers were supported in developing rich pedagogies that were contextually relevant for their students, to maximise opportunities for all students to engage in a high-quality and meaningful curriculum. Data included interviews with participant–teachers, curriculum and school leaders, curriculum planning materials and reflective observations gathered during the process of each participant–teacher’s action research inquiries. Data were analysed comparatively and thematically to determine points of similarity and divergence within teaching teams and across schools.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Initial findings suggest that when teachers adopt an intentional approach to a knowledge+plus curriculum pedagogical approaches change so as to make necessary connections between students and diverse knowledges. This is especially effective for young people who have traditionally been marginalised, disenfranchised and excluded from certain types of learning experiences. A further Cycle of Inquiry will be undertaken with participant–teachers to elaborate on these initial findings, which will enable additional empirical evidence for a knowledge+plus curriculum, which is committed to social justice for all students.
References
Fielding, M. & Moss, P. (2011). Radical education and the common school: A democratic alternative. Routledge.
Fraser, N. (2004). Recognition, redistribution and representation in capitalist global society: An interview with Nancy Fraser, Acta Sociologica, 47(4), 374–382.
Kelly, A. V. (2004). The curriculum: Theory and practice (5th ed). Sage Publications.
Mills, M., Riddle, S., McGregor, G. & Howell, A. (2022). Towards an understanding of curricular justice and democratic schooling. Journal of Educational Administration and History, 54(3), 345–356. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220620.2021.1977262
Moll, L. (2019). Elaborating Funds of Knowledge: Community-oriented practices in international contexts. Literacy Research: Theory, Method, and Practice, 68(1), 130–138. https://doi.org/10.1177/23813369198708
OECD. (2022). Education at a glance 2022: OECD Indicators. https://doi.org/10.1787/3197152b-en
Riddle, S. (2022). Schooling for democracy in a time of global crisis: Towards a more caring, inclusive and sustainable future. Routledge.
Young, M. (2008). Bringing knowledge back in: From social constructivism to social realism in the sociology of education. Routledge.


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Subject Choice at 15 and Global Competences

Marina Shapira, Mark Priestley

University of Stirling, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Shapira, Marina

The Scottish Curriculum for Excellence (CfE) (e.g., Scottish Executive, 2004; Scottish Government, 2008) has been widely acknowledged as the most significant educational development in Scotland in a generation (Priestley & Humes, 2010). Implemented from 2010, the holistic, competency-based curriculum for those aged 3-18 years seeks to prepare children and young people for the workplace and citizenship in the 21st century (Scottish Government, 2009).

Previous studies have examined how the breadth of the Scottish secondary curriculum (defined as the number of entries to National 5 qualifications in year 4 of secondary education in Scotland, S4) narrowed under CfE (Shapira & Priestley, 2018, 2019) and investigated the relationship between CfE breadth and attainment in school (Shapira et al., 2022).

Given the four capacities framework of CfE, one might assume that students exposed to a broad upper secondary curriculum would not only attain better academic results and move to positive destinations, but also develop skills and competences that indicate they have a better understanding of the complexities of modern societies, awareness of the world and its contemporary problems, cultural openness and sensitivity, self-awareness and resilience, and active citizenship. In other words, it seems that the breadth of the secondary curriculum could be linked to measures of the OECD global competencies.

This paper aims to explore the relationships between the measures of competence of 15-year-old students in Scotland, available in the 2018 Scotland’s PISA dataset, and the breadth of the secondary curriculum experienced by 15-16 year-olds in state-funded secondary schools in Scotland.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this study we linked between the Scottish Government administrative education data (SGAED)  and the 2018 PISA data for Scotland using the source code that allowed matching between the school ID variable in the PISA dataset and the school ID variable in the SGAED. The source code was provided to us by the Scottish Government Analytical Services.  
Scottish Government administrative education data
In this study we used administrative data on subject enrolment, attainment, and initial destinations of Scottish school leavers, for all state-funded secondary schools in Scotland, special schools excluded (363 in total), for years 2011-2019, provided by the Scottish Government.

PISA Data
The Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) is an international study that began in 2000 with the aim of evaluating education systems worldwide. It tests the skills and knowledge of 15-year-old students in participating countries/economies, focusing on key subjects such as reading, mathematics, and science. Every three years, a randomly selected group of fifteen-year-olds take the tests, which are not linked directly to school curriculum, but are designed to assess how well students can apply their knowledge to real-life situations (OECD, 2020). In 2018, PISA added an assessment of ‘Global Competence’, which evaluates students’ abilities of cognitive reasoning concerning global and intercultural issues, as well as their socio-emotional skills and attitudes. These  new measures were  introduced in order to assess whether students are ready to ‘thrive in an interconnected world’ (OECD, 2020).
The variables we used include:
o PISA Maths, English and Science Test scores
o Age & Gender
o An number of ensures describing the family background such as paternal education, family wealth and educational resources, etc.

Other measures from the PISA dataset included measures of well-being and global competences including:
 Belonging to school; Being informed about international conflicts,  migration and climate change;  Adapting to different situations Being able to handle multiple tasks simultaneously; Learning about and respecting other cultures  at school;  Awareness of the world's problems.
Methods
We used descriptive and inferential data analysis methods, including multilevel regression modelling (level 1 - individual students nested in level 2 - secondary schools), to explore the relationship between the average number of National 5-level qualifications subject entries made by students in year 4 of secondary education and 1) attainment, as measured by PISA Math, Science and English scores, 2) numerous measures of OECD global competences, while controlling for the characteristics of students, their families, and their schools.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In summary, we found that the number of subject choices entered in schools for National 5 level qualifications in S4 was positively associated with attainment measured by PISA English and Maths test scores. The positive relationship remained statistically significant after controlling for individual, family, and school-level characteristics. Furthermore, the analysis of the relationship between the subject choice in S4 and measures of global competences revealed that, after controlling for students' age and gender, their family's education, economic, social, and cultural resources, and immigration status, and the school's SIMD, % FSM, % ASN, and student/teacher ratio, the positive relationship between the average number of subjects entered by students in schools for National 5 qualifications in S4 was statistically significant for PISA composite indexes
• awareness about importance of intercultural communications,
• global mindedness,
• resilience
• sense of belonging to schools.
These findings suggest that enrolling in a broad range of subjects in S4 and, thus, a broader secondary curriculum, is associated with the wider competencies of young people, preparing them better for life in a modern, complex and interconnected world.

References
Scottish Government. (2017). Positive Destinations: A Framework for Action. Edinburgh: Scottish Government. Retrieved from https://www2.gov.scot/Resource/0052/00524093.pdf
The Scottish Government. (2017). Entitled to a world class education: delivering excellence and equity in Scottish education. Edinburgh: The Scottish Government. Retrieved from https://www.gov.scot/publications/entitled-world-class-education-delivering-excellence-equity-scottish-education/pages/3/
Scottish Government. (2020). Four capacities: Scotland’s curriculum for excellence. Retrieved from: https://beta.gov.scot/policies/curriculum-for-excellence/four-capacities/
PISA (2018)  PISA 2018 global Competence , Global competence - PISA (oecd.org)
OECD (2018) Preparing our Youth  for an Inclusive and Sustainable World:  The OECD Global Competence Framework. Retrieved from Handbook-PISA-2018-Global-Competence.pdf (oecd.org)
Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology, Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101.
OECD (2021). Scotland’s Curriculum for Excellence: Into the Future, Implementing Education Policies. Paris: OECD Publishing.
Priestley, M., Alvunger, D., Philippou, S. & Soini, T. (2021). Curriculum making in Europe: policy and practice within and across diverse contexts. Bingley: Emerald.
Scottish Government (2008). Building the Curriculum 3. A framework for learning and teaching. Edinburgh: Scottish Government.
Shapira, M. & Priestley, M. (2020). Do schools matter? An exploration of the determinants of lower secondary school subject choices under the Scottish Curriculum for Excellence. Review of Education, 8, 191-238.
Shapira, M. & Priestley, M. (2018). Narrowing the Curriculum? Contemporary trends in provision and attainment in the Scottish Curriculum. Scottish Educational Review, 50(1), 75-107.
Shapira, M., Barnett, C., Peace-Hughes, T., Priestley, M. & Ritchie, M. (2022) Subject choice at 16 and attainment across the Scottish National Qualifications Framework. Nuffield Project, Working Paper No. 4. Stirling: University of Stirling.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm03 SES 10.5 A: NW 03 Network Meeting
Location: James McCune Smith, 639 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Majella Dempsey
NW 03 Network Meeting
 
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

NW 03 Network Meeting

Nienke Nieveen

University of Twente, Netherlands, The

Presenting Author: Nieveen, Nienke

All networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm03 SES 11 A: Teachers' Curriculum Agency
Location: James McCune Smith, 639 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Natalie O'Neill
Paper Session
 
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Effects of International Mobility on Teachers' Curriculum Agency

Ana Mouraz1, Audrey Doyle2, Isabel Serra3

1Universidade Aberta, Portugal; 2Dublin City University; 3EDuFOR - Centro de Formação da Associação de Escolas

Presenting Author: Mouraz, Ana; Doyle, Audrey

The trend followed by several European education systems opens to the possibility of making the curriculum offered to students in each school more flexible, more tailor made. However, such trend has been unequally appropriated by systems, teachers and schools (Priestley et. al. 2021).

Explanations of this difference could rely on curriculum traditions that have been framing such educational systems ( Kuiper et. al. 2008). Also, part of this inequality can be explained by the difficulty felt by many teachers and schools in assuming their agency in terms of curriculum decisions.

However, due to increasing traveling policies and international pressure made by OECD and other transnational institutions , acknowledgement regarding such differences have been appropriated by educational advisors and have been the support to Erasmus+ teacher mobility at the school level.

“… the continuous impulse given by European institutions to the mobility of non-university teaching staff supports the idea of the benefits of its completion towards improving the quality of education in European Union member states.” Salcedo-López &Cuevas-López, ,2021, 6).

Has the contact with other education systems and with other teachers from other countries, stimulated by the networks established within the scope of the ERASMUS+ programme, contributed to raising the awareness of teachers who might act otherwise?

Following the perspective of Biesta et al, (2015), we understand teachers' curriculum agency as the teacher's ability to recontextualize policies and translate them into their field of action.

It is a question of exerting a double effort of interpreting the purposes that the policies have defined and of taking local action, which reconfigures and encourages student learning.

That frames the purpose of this proposal - to contribute to the discussion about the effects that these mobilities have had on the power of curricular agency of teachers from two European countries.

Its objectives are:

To relate international mobility experience with curricular agency of teachers from two European countries

To research in two countries the impact of how international experience has encouraged curriculum making in both the school and the classroom.

To identify the impact of mobility on Schools curricular options.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This work is based on an empirical investigation of a qualitative nature, carried out in the previous academic year, which collected and analyzed the testimonies of professionals from Ireland and Portugal about the topic. Interviews were carried out with two school headmasters and two teachers representing different disciplinary groups from Portugal.  In Ireland, two school principals were interviewed as well as three individual teachers and two focci groups with teachers.
The interviews followed a script that aimed to characterize the mobility experiences lived by the interviewees according to the operational objectives, and the effects of teachers’ mobilities both in their careers and in their daily work at schools.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Contact with other education systems and with other teachers from other countries has contributed to raising the awareness of teachers who may act otherwise.
Such broad conclusion came from the teachers’ and headmasters’ awareness concerning  the changes that have operated in the way of working the curriculum, namely in the classroom; the experiences they reply and apply methodologies, in the classroom, that they saw carried out in their mobility.
The impact of how the international experience of these teachers has encouraged curriculum making in both the school and the classroom is also visible at school work, namely at students’ level. The impact of international collaborative projects involving students, the increased student satisfaction with pedagogical work, the Increased feeling of belonging to an European citizenship are signs of such impact.

References
Biesta, G., Priestley, M., & Robinson, S. (2015). The role of beliefs in teacher agency. Teachers and Teaching, 21(6), 624–640
Byrne, C., & Prendergast, M., 2020, Investigating the concerns of secondary school teachers towards curriculum reform, Journal of Curriculum Studies, Vol. 52: 2, 286-306. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2019.1643924
Coolahan, J., Drudy, S., Hogan, P., Hyland, A., McGuinness, S., 2017, Towards a Better Future: a review of the Irish school system, NAPD & IPPN, Dublin.
Department of Education & Skills, 2022, A new vision for senior cycle, Dublin, https://www.gov.ie/en/publication/f53c6-senior-cycle-reform/#a-vision-for-senior-cycle-reform
Engel, Constanze  (2010)The impact of Erasmus mobility on the professional career: Empirical results of international studies on temporary student and teaching staff mobility”, Belgeo [Online], 4 | 2010. DOI: https://doi.org/10.4000/belgeo.6399
Jim Gleeson, Valentina Klenowski & Anne Looney (2020): Curriculum change in Australia and Ireland: a comparative study of recent reforms, Journal of Curriculum Studies, DOI: 10.1080/00220272.2019.1704064
Kärkkäinen, K. (2012), “Bringing About Curriculum Innovations: Implicit Approaches in the OECD Area”, OECD Education Working Papers, No. 82, OECD.
Kuiper, W., Van den Akker, J., Letschert, J. & Hooghoff, H. (2008) Curriculum Policy and Practices in a European Comparative Perspective: finding a balance between prescription and professionalism. Enschede: SLO.
Janson, K., Schomburg, H. & Teichler , U. (2009) The Professional Value of ERASMUS Mobility –The Impact of International Experience on Former Students’ and on Teachers’ Careers/,– Bonn: Lemmens Medien GmbH.(ACA Papers on International Cooperation in Education)
Priestley, M. Alvunger, D. Philippou, S. Soini, T. (org), (2021). Curriculum Making In Europe - Policy and Practice Within and Across Diverse Contexts. Bingley, UK: Emerald Publishing Limited.
Salcedo-López, D.; Cuevas-López, M. (2021) Analysis and Assessment of New Permanent Teacher Training Activities under the Erasmus+ Program from the Perspective of the Participants of Spain in Times of COVID-19. Sustainability 2021, 13, 11222. https:// doi.org/10.3390/su132011222


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Curriculum Policy and Practice of Oral Skills at Secondary English Education in Bangladesh: Challenges and Way Forward

S M Akramul Kabir1, Mahammad Abul Hasnat2

1Otago University, New Zealand; 2Education Consultant, RTI International, USA

Presenting Author: Kabir, S M Akramul; Hasnat, Mahammad Abul

The English language dominates almost all aspects of our daily life, not only in third-world countries like Bangladesh but throughout the world to meet the various needs of communication. Bangladesh uses English for other purposes as well, but in general, to enrol in universities, to migrate overseas for jobs, to study abroad and to work and continue business internationally. Moreover, the ability to communicate effectively in English is also considered an important quality in many job sectors, especially in corporate settings. The ability to communicate in English provides individuals with more opportunities to achieve a suitable position in the job market with an acceptable salary, contributing to economic growth and poverty reduction and achieving sustainable goals in a broader sense (Roshid, 2018).
Different strategies have been taken by the government of Bangladesh to implement standardized English language education in the country, including the revision of the curriculum several times. Communicative Language Teaching (CLT) was introduced for the first time in 1995 with the hope to improve communicative competence of learners. During the implementation process, a significant gap is observed between the policy aspiration and the resources due to a shortage of teachers with competency in English and teaching skills. To address the situation, government took different strategies and arranged training programs for the in-service teachers to implement CLT successfully in classroom practice and achieve its goal with the support from different Non-Government Organisations (NGOs) and foreign donor agencies.
Despite different initiatives, teachers failed to demonstrate significant improvements in classroom practice after completing the training (Huda, 2015). Thus, students who complete their secondary education are likely to enter higher education, outside and inside the country, with a smattering of English language skills. Therefore, students in Bangladeshi universities are still facing difficulties in both speaking and listening to regular class activities despite studying English as a compulsory subject from Grade 1 to Grade 12. It is because of the lack of speaking and listening practices at school and college levels (Shurovi, 2014). The competence in both listening and speaking skills is challenging for students studying at overseas universities, seeking a better job, and networking for social survival (Roshid & Chowdhury, 2013).
In this study, the challenges and gaps in effective training for oral skills from the perspectives of policymakers and teachers were identified to address implementation barriers to help learners proficient in oral skills of English. Finally, it concludes by proposing a conceptual framework for minimizing gaps between the policy and practice to enable more effective implementation of curriculum for oral skills in the future. The present study addresses the following research question:
RQ: How do curriculum policy and practice on oral skills affect English language education at the secondary level in Bangladesh?
The theoretical framework of this study is a “grounded” one as the contextual phenomenon was "grounded" in data, which can provide a better explanation than a theory borrowed "off the shelf" (Creswell, 2012). It does not limit the role of the research in the process-making but gives choices to make categories of interpretation, connect questions to the data, and interweave personal values and experiences (Creswell & Poth, 2018).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is a qualitative one aiming to provide a detailed understanding of issues that underlie current practices (Cohen, Manion & Morrison, 2018). The analysed data investigates the curriculum policy and classroom practice of oral skills and reports critically. Therefore, policymakers and practicing teachers were interviewed to understand the perception of the curriculum of oral skills in policy and practice. The interview data were analysed using the Thematic Analysis (TA) method based on one of the approaches called – the semantic approach – coding and theme development reflect the explicit content of the data. After transcribing the data, the patterns of the data were identified through a rigorous process of data familiarisation, data coding, and theme development and revision.
This study used Thematic Analysis (TA) method to interpret the data because it is a popular method for analysing qualitative data in many disciplines including ‘Education’. In the field of education, procedures for using TA as a qualitative technique only began to be published in the 1990s (Cohen et al., 2018). The purpose of TA is to identify patterns of meaning across a dataset that provide an answer to the research question being addressed. This method also gives flexibility according to the practical need of analysis of what was required to answer the specific research questions (Denzin, & Lincoln, 2011). This means it can be used within different frameworks, to answer quite different types of research questions. Therefore, in this research, TA suits to answer the relevant research question related to curriculum policy and practice of oral skills at the secondary level in Bangladesh.
As the policymakers are major players in the planning and head teachers and secondary teachers are the practitioners of English language education, they are the interview participants in this study. The ‘purposive’ selection procedure has been applied to conduct the interviews. Eight participants were interviewed in total. The participants were selected based on mainly three criteria: (1) relevant expertise; (2) experience; and (3) willingness to participate. Pseudonyms are used for each of them. The participants were provided with the information necessary about the study through emails and their written consent was obtained back through emails before data collection. Due to the participants’ preferences, interviews were conducted in Bangla and were recorded using an audio recorder. Later on, the recorded interviews were transliterated into Roman Bangla and then translated into English.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Researchers often conclude their discussion after conducting a study with the hope that policymakers will benefit from their findings. It is also common to hear the voice of the stakeholders involved in the practice, but policymakers' voices are rarely heard. This study allows us to bring together perspectives from both policymakers and practitioners in order to identify the challenges that are preventing English oral skills implementation in rural and urban classroom settings. This will allow us to achieve two kinds of results. First, it will examine the existing practice to identify the gap between policy and practice, which requires a revision of the English curriculum and training strategies to ensure contextual diversity. In Bangladesh, the national English curriculum and the process of implementing it are centralised, and it does not address rural-urban differences, classroom settings, teacher quality, or the training needs of teachers. As a result, it has been always challenging to implement oral skills in classroom settings. Finally, the paper will propose a conceptual framework for curriculum revision according to diversified contextual needs and preparation of its best possible ways of implementation. In the European context, Alexander & Weekes-Bernard (2017) also found the challenges of implementing diverse curricula effectively in classroom teaching after conducting two studies in England and Wales.  Moreover, this paper has a connection with the conference theme of this year "The Value of Diversity in Education and Educational Research".
References
Alexander, C. & Weekes-Bernard, D. (2017). History lessons: inequality, diversity and the national curriculum, Race Ethnicity and Education, 20 (4), 478-494.
Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2018). Research methods in education (8th ed.). New York: Routledge.
Creswell, J. W. (2012). Educational research; Planning, conducting and evaluating  quantitative and qualitative research (4th ed.). Boston: Pearson.
Creswell, J. W., & Poth, C. N. (2018). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches (4th ed.). Los Angeles, CA: Sage Publications.
Denzin, N. K., & Lincoln, Y. S. (2011). Handbook of qualitative research (2nd ed.).Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.
Huda, M. S. (2015). Impact of English language teacher training in Bangladesh. NAEM Journal, 20, 56-63.
Roshid, M. M. (2018). English, Empowerment and Economic Development: A Study in an International Business. In R. Chowdhury, M. Sarkar, F. Mojumder, M. M. Roshid (eds.). Engaging in Educational Research: Revisiting Policy and Practice in Bangladesh. Singapore: Springer. 315–331.
Roshid, M. M. & Chowdhury, R. (2013). English language proficiency and employment: A case study of Bangladeshi graduates in Australian employment market. Mevlana International Journal of Education (MIJE), 3(1), 68-81.
Shurovi, M. (2014). CLT and ELT in Bangladesh: Practice and prospect of speaking and listening. Journal of Language Teaching and Research, 5(6), 1263-1268.


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Steps to the Future for 'Curriculum for Wales': Developing Coherence, Co-construction, and Praxis

Kara Makara1, David Morrison-Love1, Sonny Singh2

1University of Glasgow, United Kingdom; 2University of Wales Trinity Saint David, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Makara, Kara

Wales is in the process of major educational reform. The new curriculum (Curriculum for Wales, CfW) commenced in schools in September 2022. CfW differs from the previous curriculum through its focus on four purposes representing a “shared vision and aspiration” for every learner and by articulating learners' progression through six areas of learning and experience. In contrast to the previous performative culture in Wales (Evans, 2022), CfW suggests a more developmental view of learning. Also central to CfW is the principle of subsidiarity. Similar to ‘new curriculum’ in Finland, Scotland, and the Netherlands, CfW shifts away from top-down policy and gives schools and teachers greater autonomy (Sinnema et al., 2020). Professional understandings of progression in learning, and a recognition that learners start at different points and progress in different ways, are meant to form the basis for schools’ curriculum, assessment, and pedagogy arrangements (Welsh Government, 2021).

In support of this, Camau i’r Dyfodol (Steps to the Future) is a three-year project designed to support the realisation of CfW by working with teachers and educational partners across the system to advance practical understandings of learning progression. This presentation shares some findings from phase one of our project, which aimed to understand where educational partners are in the change process at the start of CfW and supports needed to move forward. We engaged in conversations with professionals from across the system to address the following research questions:

  1. What influences are there on current and future curriculum realisation?

  1. How are educational partners moving their identified priorities forward for curriculum realisation?

  1. How can new knowledge from co-construction activity be fed back into the system in ways that are meaningful?

As a theoretical frame for this work, we bring together the concepts of curriculum coherence, co-construction, and praxis into an adapted Integrity Model of Educational Change for Wales. This model incorporates systemic integrity, personal and professional integrity, and educational integrity, three dimensions essential throughout the change process (Hayward & Spencer, 2010).

Systemic integrity reflects shared commitment and coherence between constituent parts of the education system. Within curriculum reform, coherence is sometimes conceptualised between the intended and enacted curriculum; or between curriculum, assessment, and pedagogy (Jin et al., 2019). Soini et al. (2022) explicate curriculum coherence in Finland along dimensions of the intended direction and goals of the curriculum, an integrative approach to teaching and learning, and alignment between objectives, content, and assessment. Next, personal and professional integrity reflects a belief that what one is doing matters, enabling teachers to develop their own understandings (Hayward & Spencer, 2010). Co-construction has been integral to achieve this in the context of CfW, and was empowering but also challenging for teachers engaged in curriculum design (Hayward et al., 2020). We define co-construction as a process of constructing new knowledge through collaborative practice (Parsons, 2021) and as a disposition towards learning that involves participants actively ‘knotworking’ together to negotiate solutions (Engeström, 2004, p.17). Finally, educational integrity reflects how change can enhance learning. We draw from the concept of praxis here, whereby teachers enact practice to build theory and reflect upon theory when making practical decisions. Pedagogical praxis can be a challenge in the new curriculum reform as a clear theory of progression in learning is needed to inform practice.

In this presentation, we share findings to the research questions and discuss how these inform phase two of our project. Wales has adopted a number of the OECD’s (2018) principles for the future of education systems, and thus insights gained through this research will be of interest to other countries taking similar approaches.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Two data-gathering activities were designed to involve participants from across the system in order to address the research questions. Ethics approval was granted by the researchers’ Universities. The first activity involved the National Network Conversations (NNCs), system-wide conversations to support education professionals’ reflections on implementing CfW. Fourteen online conversations were held during the May 2022 NNC, with a total of 167 participants. Each had a designated practitioner facilitator, with six groups attended by researchers who acted as participant-observers. Participants were given a pre-session activity to reflect on curriculum documentation around assessment and progression. The conversations lasted for approximately two-and-a-half hours. Practitioner facilitators and project researchers took notes using a template to capture key points and these notes comprised the data set for this activity strand. Discussion focused on:  
- How the CfW principles of progression and CfW assessment principles are being used to support curriculum design and the planning of learning and assessment to support learner progression
- What approaches to co-construction have been effective in developing practice in these areas
- What support would be helpful to further develop professional understanding and build capacity in these areas

In the second data-gathering activity during summer 2022, we invited participants from across the system to join focus groups, a method for generating people’s collective perceptions and experiences (Nyumba et al., 2018). Participants were purposively selected to obtain views representing local and national contexts across Wales. The resulting nine groups included 22 participants. Three groups involved school staff and six involved education advisers from geographical regions across Wales and the education inspectorate. A researcher facilitated each discussion, which lasted up to 90 minutes, and these were recorded and transcribed. Discussions were semi-structured, with questions and prompts designed to understand:
- Where partners are in their current thinking about progression in learning and their CfW priorities
- Current understandings and approaches to co-construction
- Influences from participants’ contexts on their thinking and development work
- What approaches or understandings need to be developed further through co-construction

The data from each activity was analysed using an inductive approach to thematic analysis, which allows researchers to identify, organise and interpret patterns in data (Braun & Clarke 2006, p.79).  Three researchers thematically analysed the NNC notes and two analysed the discussion transcripts. Comparisons showed a close match in the coding across researchers which provides evidence of a robust analytic process. The themes and sub-themes will be elaborated in the presentation.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Curriculum reform involves the complex endeavor of translating policy to practice. Our findings suggest that schools in Wales are working tirelessly in planning curriculum and assessment arrangements to support progression in learning. Participants are drawing from a wide variety of approaches, models, and entry points into the curriculum to shape their practice. Multiple and sometimes disparate educational frameworks and discourses at supra/transnational levels impact national curriculum development (e.g., Hizli-Alkan, 2022; Nordin & Sundberg, 2021), which subsequently may cause some incongruity in praxis. While striving to move away from the performativity culture of the past (Evans, 2022), some are not yet confident in what alternatives may look like.

The data gave a strong sense of teachers engaging in different forms of collaborations and placing learners at the heart of their new ways of working, but this work has challenges. These include progression during the transition from primary to secondary, concerns about potential washback effects of secondary exams, and uncertainty about what evidence on progression may be required. While responsibility for curriculum-making is becoming more bottom-up across Europe, some systems are still top-down in accountability (Alvunger et al., 2021). Reflecting this tension, some participants are engaging in substantial efforts to construct new understandings of progression but simultaneously wondering if their approach is ‘right’ according to external sources.  

These findings suggest three elements needed for changing with integrity: 1) coherence across the system, and 2) space for educational partners’ co-construction, to 3) develop praxis around progression in learning. This research informs our next project phase, where we bring together teachers, educational partners, researchers, and Welsh Government as a ‘Co-Construction Group’ to advance practical understandings of progression in learning. Essential to this is critical exploration of discourses across the system to support a more coherent understanding of progression in learning within CfW.

References
Alvunger, D., Soini, T., Philippou, S., & Priestley, M. (2021). Conclusions: Patterns and trends in curriculum making in Europe. In Curriculum making in Europe: Policy and practice within and across diverse contexts. Emerald Publishing Limited.  

Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3, 77-101.  

Engeström, Y. (2004) New forms of learning in co-configuration work. Journal of Workplace Learning, 16, 11-21.  

Evans, G. (2022). Back to the future? Reflections on three phases of education policy reform in Wales and their implications for teachers. Journal of Educational Change, 23(3), 371-396.

Hayward, L., & Spencer, E. (2010). The complexities of change: Formative assessment in Scotland. Curriculum Journal, 21(2), 161-177.

Hizli-Alkan, S. (2022). Traversing between Supra, Macro, and Meso Sites: Looking Closely at Curriculum Making Discourses and Practices in Scotland and Wales. Scottish Educational Review, 54(1), 70-92.  

Jin, H., Mikeska, J. N., Hokayem, H., & Mavronikolas, E. (2019). Toward coherence in curriculum, instruction, and assessment: A review of learning progression literature. Science Education, 103(5), 1206-1234.    

Nordin, A., & Sundberg, D. (2021). Transnational competence frameworks and national curriculum-making: The case of Sweden. Comparative Education, 57(1), 19-34.  

Nyumba, T., Wilson, K., Derrick, C.J. & Mucherjee, N. (2018). The use of focus group discussion methodology: Insights from two decades of application in conservation. Methods in Ecology and Evolution, 9, 20-32.  

Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD). (2018). The future of education and skills: Education 2030. OECD Publishing.  

Parsons, S. (2021) The importance of collaboration for knowledge co-construction in ‘close-to-practice’ research. British Educational Research Journal, 47(6), 1490-1499.  

Sinnema, C., Nieveen, N., & Priestley, M. (2020). Successful futures, successful curriculum: What can Wales learn from international curriculum reforms?. The Curriculum Journal, 31(2), 181-201.  

Soini, T., Pyhältö, K., Haverinen, K., Sullanmaa, J., Leskinen, E., & Pietarinen, J. (2022). Building coherence and impact: differences in Finnish school level curriculum making. Curriculum Perspectives, 42(2), 121-133.

Welsh Government. (2021). Curriculum for Wales: Implementation Plan.  https://hwb.gov.wales/curriculum-for-wales/curriculum-for-wales-implementation-plan#how-do-we-get-there?
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm03 SES 12 A: Curriculum Development at National Level
Location: James McCune Smith, 639 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Nienke Nieveen
Paper Session
 
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Teachers’ Role in National Curriculum Development

Tiril Smerud Finnanger

University of South-Eastern Norway, Norway

Presenting Author: Finnanger, Tiril Smerud

Recent curriculum policy, both in Europe and elsewhere, emphasizes the importance of teacher involvement in curriculum development (Priestley & Biesta, 2013), and research has showed that teachers are increasingly defined as key actors in education reform and are expected to participate in curriculum work to act as agents of change (Mølstad & Prøitz, 2018; Priestley et al., 2012). Traditionally, subject experts from higher education as well as government administrators have been the most important actors in curriculum development processes, as they are highly knowledgeable of the field and can often pull great political legitimacy (Levin, 2008), so this new development can be considered a shift in views where teacher agency and involvement have become more important (Priestley et al., 2016). Further, it is emphasized in reform implementation studies that teachers need ownership of a reform in order to implement the new curriculum into their practices (Aasen & Sandberg, 2010). Consequently, a logic advocating the importance of teacher involvement in curriculum development processes has spread (Kirk & MacDonald, 2001; Westbury, 2008). This shift underscores the importance of research into how these processes work and the influence and role teachers have in curriculum development.

This study focuses on a central part of curriculum development, namely government-appointed curriculum committees mandated to make recommendations for national curricula, which is a common way of organizing curriculum development in Europe. Research has shown that these committees have much influence on the final official curriculum (Westbury et al., 2016). As an example for study, this paper zooms in on a recent curriculum development process in Norway. In 2020, Norway introduced a new national curriculum, called the Knowledge Promotion Reform 2020 (LK20), where co-creation and partnerships with the education sector were important policy elements of the development process. Teachers, in particular, were encouraged to take part in the development to a larger extent than in previous reforms (Report to Parliament 28 (2015-2016)). The study aims to investigate teachers’ role in curriculum committees and their contribution to the development process and the final curriculum. The research question is What is teachers’ role in curriculum committees and how do they contribute to curriculum development through this involvement?

Theoretically the study is guided by the concepts compartmentalization, segmentation and licensing (Hopmann, 1991). Compartmentalization refers to the process of dividing large-scale curriculum processes into smaller, more manageable parts so that no one will be held accountable for the whole. Segmentation involves separating different discourse communities (e.g. political, public and professional) into smaller groups who share a common frame of reference when solving complex curriculum development tasks. This enables different stakeholders to give input but also keeping potential for conflict low. Licensing involves delegating parts of the decision making to teachers and school leaders (Mikser et al., 2016). This manner of organizing curriculum development enables central authorities to have control of the process, while at the same time satisfying stakeholders.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study draws on qualitative data material and analysis. The main data are semi-structured interviews (Kvale & Brinkmann, 2015). A selection of key policy documents and strategy documents were used as background material to better understand the curriculum development process and in developing the interview guide. Interviews were conducted with four informants, who held important roles in the development of the LK20 curriculum. Three of the informants are teachers who participated in a government-appointed curriculum committee that created recommendations for the LK20 curriculum. One interview was done with a representative for the Directorate for Education and Training who participated in and oversaw the process of creating the curriculum. Two pilot interviews were conducted before the research interviews, and small changes were done to the interview guides. All interviews were done digitally via the platform Zoom and lasted for about 45 minutes each. The interviews were audio-recorded, transcribed verbatim and the transcriptions were coded inductively using reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clark, 2006). Larger themes emerged and formed the foundation for further analysis and discussion.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Analysis is not finalized, but some expected findings can be outlined. Regarding the teachers’ contribution to the process and the curriculum, it is likely that teachers can bring forth content and methods that are appropriate for students at the different levels of the school system, as well as being possible for other teachers to operationalize in their classrooms. When it comes to the role of teachers in curriculum development, it seems like the teachers had an advisory role as members of the curriculum committee, but they were not part of any final decision-making processes. It seems that changes that were done after the curriculum committee submitted their final proposal to the Directorate for Education and Training were done by administrators in the Directorate as well as subject experts from higher education, and teachers were not part of this process. The study contributes to the field of curriculum research by informing on the role of an important stakeholder group in curriculum development processes, and can have implications for the involvement of teachers in future school reforms.
References
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa
Hopmann, S. (1999). The Curriculum as a Standard of Public Education. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 18(1), 89-105. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1005139405296
Kirk, D., & MacDonald, D. (2001). Teacher voice and ownership of curriculum change. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 33(5), 551-567. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220270010016874
Kvale, S., & Brinkmann, S. (2015). Det kvalitative forskningsintervju (3. utg. ed.). Gyldendal akademisk.
Levin, B. (2008). Curriculum Policy and the Politics of What Should be Learned in Schools. In F. M. Connelly, M. F. He, & J. Phillon (Eds.), The SAGE handbook of curriculum and instruction (pp. 7-24). SAGE.
Mikser, R., Kärner, A., & Krull, E. (2016). Enhancing teachers’ curriculum ownership via teacher engagement in state-based curriculum-making: the Estonian case. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 48(6). https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2016.1186742
Mølstad, C. E., & Prøitz, T. S. (2018). Teacher-chameleons: the glue in the alignment of teacher practices and learning in policy. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 51(3), 403-419. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2018.1504120
Priestley, M., & Biesta, G. (2013). Reinventing the Curriculum: New Trends in Curriculum Policy and Practice. Bloomsbury Academic.
Priestley, M., Edwards, R., Priestley, A., & Miller, K. (2012). Teacher Agency in Curriculum Making: Agents of Change and Spaces for Maneouvre. Curriculum Inquiry, 42(2), 191-214. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-873X.2012.00588.x
Report to Parliament 28 (2015-2016). Fag - Fordypning - Forståelse: En fornyelse av Kunnskapsløftet [Subject - Deeper learning - Understanding: A renewal of the Knowledge Promotion Reform]. Ministry of Education. https://www.regjeringen.no/no/dokumenter/meld.-st.-28-20152016/id2483955/
Westbury, I. (2008). Making curricula: Why do states make curricula, and how? In (pp. 45-65). https://doi.org/10.4135/9781412976572.n3
Westbury, I., Aspfors, J., Fries, A.-V., Hansén, S.-E., Ohlhaver, F., Rosenmund, M., & Sivesind, K. (2016). Organizing curriculum change: an introduction. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 48(6), 729-743. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2016.1186736
Aasen, P., & Sandberg, N. (2010). Hvem vet best? Om styringen av grunnopplæringen under Kunnskapsløftet. Acda Didactica Norge, 4. https://doi.org/10.5617/adno.1058


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Coherence Between Written and Enacted Curricula in 50 Years of Upper Secondary Physics Education Renewals in The Netherlands

Maarten Pieters1, Nienke Nieveen2, Wilmad Kuiper3, Martin Goedhart4

1independent, Netherlands, The; 2Eindhoven University of Technology; 3Utrecht University; 4University of Groningen

Presenting Author: Pieters, Maarten

The realisation of large scale curriculum renewals' key ideas in teachers' practices has a name of being problematic (e.g., Cuban, 1988; Doyle & Ponder, 1997; Coburn, 2003; Van den Akker, 1998; Fullan, 2007). A common way for curriculum evaluators to investigate the occurrence of this implementation problem is to examine, for a given curriculum renewal project or reform, how closely teachers’ practices subsequent to the renewal activities correspond to the practices that the developers had in mind. This study focuses on the coherence between what curriculum innovations aim at, and what teachers want and do, respectively between written and enacted curricula (Stein et al., 2007; Thijs & Van den Akker, 2009), over a period of several decades of renewals. We use a perspective inspired by metaphors from evolution theory and ecology. We call key ideas in those curricula curriculum intentions, and view them as memes, the cultural equivalent of genes (Dawkins, 1976/2016), expressed over decades in different curricula, as in ecosystems. This perspective is also inspired by Fullan’s Interactive factors affecting implementation (Fullan, 2007, p.87) and a practicality ethic as described by Doyle and Ponder (1973).

The study also explores what factors may have facilitated or hindered such curriculum intentions to be expressed in today's enacted curricula. Categories used to analyse influences on teachers' practices were inspired by the teacher agency model of Priestley et al. (2013).

Central in this study is the case of upper secondary physics education in the Netherlands since 1970. Teachers in upper secondary education in the Netherlands have a great deal of freedom to shape their own curriculum, for example through the choice of textbooks and through the assessment of some of the national attainment targets in school-based exams. However, they are constrained by detailed national syllabi and exams, which cover 60% of the attainment targets.

Dutch physics education has been strongly influenced by science curriculum development projects in other countries, most prominently the American PSSC (Physical Science Study Committee) and Harvard Project Physics, the British Nuffield Science Teaching Project, and the German IPN’s Physik im Kontext. For these projects, as for Dutch projects, international literature on theories of knowledge and learning has also been influential.

The two research questions are the following:

  1. To what extent do enacted curricula in upper general secondary physics education in the Netherlands reflect the intentions of renewals expressed in written curricula initiated since the 1970s?
  2. What factors may have influenced the expression of the renewals’ intentions in teachers’ enacted curricula?

These questions reflect the aim of this study: to provide developers of large-scale curriculum renewals with insights that will help them organise the renewals so that their intentions are reflected in the enacted curricula. The study may also provide teachers with suggestions on how to influence large-scale innovations.

The curriculum intentions focused on had been identified in an analysis of six renewals since 1970. They are the following: Using contexts, Widening the scope of science education, Coordinating with other STEM subjects, Advancing concept development, and Advancing skills development.

The results of the analyses show that most of the renewals’ curriculum intentions have taken root in the teaching practices of most of the interviewed teachers. As prominent influencing factors appear: teacher education, continued professional development, previous classroom experiences, a diverse offer of resources, and, not surprisingly, the high-stake national exam system. Teachers' influence on renewals comes mainly from teachers participating as developers in renewal teams and from how developers process feedback from practising teachers.

The data show that the influences from unintended factors, including international projects and scientific literature, are not less significant than those from intended factors.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Some renewals studied for this case were projects, developing innovative practices and materials for teaching and assessment; others were formal reforms of the curriculum, laid down in legal standards.

To answer the research questions, four qualitative substudies were conducted. The first two, addressing the first question, included analyses of written curricula and of interviews with 13 current teachers. Written curricula of renewals since the 1970s were analysed to identify curriculum intentions. Results were discussed by leading persons of those renewals since the 1970s in a participants’ conference. The report of that conference was used to validate the choice of curriculum intentions. To investigate current teachers’ practices, 13 teachers were interviewed: differing in experience with contributions to physics education other than that of teacher, in age groups, and in years of teaching experience. The teachers, in semi-structured interviews of about an hour, described their main activities during a characteristic lesson and the motivations underpinning those activities. The curriculum intentions validated in the participants’ conference were then traced in the teachers' responses about their enacted curricula, with the help of ATLAS.ti, using indicators for the curriculum intentions as codes.

The third and fourth substudies went into the second question, about possible influences on the coherence between written and enacted curricula. Semi-structured interviews of about 45 minutes were conducted with the same 13 teachers, about direct influences they perceived, and with 17 participants and witnesses of the renewals, from the 1980s to the present, about influences they had perceived, exerted or observed. Also, curriculum documents and evaluations since 1970 were analysed. The data from the teacher interviews, indicating direct influences, were analysed, with coding categories from life history, professional history, values, beliefs, and structural and material incentives and constraints at various system levels. Within incentives and constraints, a distinction was made between the system of high-stakes national exams and syllabi, which are not adaptable for teachers, and adaptable elements such as school exams, projects, or professional development. For the analysis of the interviews with participants and witnesses of the renewals, and of documents from those years, the same categories as for the teacher interviews were applied for coding direct influences. Open coding was used to find categories of indirectly influencing factors: influences that do not affect teachers' practices in a way that teachers perceive directly.

Each type of analysis was checked by supervisors and by a second coder.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Regarding coherence between written and enacted curricula, it appeared from the interview data that most of the investigated renewals’ curriculum intentions were expressed in the curricula enacted by current teachers. Only 'Coordinating with other STEM subjects' appeared in a very limited way.

Regarding factors directly influencing the expression of the investigated intentions in enacted curricula: most interviewed teachers explained how their beliefs about effective teaching and values about the goal of physics education were predominantly influenced or reinforced by teacher education, continued professional development, or previous classroom experiences. Practices also appeared to be influenced by the variety of written and digital sources, and by national exams.

Among indirectly influencing factors, theories about knowledge and learning, international curriculum examples, and social needs (e.g., equity or more STEM-professionals) were found. Unintended influences appeared to come from written texts, project teacher practices, networks and personal contacts. Intended approaches appeared to have influenced all elements of the teacher environment. Also, for all teachers, their possibilities of enacting curriculum intentions appeared to be affected by the national examination system: they prioritized preparation for those exams. A combination of safety (provided by school leaders, examination system, and sufficient time) and the availability of material and immaterial resources, emerges as a strong facilitator for offering teachers room for innovation.

As indirect factor, also the influence of teachers on written curricula was found: from teachers participating as developers in renewal teams, and from the way developers processed feedback from practising teachers from earlier periods.

The history of the Dutch physics curriculum has parallels with that of other science curricula, in and outside the Netherlands, but also contrasts, which would make it worthwhile to compare this study’s results with studies into those other curricula. However, studies with a similar scope have not been found yet.

References
Coburn, C. E. (2003) Rethinking scale. Educational Researcher, 32 (6), 3–12.

Cuban, L. (1988). Constancy and change in schools (1880s to the present). In P. Jackson (Ed.), Contributing to educational change (pp. 85–105). McCutchan.

Dawkins, R. (1976/2016). The selfish gene. Oxford University Press.

Doyle, W., & Ponder, G. A. (1977). The practicality ethic in teacher decision-making. Interchange, 8(3), 1–12.

Fullan, M. (2007). The new meaning of educational change. Fourth edition. Teachers College Press.

Ogborn, Jon (2002). Ownership and transformation: teachers using curriculum innovations. Physics Education 37 (2), 143-146.

Otero, V. K. & Meltzer, D. E. (2017). A discipline-specific approach to the history of U.S. science education. Journal of College Science Teaching, 46(3), 34-39.

Priestley, M., Biesta G. & Robinson, S. (2013). Teachers as agents of change: Teacher agency and emerging models of curriculum. In Priestley, M., & Biesta, G. (eds.) Reinventing the curriculum. New trends in curriculum policy and practice. 187-206. Bloomsbury.

Roberts, D. A. (1982) Developing the concept of ‘curriculum emphases’ in science education. Science Education, 66(2), 243–260.

Snyder, J., Bolin, F., & Zumwalt, K. (1992). Curriculum implementation. In P. W. Jackson (Ed.), Handbook of research on curriculum (pp. 402–435). Macmillan.

Stein, M.K., Remillard, J., & Smith, M.S. (2007). How curriculum influences student learning. Second Handbook of Research on Mathematics Teaching and Learning, 1(1), 319–370.

Van den Akker, J. (1998). The science curriculum: Between ideals and outcomes. In B.J. Fraser, & K.G. Tobin (Eds.), International handbook of science education (pp. 421-447). Kluwer Academic Publishers.

Van Driel, J.H, Bulte, M.W., Verloop N. (2008). Using the curriculum emphasis concept to investigate teachers’ curricular beliefs in the context of educational reform. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 40(1), 107–122.

Westbroek, H., Janssen, F. & Doyle, W. (2017). Perfectly reasonable in a practical world: understanding chemistry teacher responses to a change proposal. Research in Science Education, 47 (6), 1403–1423.


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

A Case of System Level Approach to Curriculum-co-creation in India

Priyanka Sharma, Ashtamurthy Killimangalam, Garima Bansal

ACER, India

Presenting Author: Sharma, Priyanka; Killimangalam, Ashtamurthy

European Commission promotes equity, social cohesion, and active citizenship for improving the overall quality and efficiency of education systems (European Union). While appreciating this vision, education systems like Finland have used co-creation for developing its national education policy (Lähdemäki, 2019).

Curriculum co-creation is an innovative and inclusive process of curriculum design in which different stakeholders, such as students, staff members, school leaders, or parents become partners in the process of curriculum development. Bovil et al. (2020) defines it as a collaborative, reciprocal process of curriculum development in which all participants can contribute equally, although not necessarily in the same ways, to curricular or pedagogical conceptualization, decision making, implementation, investigation, or analysis. Key benefits of this process include enhanced engagement and motivation; bolstered meta-cognitive awareness, a strong sense of identity; influx of fresh perspectives, and development of higher order thinking skills which eventually leads to improvement of student learning (Cook-Sather et al. 2014). Based on social-constructivist view of knowledge construction, this process provides voice and agency to stakeholders thereby leveraging their expertise and experiences in the process of curriculum design (Lubicz‑Nawrocka & Owen, 2022).

Curriculum co-creation has often been used in the sector of higher education for development of few courses predominantly in developed countries like the USA, Canada, the UK, Australia, and Scandinavia (Cook-Sather et al. 2014; Mercer-Mapstone et al., 2017). Research indicates that co-creation is often undertaken within the partnership projects that select small groups of privileged students. In contrast, co-creation involving a whole set of school teachers, academic leaders, curriculum researchers, university professors has been largely overlooked.

To democratise the process of curriculum design, following the guidelines advocated by India’s National Education Policy (GOI, 2020), one of the Indian states for the very first time undertook a comprehensive program of curriculum co-creation at systems level. This seemed essential in the country since innovations introduced in a top-down manner were rejected by the teachers as they considered it to be an imposition on to them by educational researchers and policy makers who are unaware of the classroom realities where reform is to be executed (Berry,et al., 2020). In such cases, high-quality innovations were implemented in ad-hoc manner (Cuban, 1998).

This research presents the case of curriculum co-creation in school education sector while Delhi (National Capital Territory of India) is working towards establishing a new board of school education called as Delhi Board of School Education (DBSE) using the technical expertise of Australian Council for Educational Research. DBSE curriculum designers co-created K-8 curriculum with school teachers which entailed three phases: designed curriculum, process curriculum, and reflected curriculum. Phase 1 (designed curriculum) involved identification of curricular goals at each stage, identification of curriculum designers, and developing requisite learning materials. Phase 2 (process curriculum) was the democratic process of knowledge construction in which epistemic collaborations were developed among curriculum researchers, pedagogic experts, assessment expert, school teachers, and domain leads. This phase involved collective review of curriculum designed in phase 1. The co-created curriculum emerging from this phase was implemented by school teachers in their respective classrooms. In phase 3 (reflected curriculum) feedback was collected from school teachers, students, and academic leaders to ascertain the effectiveness of the curriculum in the field.

This study attempts to understand the perspectives of participants associated with the process of curriculum co-creation. Situated in qualitative research traditions, using semi-structured interviews and focussed group discussions, this paper highlights the perspectives faced by different segments of individuals, ways in which they overcame various challenges to embed partnership and achieve shared ownership of the emergent curriculum. Also, it illustrates the increased satisfaction and professional development resulting from working in partnership.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research is situated in qualitative research traditions (Yin, 1984). In order to develop a nuanced understanding of the stakeholder views, different representative groups were identified which included: school leaders, school teachers, domain-leaders, and education researchers. Using criterion sampling techniques, five school leaders, five education researchers, ten domain-leaders, and 30 school teachers who participated in curriculum co-creation activities for a period of one year were chosen as the primary participants for study.

Data collection tools included five focussed group discussions (FGD). One FGD took place with each group of participants, namely, school leaders, school teachers, domain leaders, and education researchers; and, the one FGD was organised with all the groups collectively. Semi-structured interview sessions were organised with representative participants from each group. In addition, one co-creation session in each of the subject domain was observed by the authors to develop an in-depth understanding of co-creation process. Reflection notes prepared by the teachers after co-creation sessions were used to corroborate views emerging from the above-mentioned data sources.

This study utilised ‘grounded theory’ methods (Corbin & Strauss, 2008) to reduce and centralise the qualitative data to obtain categories. To begin with, all the data was transcribed and read iteratively to locate concepts being represented by the data sources. Open coding procedures were utilised which involved continually asking data the following questions: Which category does this incident/ word/ phrase allude to? What are the similarities or differences between the two emerging concepts? and so on. Code notes and theoretical memos were prepared throughout the analytic procedure to keep a track of the evolving concepts emerging from the data sources.

This process was followed by axial coding where similar concepts were clubbed under one overarching concept, now called as a category which was elaborated in terms of possible conditions that give rise to it, the context in which it usually occurred, the interactional strategies among its’ various sub-concepts, and the consequences of these interactions. Processes of bundling, grouping similar units, deletion of synonymous units were utilised to arrive at final categories as delineated in the research findings.

To ensure the reliability of the coding procedure, independently generated codes were shared with a senior education researcher in the country. It revealed a high degree of agreement with the codes generated by the authors. The data piece was revisited collaboratively to discuss the disagreements and to develop consensus on the codes being used for the study.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Data findings reveal that stakeholders showed deep conviction towards the advantages of co-creation despite finding it to be a challenging and time-intensive process. Stakeholders perspectives are discussed under following sub-themes: Professional development network of teachers, Sense of ownership with the co-created curriculum, Blending educational innovation with classroom realities, Overcoming resistance, and Navigating institutional challenges.
All the stakeholders believed that this democratic practice provides an enriched professional development opportunity to teachers, they felt valued and developed a sense of identity and ownership with the newly developed curricular materials. School leaders reported that they found it easy to execute reform as teachers participating in co-creation advocated its benefits for school improvement. Researchers observed that co-creation workshops helped them in gaining field insights which enabled them to co-create curriculum in a teacher and student-friendly manner. Developing awareness about classroom realities supported them in making curriculum which is easy to implement in schools. Domain leaders reported that co-creation enabled domain leaders to design an innovative yet feasible curriculum for the system.
Despite all these advantages, it was apparent that it was difficult to overcome resistance and inertia of teachers and school leaders. They found it an addition to their already heavy workload and condemned it in the beginning. However, in due course of time when they became a part of co-creation professional learning network, they started owing the new curriculum. It was difficult for domain leaders as well as they tended to reject the classroom realities and were enthusiastic to put all the research-oriented innovations in the curriculum. In addition, navigating institutional challenges, norms, and practices was a challenge that needed continuous negotiation.

References
•Berry, J., Kannan, H., Mukherji, S., & Shotland, M. (2020). Failure of frequent assessment: An evaluation of India’s continuous and comprehensive evaluation program, Journal of Development Economics, 143, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jdeveco.2019.102406

•Bovill, C., Cook-Sather, A., Felten, P., Millard, L., & Moore-Cherry, N. (2015). Addressing potential challenges in co-creating learning and teaching: overcoming resistance, navigating institutional norms and ensuring inclusivity in student-staff partnerships, Higher Education, http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s10734-015-9896-4

•Bovill, C. (2020). Co-creation in learning and teaching: the case for a whole-class approach in higher education, Higher Education, 79:1023–1037, https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-019-00453-w


•Corbin, J., & Strauss, A.  (2008). Basics of Qualitative Research 3e: Techniques and Procedures for Developing Grounded Theory. Los Angeles, CA: Sage.

•Cuban, L. (1998). How schools change reforms: Redefining reform success and failure. Teachers College Record, 99(3), 453–477.

•European Union (n.d.),  Education, Training, and Youth, https://european-union.europa.eu/priorities-and-actions/actions-topic/education-training-and-youth_en#:~:text=The%20EU%20sets%20out%20the,social%20cohesion%20and%20active%20citizenship,  European Commission.

•Lubicz-Nawrocka, T. & Owen, J. (2022). Curriculum Co‑creation in a Postdigital World: Advancing Networked Learning and Engagement, Postdigital Science and Education, 4, 793–813. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42438-022-00304-5

•Lähdemäki, J. (2019). Case Study: The Finnish National Curriculum 2016—A Co-created National Education Policy. In: Cook, J.W. (eds) Sustainability, Human Well-Being, and the Future of Education. Palgrave Macmillan, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-78580-6_13

•Mercer-Mapstone, L., Dvorakova, S. L., Matthews, K. E., Abbot, S., Cheng, B., Felten, P., Knorr, C., Marquis, E., Shammas, R., & Swaim, K. (2017). A systematic literature review of students as partners in higher education. International Journal for Students as Partners, 1(1), 1–23 https://www.researchgate

•Government of India (2020). National Education Policy, India: Ministry of Human Resource Development.

•Yin, R. K. (1994). Case Study Research: Design and Methods. 2nd ed. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm03 SES 13 A: Curriculum Development: Country Cases
Location: James McCune Smith, 639 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Stavroula Philippou
Paper Session
 
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Teachers' Perceptions of Curriculum of Shanghai: A Cultural Study from Critical Perspective

Jifan Ren

University of Strathclyde, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Ren, Jifan

This study examines how Shanghai’s curriculum policy has been influencing teachers’ understanding and enactment of curriculum from a critical perspective. It reflects how the powerful group benefits from current curriculum by influencing the educational culture. It also seeks to identify the Western educational ideas which challenge Chinese education and have a substantial influence on Shanghai's curriculum development. The study was conducted from a critical perspective based on João M. Paraskeva’s Itinerant Curriculum Theory (ICT) and Stuart Hall’s Reception Theory when understanding culture.

ICT believes that education is never neutral but is instead shaped by forces. According to ICT, curriculum is not simply a set of instructional materials or lesson plans but is instead a complex social and cultural artifact that reflects and reinforces power dynamics in society. Apple (2000) and Giroux (1989) also viewed curriculum as developing and reviving forms of consciousness that allow for the maintenance of social power and social control without the need for dominant groups to use overt dominance methods. Therefore, educational research that is truly critical must consider how education interacts with economic, cultural, and political power (Apple, 2000). In this study, culture is the focus. Additionally, teachers, whether consciously or unconsciously, are aiding the dominant group in this domineering conduct (Giroux, 1989). This study tried to identify the level of dominance by analyzing teachers’ perceptions of curriculum.

Culture, according to Stenhouse (1971:55), is ‘‘a kind of mental common denominator, a shared store of complex understandings achieved between mind and mind. It comprises the ideas generally accepted within any group. Education is essentially a group process in schools or classes depending upon communication.’’ However, from a critical perspective, the question locates at ‘who shapes the culture or who’s in the leading position of shaping the culture?’ To answer this questions, Stuart Hall’s work must need to be mentioned. Culture, according to Hall (2007), is a site of interpretive conflict. It changes continuously throughout history as a result of the ongoing "play" of power. The prevailing cultural order is "produced" and "reproduced" by the powerful group for their own purposes. The dominating processing is aided by the media (Ibid, 2007) where curriculum policy is one of in dominating the educational culture. Hall’s (2007) Reception Theory claims that producers encode (create/insert) a range of signals into media texts, which consumers subsequently decode (understand). Simply enough, what we see is a "re-presentation" of what the producers want us to see. Audiences or readers interpret messages into one of three categories: Dominant Messages, Negotiated Messages, or Oppositional Messages, depending on whether they fully or partially agree with the producers. By identifying different categories of messages, this study shows how teachers have been struggling with the current educational culture.

Additionally, the risk of Eurocentric culture is another point raised by ICT. The dissemination of hegemonic forms of Western knowledge, according to Paraskeva (2016:241), "are precisely the institutionalisations of a linguistic or cultural epistemicide." Since 2004, Shanghai has been promoting the concept of "suyangjiaoyu" (TMES, 2004). This concept was heavily influenced by the OECD's and the USA's twenty-first-century competencies-skills frameworks. Shanghai’s curriculum has been enthusiastically embracing these Western epistemic presumptions as an "advanced and scientific" process that will enable Shanghai's curriculum to catch up with the West. But simultaneously, it turns China into "a silenced and different genealogy of thought" (Paraskeva, 2016:80). Shanghai’s curriculum must be decolonized in order to promote "cognitive justice" and "ecologies of knowledges" (Santos, 2016). In this study, teachers' responses reflected which parts of Shanghai’s curriculum have been deeply influenced by the West and which aspects, as they believe, should adhere to traditional Chinese educational ideas.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study was conducted in a qualitative approach. To gather information, an online interview was used. Every teacher was given a personal invitation to Zoom so they could each discuss how they understood Shanghai’s curriculum and how it was implemented in schools and classes. The recruitment of teachers was done by using snowball sampling approach. Teachers were required for currently working in public primary schools of Shanghai. There were only full-time teachers chosen. Part-time teachers in Shanghai are not subject to any applicable teaching standards, which could cause the data to be skewed because part-timers in Shanghai may not be conversant with curriculum guidelines. While only audio recordings were downloaded and transcribed for analysis, the whole interview process was recorded. Reflexive Thematic Analysis (RTA), developed by Braun and Clarke (2013), was chosen for data analysis. The researcher worked on the participant's transcripts by familiarizing them, coding them, looking for themes, going through themes, and defining and renaming themes. Based on ICT and Reception Theory’s framework, participants' responses were divided into Dominant Messages, Negotiated Messages, and Oppositional Messages. Subthemes like the explanations and recommendations were also grouped under the "Messages" themes. These revealed the degree to which the powerful group had been influencing the curriculum and the educational culture. On the other hand, based on ICT, topics connected to Shanghai's curriculum being impacted by the West were also significant component. The researcher demonstrated various ways that Shanghai's curriculum had been "colonized" by Western educational ideas by analyzing and improving instructors' responses.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Findings show that although teachers expect Shanghai’s curriculum to be shifted from exam-oriented to ‘‘suyangjiaoyu’’, the educational culture is still dominated by positivism’s ideas. It links closely to the transmission of knowledge and skills that are valued by society in benefiting economy. The main role of the teacher is still to impart this knowledge and skills to the student through structured and standardized methods of instruction. Moreover, there’s a trend that parents and communities are getting more involved in supporting student’s academic progress, which as the researcher believes has strengthened positivism’s influence in Shanghai’s educational culture. This has even further benefited the powerful group in maintaining their power and social position. On the other hand, teachers understanding of ‘‘suyangjiaoyu’’ is replete with modern and Western educational ideas where it has been treated the same as skills/competency-based curriculum. However, the recommended Western teaching and learning strategies in classes such as play-based learning and interdisciplinary learning did not work successfully in Shanghai’s classes. This suggests further research in re-considering the meaning of ‘‘suyangjiaoyu’’ and looking for other teaching and learning strategies extracting from Chinese traditional schools in order to fit Shanghai’s situation.
References
Apple, M. (2000). Ideology and curriculum 4th Edition. Routledge.

Braun, V., and V. Clarke. (2013). Successful Qualitative Research: A Practical Guide for Beginners. London: Sage.

Giroux, H. (1989). Ideology, Culture and the Process of Schooling. Temple University Press.

Hall, S. (2007). Encoding and decoding in the television discourse. CCCS selected working papers. 402-414. Routledge.

Paraskeva, J. M. (2016). Curriculum epistemicide: Towards an Itinerant Curriculum Theory.
Routledge.

Santos, B. S. (2016). Epistemologies of the south: Justice against epistemicide. Routledge.

Stenhouse, L. (1971). Culture and Education. Redwood Press Limited, Trowbridge & London.

TMES (The Ministry of Education of Shanghai) (2004). Curriculum Standards for Ordinary Primary and Secondary Schools of Shanghai.


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Revising the Curriculum – the Swedish Case of Upper Secondary Psychology in 2023

Ebba Christina Blåvarg

Stockholm University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Blåvarg, Ebba Christina

The study focuses on the present reform of Swedish Upper Secondary School curricula and in particular the revision of the subject Psychology. Since 2021, the Swedish National Board of Education is in the process of implementing a grading reform where the course grades that were previously valid are to be replaced by subject grades (Skolverket, 2023). Consequently, the various school subject syllabi must be revised so that each level in a subject build on the previous ones. Today's Swedish curriculum system is made up of various separate courses, which may differ from each other in content, although within the same subject area, and each of which is graded separately throughout the upper secondary education. An underlying reason for the subject grading reform is, among other things, to dispose of the fragmentation of subjects that arose with the course grading system and to open up for more acceptable planning conditions for teachers and students. In order to be able to implement the new grading reform, all Swedish syllabi for upper secondary school must be reworked. For some school subjects such as for instance civics or language, the subject content and structure will be largely the same as before. For other subjects, including Psychology, a major revision is required where the subject content is revised in its entirety. This work is currently underway and is expected to be completed in 2024. I will describe and discuss and problematize aspects of tradition, focusing chiefly on the work with the school subject psychology.

The research questions concern how a subject change in terms of purpose with the subject and how this can come to light in a curricular revision. In this study special attention is paid to the new formation of the subject Psychology, in relation to existing traditions within the subject Psychology and consider it as a subject for Bildung, as a subject for proficiency, and as a subject based on experience. This approach to study subject reforms has been previously applied on other subjects such as Swedish (Hultin, 2008). The public drafts of the syllabi for Psychology, from January 2023, will be analyzed in relation to the historic formation of the subject (Blåvarg 2018; Blåvarg, manuscript). Also, the outcome of the current referral procedure, where authorities, organizations and other stakeholders can comment on the proposals, and consequential changes that the referrals give rise to, will be considered in relation to the existing traditions.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The material for this study of the Swedish case of curriculum revision consists of governing document such as national curricula: the Upper Secondary School Curriculum of 1965 (Skolöverstyrelsen, 1965), the Upper Secondary School of 1970 (Skolöverstyrelsen, 1970), Curriculum for Upper Secondary School. 2, Supplement. Psychology (Skolöverstyrelsen 1979), The 1994 Curriculum for the Non-Compulsory School System (Skolverket, 1994), Upper Secondary School 2000 (Skolverket 2000), Upper Secondary School 2011 (Skolverket 2011) and Upper Secondary School 2022 (SKOLFS 2022:13) other policy documents, collected referral responses from authorities, organizations, and the public and other process documents from the work with the curriculum and the subject plans. As being part of the workgroup writing the new syllabi comprehensive records of the formulation process will be added.
The overall focus in this study of the upper secondary school subject psychology in Sweden as a case study (e.g., Crowe et al., 2011; Öhman & Öhman, 2012; Samuelsson & Michaëlsson, 2022) and the manifestation of traditions of Bildung, proficiency and experience (e.g., Hultin, 2008), mediated in the documents accompanying the revision of the subject.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Expected findings are expressions of the various traditions in the subject psychology within the current syllabi and that responses from the referral will correspond to these traditions depending on previous experience of the subject. Also, parallels to and reflections of the subject’s historical curricular formation is expected to be evident. Overall, even though the aim of the psychology subject on upper secondary level has in some views remained the same it has also fundamentally changed in its relation to contemporary society and the educational ambition with the subject psychology today can be seen as distinctly different from what it was in the previous curricula, but that the traditions within the subject are still evident and developing with the subject.

References
Blåvarg, Ebba Christina (2018). Psychology in the Swedish curriculum - Theory, introspection or preparation for the adult, occupational life. In: G. J Rich, A. Padilla-López, L. K. de Souza, L. Zinkiewicz, J. Taylor & J. L. S. Binti Jaafar. Teaching Psychology Around the World, Vol 4. Cambridge Scholars Publishing
Blåvarg, Ebba Christina (manuscript). Psykologi på schemat – formeringen av ett skolämnet, 1960–2015. [Psychology on the agenda – the formation of a school subject, 1960–2015.] Stockholm University.
Crowe S, Cresswell K, Robertson A, Huby G, Avery A, Sheikh A (2011). The case study approach. BMC Med Res Methodol, 11(100). doi: 10.1186/1471-2288-11-100. PMID: 21707982; PMCID: PMC3141799
Hultin, Eva (2008). Gymnasiereformen och svenskämnets traditioner. [The high school reform and the traditions of the Swedish subject.] Utbildning & Demokrati, 17(1), 99-108.
Öhman, Marie & Öhman, Johan. (2012). Harmoni eller konflikt? – en fallstudie av meningsinnehållet i utbildning för hållbar utveckling. “Harmony or conflict? – A case study of the conceptual meaning of education for sustainable development.” Nordina: Nordic Studies in Science Education, 8(1). https://doi-org.ezp.sub.su.se/10.5617/nordina.359
Samuelsson, Johan & Michaëlsson, Madelenie (2022). Funding of Progressive Education, 1891–1954: A Swedish Case. Nordic Journal of Educational History, 8(2). https://doi-org.ezp.sub.su.se/10.36368/njedh.v8i2.294
SKOLFS 2022:13. Läroplan för gymnasieskolan. [Curriculum for Upper Secondary School.] Skolverket.
Skolöverstyrelsen (1965). Lgy 65. Läroplan för gymnasiet. [Curriculum for Upper Secondary School.] Stockholm: SÖ-förlaget URI: http://hdl.handle.net/2077/50913
Skolöverstyrelsen (1970). Lgy 70. Läroplan för gymnasieskolan. Allmän del. [Curriculum for Upper Secondary School. 1, General part.] Stockholm: utbildningsförlaget. URI: http://hdl.handle.net/2077/30914
Skolöverstyrelsen (1979). Läroplan för gymnasieskolan. 2, Supplement, 48, Psykologi [Curriculum for Upper Secondary School. 2, Supplement. Psychology.] URI: http://hdl.handle.net/2077/31351
Skolverket (1994a). The 1994 curriculum for the non-compulsory school system (Lpf 94). URI: http://hdl.handle.net/2077/30806
Skolverket (1994b). Läroplaner för det obligatoriska skolväsendet och de frivilliga skolformerna: Lpo 94: Lpf 94 [Curricula for Compulsory and Non-compulsory Schools: Lpo 94: Lpf 94.] URI: http://hdl.handle.net/2077/31298
Skolverket (2011a). Gymnasieskola 2011. [Upper Secondary School 2011.]
Skolverket (2011b). Ämne – psykologi. [Subject – Psychology.]
Skolverket (2012). Upper Secondary School 2011.
Skolverket, 2023. Ämnesbetygsreformen. [The subject grading reform.] Hämtad 2023-01-31. https://www.skolverket.se/undervisning/gymnasieskolan/aktuella-forandringar-pa-gymnasial-niva/amnesbetygsreformen


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Notions of Curriculum in Primary Teachers’ Life Histories in Cyprus (mid-1950s to mid-2010s): Tracing Change as a Constant of Governance

Stavroula Philippou, Stavroula Kontovourki

University of Cyprus, Cyprus

Presenting Author: Philippou, Stavroula

In this paper we trace notions of ‘curriculum’ as emerging in sociopolitical and historicized contexts, where both constancy and change are possible, through the life histories of Greek-Cypriot primary teachers across six cohorts that correspond to different periods (late 1950s-2010s). By tracing such narrated notions, we highlight how they are connected to an institutional context marked by both change and constants. Inquiring into the various definitions of ‘curriculum’ in the literature, we note that it was used in education (along with class) to organize the whole multi-year course (in all years and subjects) by the principles of disciplina (a sense of structural coherence) and ordo (a sense of structural sequencing) in some of the first European universities (Hamilton, 1989/2009). This rationality of organizing and planning schooling through curricula or different types, tracks and grades also informed the spread of mandatory public schooling through which curricula were mobilized as a mechanism of modernist governance of populations by nation-states (Ball, 2013). In such contexts of administration and governance ‘curriculum’ has largely been conceptualized as institutionalized text, embedded in various practices, but materially manifested in the form of official curricular documents, (subject-area) syllabi, guides or frameworks, plans (of content or subject-matter), course outlines, programmes of instruction, timetables for any or all subjects. These constitute what Doyle names ‘programmatic curriculum’, locating it between its ‘societal’, and ‘classroom/instructional’ representations of curriculum (1992a; 1992b) or between Deng, Gopinathan and Lee’s (2013) ‘policy’ and ‘classroom curriculum making’ because it ‘translates the ideals and expectations embodied in the policy curriculum into programmes, school subjects, and curricular frameworks’ (p. 7). How the programmatic curriculum is specifically materialized, its ‘technical form’ Luke, Woods & Weir (2012) argue, is replete with power issues: inspired by Foucault’s (1972) ‘grids of specification’, ‘that is an institutional structure for mapping human knowledge and human subjects’ (Luke et al., 2012, p.3), the technical form has implications for the selection, classification and hierarchization of important and valued school knowledge; grids do this as they ‘divide, contrast, regroup and derive what will constitute, now, from the unlimited possibilities available’ the curriculum. The technical form also has significant ramifications for teacher professionalism because ‘high definition, or extremely elaborated, detailed and enforced technical specifications and low definition, that is, less elaborated, detailed and constrained curriculum act as degrees of central prescription’ (p. 7, authors’ emphasis) and constrain or enable it; respectively they encourage or discourage ‘teacher and student autonomous action, critical analyses of local contexts, teachers’ bending and shaping of curriculum to respond to particular students’ needs and to particular school and community contingencies’ (p. 7). Such problematizations of ‘high definition’ forms could be inspired by a distinction between the institutional and the instructional context, the latter situated, diverse, contingent and unpredictable, materialized as ‘classroom’ or ‘enacted’ curriculum which ‘entails transforming the programmatic curriculum (embodied in curriculum materials) into “educative” experiences for students’ (Deng, Gopinathan and Lee, 2013, p. 7). Pragmatist, historical, (auto)biographical and poststructural approaches (e.g. Doyle, 1992a; Pinar & Grumet, 1976/2015; Clandinin & Connelly, 1992), for instance, have been problematizing bureaucratic and managerial discourse through which curriculum is constituted as a regulative apparatus to achieve consistency, conformity and control of how teachers and students should be acting and performing in schools; instead, the ‘complexity of curriculum making at the societal, institutional and classroom levels’ (Deng, 2021, p. 1670) requires our empirical attention; we argue that in this study we highlight the complexities of translating the programmatic into the instructional curriculum by tracing how teachers narrate its enactment over the last 60 years, in an institutional context where central prescription has been constant, yet changing.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper combines data from two studies that draw on biographical research and life history interviewing to develop a history ‘from below’ of teacher professionalism and of the teaching profession over six decades in the Republic of Cyprus (mid-1950s to mid-2010s). Central in these inquiries are the life histories of 58 Greek-Cypriot elementary teachers who studied in local public institutions and fall into six cohorts roughly corresponding to each of the six decades of interest. Participating teachers have varied characteristics in terms of their gendered identities, academic credentials, place of residence, and types of schools where they served, while each cohort shares experiences in terms of their higher education and credentials (from teacher college and pedagogical academy diplomas in the former cohorts to university degrees and postgraduate education in the latter ones) and the profession’s attractiveness and social status.  Following a biographic research approach, we collected data through multiple, semi-structured life history interviews with each of the participants, following a three-step process which, as described by Goodson (2008), involves the conducting, transcription and sharing of in-depth interviews whereby participants are provided opportunities to narrate, amend, and expand their life histories.  Interviews were complemented with the collection of personal artifacts and official documents circulated around significant time periods, as those emerged in the participants’ hi/stories. Individual teachers’ life histories were thematically analyzed, followed by the cross-analysis of life hi/stories within and across cohorts. For the purposes of this paper, thematic and cross-analysis of teachers’ life hi/stories was based on axial coding of emic codes that adhered to teachers’ perceptions of curriculum at different points of their professional careers and, especially, at times of curriculum change and educational reform. Given that interviews were conducted in Greek, a language in which the term mainly used has been ‘Αναλυτικό Πρόγραμμα’ (in the singular or plural) (Analytical programme) or ‘Πρόγραμμα Σπουδών’ (Programme of Study) when denoting official texts (Author A, 2014), we accounted for teachers’ verbatim use of these terms, but also traced more subtle or broad meanings of the (school) curriculum as they referred to planning, textbooks, teaching materials, tools, guides, guidelines as well as purposes-objectives, activities, methods/pedagogy and assessment.  Doing so, we were interested in identifying different notions of curriculum, but to primarily trace the ways in which it was materialized and served as a key governance mechanism that persisted, despite changes in its instantiations over time.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In teachers' narrations, the programmatic curriculum appeared in different forms, yet all cohorts connected it with subject-area textbooks. This constant relates to curriculum enactment as teachers’ primary field of action, yet points to materializations of the programmatic in a centralized educational system relying on the monopoly of single, state-designed and distributed textbooks. In this form, curriculum thus orders knowledge by marking distinctions between subject areas and delineating distinct pedagogical/teaching practices. The introduction of new curriculum texts in 2010 marked a significant shift away from textbooks, especially for cohorts serving as classroom teachers at that time. ‘Curriculum’ appeared widely to refer to official institutional text in teachers’ narrated attempts to mediate it in classroom contexts.  This later involved a change in technical form, as those official texts were restructured into ‘success and efficiency indicators’ in 2016, to map subject-specific skills, knowledge, and competences onto detailed grids and match those to appropriate teaching methods. Curriculum, as compilation of ‘indicators’ and pedagogy, overtly classified and organized school knowledge, despite teachers’ reports of official guidelines intending to make space for localized enactments. Yet, official practices (e.g., detailing methodology, adjusting or designing materials to match indicators) and teachers’ demands for guidance perplexed this possibility. Moreover, reports that teachers performatively utilized ‘indicators’ only upon planning (rather vice versa) or considered them as their familiar ‘goals and objectives,’ suggested challenging their newness or usefulness. Curriculum and related terminology were strikingly scarce in the narrations of youngest cohort of teachers mostly employed in part-time, non-permanent positions and only possible to utilize “indicators” in exceptions (substituting classroom teachers or preparing for teacher appointment state exams). Exploring such overt and nuanced notions of the curriculum, we thus discuss how the programmatic, in its varied forms and shapes, has constantly sorted not only school knowledge but also teachers as professionals.
References
Author A, 2014

Ball, S. J. (2013). Foucault, power and education. New York and London: Routledge.

Clandinin, D. J., & Connelly, F. M. (1992). Teacher as curriculum maker. In P. Jackson (Ed.), Handbook of curriculum (pp. 363–461). New York, NY: Macmillan.

Deng, Z. (2021). Powerful knowledge, transformations and Didaktik/curriculum thinking. British Educational Research Journal, 47(6), 1652–1674.

Deng, Z., Gopinathan, S., & Lee, C. K. E. (Eds.) (2013). Globalization and the Singapore curriculum: From policy to classroom. Singapore: Springer

Doyle, W. (1992a). Curriculum and pedagogy. In P. W. Jackson (Ed.), Handbook of research on curriculum (pp. 486–516). New York: Macmillan.

Doyle, W. (1992b). Constructing curriculum in the classroom. In F. K. Oser, A. Dick,
& J. Patry (Eds.), Effective and responsible teaching: The new syntheses (pp. 66–79). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Foucault, M. (1972). The archaeology of knowledge (A. M. Sheridan Smith, Trans.). London: Tavistock Publications Limited.

Goodson, I. (2008). Investigating the teacher’s life and work. Rotterdam: Sense Publishers.

Hamilton, D. (1989/2013). Towards a theory of schooling. London: Routledge.
Luke, Α., Woods, Α., & Weir, Κ. (Eds.) (2012). Curriculum, syllabus design and equity: A primer and model.  New York, NY: Routledge.

Pinar, W. F./Grumet, M. R. (1976/2015). Toward a Poor Curriculum (3rd ed.). Kingston, NY: Educator’s International Press.
 
Date: Friday, 25/Aug/2023
9:00am - 10:30am03 SES 14 A: Disciplinary Curriculum Renewal
Location: James McCune Smith, 639 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Majella Dempsey
Paper Session
 
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Expanding Disciplinary and Interdisciplinary Core Idea Maps by Students to Promote Meaningful Learning

Helen Semilarski, Regina Soobard, Jack Holbrook, Miia Rannikmäe

University of Tartu, Estonia

Presenting Author: Semilarski, Helen

In today’s world, scientifically literate people are needed to solve problems and make responsible decisions in science, medicine, and other areas important for society (OECD, 2019). This suggests that learning in science subjects needs to equip students not only with the necessary knowledge, but to promote the application of knowledge, plus the gaining of 21st-century skills and associated values (Cipková et al., 2020). A worldwide concern in science education is perceiving learning as a series of disconnected knowledge acquisitions, which impacts students’ interest in science (Author 1 et al., 2019). In such a learning environment, students have difficulty in perceiving how to apply knowledge, to solve real-life global challenges, as well as lack the ability to make links between knowledge from multiple subjects (Cipková et al., 2020). For learning to be meaningful, Ausubel et al. (1968) indicate information needs to be completely conceptualized and used to make connections with other previously known knowledge, thus aiding further learning. As indicated in previous research, applying meaningful learning methods (e.g. mind mapping tasks), has a positive influence on students’ self-efficacy (Baltaoğlu & Güven, 2019). DCIs and ICIs form a unified scientific framework for various topics of the curriculum, as set out in the curriculum and are forming a necessary core for conceptualizing science (NRC, 2012; Author 1 et al., 2019). These are important in everyday life and in the future, currently agreed upon by science and society (Author 1 et al., 2019). DCIs and ICIs can support a perception of interdisciplinarity between science subjects and in so doing, support the development of conceptualizations, which, in turn, makes the learning process more meaningful (NRC, 2012). The goal of this research is to identify students’ ability to use DCIs and ICIs to form maps to support meaningful learning across science subjects. The following research questions are put forward:

RQ1 How effective are students in expanding DCI and ICI maps as a tool for promoting self-efficacy in science?

RQ2 What differences occur in students’ self-efficacy between an experimental group that expand DCI and ICI maps and a control group not utilizing such maps?

RQ3 What are students’ and teachers’ perceptions of the developed teaching/learning method, within the experimental group, for supporting students’ self-efficacy?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The student sample consisted of an experimental group (209 students, and 12 teachers, undertaking the intervention from five schools) and a control group (no intervention). The intervention was carried out in the five experimental schools for 18 months from January 2019 to June 2020 involving students from grade 10 and 11. The control groups consisted of 162 students also from five schools and were chosen according to similar characteristics (school location and number of students, teachers, etc.) as the experimental groups. Before the intervention, one teacher from each school (a total of 5) participated in a four-day (24 hours) professional development workshop. All teachers who participated in the workshop also collaborated with other science teachers for promoting science teachers’ collaboration and to bring about interdisciplinary interconnections. The selection of 10 core ideas chosen for this intervention, were published in previous research conducted by this research author and her colleagues (2021). During the intervention, the corresponding core idea maps were created by students. A pre-and post-questionnaire (Author 1 et al., 2019) was used for determining students’ self-efficacy, related to core ideas. All questions were answered using a 4-point scale ranging from 1- “I do not agree at all” to 4- “I definitely agree”. While the pre-questionnaire was administered by paper and pencil, the post-questionnaire was by using a Google Form template. This made it possible to collect data during the COVID-19 epidemic.
Interviews were conducted with the experimental group students and teachers to determine their perceptions of the developed method. The interview questions were developed and validated by the researchers. Students participating in the study provided consent as required from all of the participated schools and their school heads. To analyze quantitative data gained from the questionnaire, descriptive statistics and reliability were used and conducted using SPSS version 24. The statistical program Mplus (Version7) was used for the confirmatory factor analysis (CFA). The qualitative data from interviews were analyzed descriptively following the approach proposed by Patton (1990). For in-depth analysis, the collected students’ and teachers’ answers were encoded using inductive thematic analysis as a standard content analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This research sought to provide empirical evidence how the implementation of expanding disciplinary and interdisciplinary core idea maps as a method might enhance students’ perceived self-efficacy. In general, the method in which students expanded DCI and ICI maps was seen as effective and supported students’ perceived self-efficacy in Life Science, Earth Science, and with Models and Systems. Reasoning for this was that in these areas it seemed easier for students to recall what they had learned previously. But, although positive tendencies were found within Chemistry and Physics, the change in students’ perceived self-efficacy was not statistically significant.

The comparison between the experimental and control group confirmed that the intervention had a positive change on students’ perceived self-efficacy towards disciplinary and interdisciplinary core ideas.

The outcomes from the conducted interviews revealed that, in general, students’ and teachers’ perceptions of the developed method for supporting students’ perceived self-efficacy was positive. They felt that the DCI and ICI maps helped to support students’ meaningful learning. Both teachers and students stated in their interviews that knowledge construction tasks (knowledge visualization through mind mapping and concept mapping, handling scenarios, making interdisciplinary interconnections) helped students to better link prior knowledge to new knowledge.

References
Ausubel, D., P. (1968). Educational psychology: A cognitive view. New York: Holt Rinehart: NewYork.
Baltaoğlu, M., G., & Güven, M. (2019). Relationship between self-efficacy, learning strategies and learning styles of teacher candidates (Anadolu University example). South African Journal of Education, 39(2), 1–11.
Cipková, E., Karolcík, S., Scholzová, L. (2020). Are Secondary School Graduates Prepared for the Studies of Natural Sciences? Evaluation and Analysis of the Result of Scientific Literacy Levels Achieved by Secondary School Graduates. Research in Science & Technological Education, 38(2), 146–167.
NRC (2012). Framework for K-12 Science Education: Practices, Crosscutting Concepts, and Core Ideas. The National Academies Press, Washington, DC. www.nap.edu
OECD (2019). PISA 2018 Results (Volume I): What Students Know and Can Do, PISA, OECD Publishing, Paris https://doi.org/10.1787/5f07c754-en
Author 1, Author 2 & Author 3 (2021; 2019).


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Diversity Creates Movement and Movement Creates Change: Time for a New Grading System in Physical Education?

Madeleine Wiker

Karlstads university, Sweden

Presenting Author: Wiker, Madeleine

In both Swedish and international research there is a significant gap of knowledge about pupils' experiences of Physical Education [PE]. According to the Swedish National Agency for Education, the grading system implemented in Sweden in 2011 was intended to be more equitable. But rarely has a grading system been more criticised by pupils. Grades don´t work the same for all pupils, younger pupils are more affected by grades than older and high-performing pupils (Vetenskapsrådet, 2015). Pupils have emphasised that they experience problems with assessment and grading, as well as lack of clarity about the PE teacher role (Redelius & Hay, 2012). It´s also important that students know when the assessment happens and what´s being assessed (Redelius & Hay, 2009).

PE teaching should create better conditions for all pupils to participate in activities according to their own abilities. Different conditions and challenges apply to a diversity of pupils, depending on their ethnicity, gender, culture, socio-economic background, to participate in physical activities in PE on equal terms. It´s necessary to recognise all forms of diversity in teaching and different learning contexts but this needs to agree with changes in curricula, pedagogical strategies and the teaching style of the PE teacher. Diversity generates heterogeneous systems, and thus can have a positive impact on teaching with greater inclusiveness in assessing pupil performance and creating fair and equal opportunities for each individual pupil. A school for all is a school where all pupils, regardless of their differences, are equally valued and teaching is adapted to each pupil's different abilities (Skolverket, 2017). Simultaneously, teachers should promote variety and diversity as something positive, which creates an understanding that everyone has the right to develop their abilities at their own pace, integrated with others (Hammar & Johansson, 2013).

In PE, there are several aspects of diversity that need to be reviewed. This study is based on a Swedish context, but is also applicable to provide knowledge and understanding for other European countries. The study also presents the pupils' own suggestions for improving PE, which is an important societal investment. The purpose of this study is to contribute to increased knowledge and a deeper understanding of PE, based on the pupils' perspectives on assessment and the grading system in PE.

The study takes a socio-cultural approach and a dialogical perspective on the theory of Social Representation [SR] (Markova, 2003). SR is characterised by sentences, values, similarities, ideas and practices shared by groups of people in societies and is used as a tool to describe and analyse the creation of common social representations. SR is used to analyse pupils’ common knowledge about PE; how they understand each other and the topic, and how they are socialised into, and develop social representations of, grading system.

From a socio-cultural perspective, individual learning is tied to social interaction (Säljö, 2014). We influence the group and the group affects us. The context is constantly changing both unconsciously and consciously (Linell, 2009). In PE, it´s relevant for pupils and teachers to interact in teaching and to link activities to real and meaningful contexts. These contexts are important for pupils’ motivation and meaningful teaching. Different representations are shared within the group of pupils and determine how the group members perceive, act and think together. SR provided a useful way of finding out what PE was in the social context (Moscovici, 2001,2008). The study focuses on what pupils talk about in connection to PE, and is based on a dynamic constructivist approach – and thus how the pupils construct content in PE.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The empirical material consists of interview data from eleven focus group interviews with 62 pupils in grade 9, from eight different lower secondary schools. The focus groups were gender heterogeneous, each group contained five or six pupils. A total of 26 boys and 36 girls. The schools and pupils were selected to provide some variation in terms of school sizes and being located in different socioeconomic areas in parts of central of Sweden. The selection was also based on a convenience sample (Morgan, 1997, 1998). Each focus group interview was held for about 60 minutes, and the moderator, along with an observer, took notes. Data saturation was reached when ten focus group interviews had been conducted, and additional data collection did not provide additional knowledge (Bryman, 2016). However, an eleventh interview was completed, which strengthened the perception of saturation. Using focus group interviews is a method that enables exchange of and changes in knowledge about what feels and seems unclear (Kvale & Brinkmann, 2014), and to achieve diversity around the field of PE. In this way, this study represents a whole of assumptions, concepts and meanings based on pupils' conversations about PE. The method is also suitable for discussions aiming to interpret and understand statements and also identify not only what the group is talking about, but also the experience they shared together and how they can gain common understanding about it (Wilkinson, 1998).

A qualitative content analysis was used as the analytical method (Graneheim & Lundman, 2004) together with SR as the theoretical perspective. There has also been inspiration from one of Hsieh and Shannon's (2005) three main approaches to qualitative content analysis - conventional content analysis. In short, this approach means that it´s 'the text that speaks' rather than using pre-determined (theory-driven) categories. In addition, Kvale and Brinkman's (2014) interview analysis with a focus on meaning was also used, where the concepts of meaning units, meaning concentration and meaning interpretation was used in the analysis process. Content analysis has been a helpful analytical tool in the interpretation and analysis of the pupils' conversations.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Pupils find the grading system in PE to be incomplete and unfair in terms of assessment, and it is the grade that pupils are most dissatisfied with of all subjects. The result showed that pupils want to practice more before assessment, instead of being assessed "live". They also find the demands too high and struggle to understand the learning process, which leads to pupils not participating in lessons. Furthermore, the pupils state that there is a demand for special talent in PE (cf. Zhu, 2015); they are expected to be able to do everything before they start their PE education. Prior knowledge is therefore a requirement for obtaining a high grade in PE, which according to the pupils differs from other subjects. They also would like to see a multi-grade system in PE.

Pupils also feel that teachers should clarify how they are assessed. A key aspect in this case was the grading criteria. Pupils find it, in their own terms, “sick” and unfair that a poorer performance in one criterion may influence the whole grade. The pupils objectify assessment, and in the conversation an unfair grading system is created. The problems and complexity that PE teachers have to face in assessing and grading pupils are still current (López-Pastor, et al., 2013; Svennberg, 2017).

The study shows a need to explore pupils' suggestions for change and improvement, including a new grading system. Recently, a new curriculum has come into force (Lgr22). However, we don´t yet know if the curriculum revisions are sufficient. More research is needed to shed light on the problem and to create a diversity perspective in assessment and grading in relation to PE teaching.

References
Bryman, A. (2016). Social research methods. Oxford University press.
Chng, L.S., & Lund, J. (2018). Assessment for Learning in Physical Education: The What, Why and How. JOPERD, 89(8), 29-34.
Graneheim, U.H., & Lundman, B. (2004). Qualitative content analysis in nursing research: concepts, procedures and measures to achieve trustworthiness. Nurse Education Today, 24, 105–112.
Hammar, L., & Johansson, I. (2013). Visst kan ALLA vara med: i idrott, lek och spel. Varsam.
Hsieh, H-F., & Shannon, S.E. (2005). Three approaches to qualitative content analysis. QHR, 15(09), 1277–1288.
Kvale, S., & Brinkmann, S. (2014). Den kvalitativa forskningsintervjun. Studentlitteratur.
Linell, P. (2009). Rethinking language, Mind and World Dialogically: Interactional and contextual theories of human sensemaking. NC Age Publisher.
López-Pastor, V.M., Kirk, D., Lorente-Catalán, E., MacPhail, A., & Macdonald, D. (2013). Alternative assessment in physical education: a review of international literature. Sport, Education and Society, 18(1), 57-76.
Macdonald, D. (2013). Alternative assessment in physical education: a review of international literature. Sport, Education and Society, 18(1), 57-76.
Marková, I. (2003). Dialogicality and Social Representation. The Dynamics of Mind. Cambridge University Press.
Morgan, D.L. (1997/1998). The focus group guidebook. Sage.
Moscovici, S. (2001). Social representations: explorations in social psychology. New York University Press.
Moscovici, S. (1961/2008). Psychoanalysis. Its Image and Its Public [Doktorsavhandling]. Polity Press.
Moura, A., Graça, A., MacPhail, A., & Batista, P. (2021). Aligning, the principles of assessment for learning to learning in physical education: A review of literature. PESP, 26(4), 388–401.
Pavlova, I., Petrytsa, P., Andres, A., Khurtenko, O., Osip, N., Yednak, V., Naumchuk, V., & Mashtaler, I. (2020). Assessment of Student’s Competence in Physical Education: Approaches and Methodology. RREM, 12(4), 338-356.
Redelius, K., & Hay, P. (2009). Defining, acquiring and transacting cultural capital through assessment in physical education. European Physical Education Review, 15(3), 275-294.
Redelius, K., & Hay, P. (2012). Student views on criterion-referenced assessment and grading in Swedish physical education. PESP, 17(2), 211–225.
Seger, I. (2014). Betygssättningsprocess i ämnet idrott och hälsa. En studie om betygssättningsdilemman på högstadiet. Örebro universitet.
Skolverket. (2017). Läroplan för grundskolan, förskoleklassen och fritidshemmet 2011, Reviderad 2017. Fritzes.
Svennberg, L. (2017). Grading in physical education [Doctoral-thesis]. Gymnasik- och idrottshögskolan.
Säljö, R. (2014). Lärande i praktiken. Ett sociokulturellt perspektiv. Norstedts.
Wilkinson, S. (1998). Focus group methodology: A review. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 1(3), 181-203.
Zhu, X. (2015). Student perspectives of grading in Physical Education. European Physical Education Review, 21(4), 409-420.


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Curricular Progression and Pupil Learning: Towards a Method for Understanding how Pupils Progress in Learning Over Time.

David Morrison-Love, Kara Makara Fuller, Estelia Borquez Sanchez

University of Glasgow, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Morrison-Love, David; Borquez Sanchez, Estelia

Over recent years, several countries in Europe and elsewhere have seen a resurgent interest in the concept of learning progression and what it means to progress in learning. Learning progressions, or ‘progression frameworks’, are typically thought about as optimised pathways along which pupils might be expected to progress towards greater sophistication in knowledge and skills. They can be informed by or be the product of research and classroom evidence, and can be used to support effective teaching, learning and formative assessment. They have also been critiqued for imposing a sense of linearity and predictability in learning as well as artificial ceilings that can be narrowing and reductive. While many studies of learning progression are concerned with single concepts or ideas (e.g., progression in understanding the concept of matter), the notion that learning becomes more sophisticated is variously reflected in different country’s curricula.

In recent years, some countries and jurisdictions have chosen to foreground ideas of learning progression as part of curriculum development and/or enactment. One such country is Wales which, following the publication of Successful Futures (2015), has embarked upon an ambitious programme of curricular reform in which the curriculum is structured around 6 areas of learning experience, each with its own set of progression frameworks. Foregrounding progression in curricula opens up questions about the relationships between high-level curricular frameworks of progression, and how pupils actually learn over time in and across different subjects or curricular areas. Does pupil learning develop as curricular progressions suggest? We see these relationships as multifaceted, reified within processes of translation and enactment and variously influenced by complex factors.

Here, we present a study funded by the Carnegie Trust for the Universities of Scotland (RIG009335) that was undertaken to design a methodological approach for developing a rich understanding pupils’ progression in learning. It is set within the context of Welsh Educational reform and is designed to form part of a future and larger-scale longitudinal study that will follow individual pupils through several years and stages of a national education system in which learning progression is foregrounded. We positioned this study by first exploring, challenging and making explicit our own understandings and assumptions about the nature of learning, its acquisitional and participatory natures and the socio-cultural context of classrooms. Making progress in learning was seen as different to making progress in performance and we distinguish between ‘learning progressions’ as symbolic representations of possible ways learning might evolve, and the substantive learning of pupils which may or may not reflect these. We considered the method in relation to three characteristically different areas of learning: Maths & Numeracy, Humanities, and Science & Technology.

Rather than testing the extent to which pupil learning reflects smaller-scale intervention type progression frameworks as explored in the review, or the extent to which assessed performances meet pre-determined outcomes, learning is viewed more holistically. Here, it is seen as non-linear, mutable, involving misconceptions, confusion, gaps, connections, divergencies, emotion, realisation, and insight. Rather than successive performances, progress in learning is seen as an epistemic process of meaning making. While socially and culturally mediated, learning is seen as that which takes place in pupil’s heads. The approach does not prescribe or preclude any particular assessment or pedagogical approaches but accommodates these as part of curriculum is translated through practice. We noted that almost all symbolic learning progressions rest upon a conventional empirical model of fixed time, but that this may not reflect the experience of pupils as they make meaning. We therefor incorporate both fixed and fluid models of time (Neale, 2019).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We developed the methodology through three stages: (i) a knowledge building stage, (ii) a conceptualisation stage, and (iii) a critical refinement stage.  

The knowledge building phase considered evidence from research and practice.  A review of literature examined different published studies on learning progression related to the curricular areas of Maths & Numeracy, Humanities, and Science & Technology.  Papers were screened on the basis of relevancy.  A search was undertaken using keyword combinations around learning progression for each of these and screening on the basis of relevancy resulted in 31 papers.  A structured matrix approach was then used (Goldman & Schmalz, 2004) in conjunction with key questions about how, if at all, learning was conceptualised, what methods were used and how evidence was gathered and how changes in learning was represented.   In addition to the review of research evidence, practice evidence was sought through six semi-structured interviews with 2 teachers from each curricular area who taught at either primary or secondary level.  An interview protocol was developed, piloted and refined with two additional teachers who were external to the study.  The protocol promoted teachers to reflect on and give examples of how they knew their pupils were learning and making progress.  Ethical approval was granted by the College of Social Sciences Ethics Committee and time was spent with participants beforehand to ensure that consent was fully informed and they were free to withdraw at any time without reason.  Interviews were thematically analysed using a version of Braun & Clarke's (2006) six-step thematic analysis.  

During the conceptualisation phase, we reasoned critically, iteratively and in different ways by drawing on insights and messages from data and analyses.  This was a process of dialogical reasoning done through a variety of activities including reading and re-reading the analyses of evidence, referring to supplementary methods texts, developing conceptual and relational maps, sketching out ideas, collaborative discussions and provocation, stepping back and on-going sense-checking with our initial positioning and assumptions.  

During the critical refinement stage, we solicited two independent reviewers to formally examine the proposed methodology and its associated reasoning.  These were very experienced and established academics with expertise in pupil learning, progression, assessment.  Their reviews and suggestions are being used to strengthen the methodology and, as this stage is on-going, we invite further thoughts and discussion to refine it further.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
There are five dimensions to the proposed methodology:
1. Co-Creation of Subject Epistemes
These epistemes, drawing from the work on Adaptive Subject Pedagogy (Morrison-Love & Patrick, 2022) are representations of the knowledge and skills involved in learning something.  They can suggest relationships, take a variety of forms but do not frame anything in terms of performance criteria or outcomes.   They can be created with teachers and pupils and can evolve over time to provide a sense of scope for learning over different durations.  

2. Contextual Evidence
This is the gathering of linked, supplemental evidence from the policy-practice context within which learning is situated.  These will influences learning in different ways and could include documentation, planning materials, discussions, policy and curricular materials, pedagogical approaches, resources and organisational arrangements.  

3. Learning artefacts
Learning artefacts are those things created as part of classroom learning and teaching and which can be analysed and discussed.  They include things that pupils write, create, produce, complete and perform and so forth and will relate in some way to the processes of learning and episteme.  

4. Pupil & Teacher Voice
On-going dialogue is central to understanding meaning making and how learning develops.  Learning artefacts will be used, in conjunction with protocols, to mediated discussions with pupils by reducing the level of abstraction and recall demand.  Prompted and mediated discussions with teachers might also be mediated by contextual evidence.

5. Intensive over Extensive Exploratory Framing
Intensive phases will involve more focused data gathering and mediated dialogue around particular or significant phases of learning.  They will be sensitive to the idea of fluidity and ‘time in events’ and can be linked to avoid then being treated as instantaneous snap shots within the overall timeframe of the study (i.e. only seen as ‘events in time’).

References
Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2006) ‘Using thematic analysis in psychology’, Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), pp. 77–101. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa.

Goldman, K.D. and Schmalz, K.J. (2004) ‘The Matrix Method of Literature Reviews’, Health Promotion Practice, 5(1), pp. 5–7. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1177/1524839903258885.

Morrison-Love, D. and Patrick, F. (2022) ‘Supporting student teachers to integrate theory, research, and practice: developing the Adaptive Subject Pedagogy Model’, Research in Science & Technological Education, pp. 1–23. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1080/02635143.2022.2116422.

Neale, B., 2019. Qualitative longitudinal research: research methods. Bloomsbury Publishing.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm03 SES 16 A: Curriculum Policy at Higher Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 639 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: David Leat
Paper and Ignite Talk Session
 
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Third Level Student Agency: the Impact of Distance Education on Learning During COVID-19 Pandemic

Majella Dempsey, Delma Byrne

Maynooth University, Ireland

Presenting Author: Dempsey, Majella; Byrne, Delma

The coronavirus crisis impacted higher education institutions in many new and unexpected ways bringing both challenges and opportunities particularly in relation to distance education and digitally enhanced learning and teaching. Lectures and their students across the world were forced into this new reality without the requisite time to plan, consult the theory, develop supports, embed relevant pedagogies and have curriculum alignment in the online environment between content, teaching, learning and assessment (Toqero 2020; Rudolph et al., 2023). The move to distance education for many institutions was more akin to emergency response teaching than theory informed online learning (Adedoyin and Soykan 2020). This research aims to examine how student agency impacted their engagement with online learning during the lock down in one Irish university. This first year cohort (2020-2021) experienced arguably the most change with traditional second level examinations being cancelled for the first time in the history of the state, transition into third level during a pandemic that mitigated the usual rites of passage taking place and the need to adapt to learning in an online environment with classmates and lecturers that in many cases they had never met face-to-face.

Some research has found that there is a significant positive effect of the COVID-19 lockdowns on students’ performance because they changed their learning strategies to a more continuous habit and this had led to better grades in assignments (Gonzalez et al., 2020). However, others found that stress, anxiety, loneliness and mental health concerns increased during the pandemic lockdowns with students feeling more isolated (Elmer at al., 2020; Liu et al., 2020). One of the key challenges encountered by higher education institutions was the sudden shift to distance learning and the need for a change of pedagogical thinking (Marinoni et al., 2020; Pokhrel and Chhetri 2021). This challenge comes with different dimensions, most particularly the technical infrastructure, the support tools to use for distance learning, assimilating online teaching pedagogies, providing structure for students to collaborate, giving feedback on learning and finally how to organise and manage student assessments from distance (Besser et al., 2020). For students it meant they needed to be more self-directed in their learning. This research project aimed to develop a comprehensive understanding of how agency was impacted by these changed conditions.

To explore the affordances and challenges faced by students learning in this changed environment we used the concept of agency to frame our analysis of data. To analyse what constitutes agency, Emirbayer and Mische (1998) define agency as constructing engagement with structure through individuals’ temporal reflection on the past, present and future. This temporality emerged as critical for these students as they missed out on key experiences needed to build competences for present learning and motivation for future aspirations. Biesta and Tedder’s (2007) conceptualised agency as one’s “ability to exert control over … one’s life” (p. 135) by means of structure rather than simply within structure. Later Priestley and colleagues (2015) described agency as being always informed by past experience and is oriented towards some future goal. They go on to say that “agency is always enacted in a concrete situation” (p.30) and is supported and constrained by available cultural, structural and material resources. These resources to support learning at third level changed during the COVID-19 lockdowns in Ireland. The impact of these changes was not uniformly felt by individuals and in some instances they exacerbated existing inequalities (Daly and Cahill 2018).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this paper, we draw from data collected from a cohort of first year new entrants who attend a university in the Republic of Ireland. Using a mixed method case study approach we seek to address the gap in understanding how young people at third level made the transition from second level and engaged with learning in the online environment. Our intention has not been to make representative claims about all young people who experienced this transition but to investigate young people’s experience of learning at a particular historical moment. However, the representative nature of our data allows us to make claims about and provide a fine-grained analysis of young people’s accounts within our case study site. The research site itself represents an interesting case study because it has the most diverse university student intake in the Republic of Ireland. A liberal arts and sciences university, it has the highest share of entrants with a disability (15% compared to 13% in the university sector) and the highest share of entrants from target socio-economic groups (29% compared to a sectoral average of 24%) in the Irish university sector (HEA 2020).
Data was gathered through an online survey that was designed in collaboration with the University Students’ Union. The online survey sought to capture the undergraduate experience during a pandemic and draws inspiration from a number of international studies specifically designed for undergraduate cohorts including the Longitudinal Surveys of Australian Youth (LSAY), the National Longitudinal Survey of Freshmen (NLSF), and the Student Experience in the Research University (SERU). Our survey included specific questions relating to learning in the online environment.  The online survey was distributed to all 3,255 first year students by the university on behalf of the research team, between December 2020 and January 2021.  22 per cent (n= 727) of the first-year cohort completed the survey. While the data collection yielded a marginal over-representation of females, high point students and mature students, a weight was calculated from key strata and the results were re-weighted to render them representative of the population of first year students. In addition to these data interviews were carried out with twelve students to further elucidate key trends from the survey. Qualitative data were then analysed thematically using the concept of agency as a lens to better understand the accounts of young people of their experience.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The survey asked students about the type of academic obstacles that they faced in adapting successfully to online learning. These have been categorised into two broad categories: adaptive and technical (Heifetz et al., 2009). Most are adaptive, and there are a few lingering technical problems .  The greatest challenge experienced by first year students was a lack of motivation for remote learning  – 80% of students cited this as an obstacle, with almost 40% citing it as their greatest challenge. Other obstacles included lack of interaction with other students (74%), and inability to learn effectively in an online format (60%). Almost half of first-year students cited ‘lack of clear expectations for online learning from lecturing staff’ as an obstacle, and just over a third (34%) cited ‘lack of access to an appropriate study space or distracting home environment’. Replicating other studies, these findings suggest that adaptive rather technical issue were key obstacles. In general the findings suggest students experienced considerable obstacles when transitioning to online learning, and the obstacles outweigh the benefits. Low mood was significantly associated with these obstacles. The role of agency in these responses is considerable and this is explored more fully in the paper. Indicators of engagement with active learning (reflective and integrative learning, collaborative learning and use of active learning strategies) indicate that students were engaging in these activities less frequently than a previous cohort of first-year students as a result of remote learning. Just over half set goals for their learning.
These findings indicate that this cohort of students were significantly disadvantaged in starting their study during a pandemic and that the consequences need to be taken into account by their university. These findings add to the body of literature on online learning and the role of personal agency in successful engagement within this environment.

References
Adedoyin, O.B.,  & Soykan, E. (2020). Covid-19 pandemic and online learning: the challenges and opportunities, Interactive Learning Environments, DOI: 10.1080/10494820.2020.1813180
Besser, A., Flett, G. L., & Zeigler-Hill, V. (2020). Adaptability to a sudden transition to online learning during the COVID-19 pandemic: Understanding the challenges for students. Scholarship of Teaching and Learning in Psychology. https://doi.org/10.1037/stl0000198
Biesta, G., & Tedder, M. (2007). Agency and learning in the lifecourse: Towards an ecological perspective. Studies in the Education of Adults, 39(2), 132–149.
Daly, M. and Cahill, K. (2018) 'An exploration of the transition from post-primary to third level education settings for students with special educational needs', Learn: Journal of The Irish Learning Support Association, 40, pp. 41-53.
Elmer, T., Mepham, K., & Stadtfeld, C. (2020). Students under lockdown: Comparisons of students’ social networks and mental health before and during COVID-19 crisis in Switzerland. PLoS ONE, 15(7), 1-22.
Emirbayer, M., & Mische, A. (1998). What is agency? American Journal of Sociology, 4, 962–1023.
Gonzalez T, de la Rubia MA, Hincz KP, Comas-Lopez M, Subirats L, et al. (2020). Influence of COVID-19 confinement on students’ performance in higher education. PLOS ONE 15(10).
Heifetz, R., Grashow, A., & Linsky, M. (2009). The Practice of Adaptive Leadership: Tools and Tactics for Changing Your Organization and the World. Harvard University Press: Cambridge, MA.
Liu, C. H., Zhang, E., Wong, G., Hyun, S., & Hahm, H. C. (2020). Factors associated with depression, anxiety, and PTSD symptomatology during the COVID-19 pandemic: Clinical implications for U.S. young adult mental health. Psychiatry research, 290, 113172.
Marinoni, G., van’t Land, H., & Jensen, T. (2020). The Impact of COVID-19 on
Higher Education around the World - IAU Global Survey Report. France: International Association of Universities.  
Pokhrel, S., & Chhetri, R. (2021). A Literature Review on Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic on Teaching and Learning. Higher Education for the Future, 8(1), 133–141.
Priestley, M., Bieats, G., & Robinson, S. (2015).Teacher Agency: An Ecological Approach. London: Bloomsbury.
Toquero, C. M. (2020). Challenges and Opportunities for Higher Education amid the COVID-19 Pandemic: The Philippine Context. Pedagogical Research, 5(4), em0063.
Rudolph, J., Tan, S., Crawford, J. et al. (2023). Perceived quality of online learning during COVID-19 in higher education in Singapore: perspectives from students, lecturers, and academic leaders. Educ Res Policy Prac 22, 171–191


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Same Same but Different: A Study on Teachers’ Subject Cultural Patterns Concerning Consumer Education as a Cross-cutting Theme

Silke Bartsch, Diana Susann Böhme, Eva Maria Leupolz Mašović, Heike Mueller

Technische Universität Berlin, Germany

Presenting Author: Bartsch, Silke; Mueller, Heike

The education system is fundamental for empowering people to meet the challenges of today and tomorrow. In promoting corresponding literacies (e.g., health/digital/sustainability literacy), a common approach is to implement them as cross-cutting themes (UNESCO, 2012) or cross-curricular tasks (Bieber et al., 2017). As such, they can be written into curricula and hold potential for driving innovation of available subjects. Yet, when (too) many subjects are called to contribute, diffusion of responsibility may occur (Hellmann-Tuitert, 1999). Another barrier is perception as additional burden on teachers (Baena-Morales et al., 2022). Especially where the principial of subject-matter education applies, cross-cutting themes become a matter of both professional development and curriculum innovation.

In this context, this paper reports on the cLEVER-3-study, which explores subject cultural patterns of teachers concerning consumer education as a cross-cutting theme. We refer to consumer education as a process of developing knowledge, understanding, reflection, and action in manifold consumption areas and enhancing the ability to read the world in terms of consumership (consumer literacy) (cf. Sumner, 2013; Steffens, 2012; Heseker et al., 2005). For this, the reflective basis is subject culture research (Lüders, 2007; Poweleit, 2020). Building on theories of disciplinary and school cultures, subject culture research expands the notion that in contexts of subjects, too, cultural structures emerge through habitual practices and shape the rules by which social actors play their social game (Bourdieu, 1984). Although subject culture research is still in its infancy in consumer education, two lines of work exist to build upon:

1. Consumer education in relation to better-established subjects
Many countries integrate consumer education not as a singular subject but a cross-cutting theme (Ueno et al., 2009). This corresponds to the United Nations’ guideline that “[c]onsumer education should, where appropriate, become an integral part of the basic curriculum of the educational system, preferably as a component of existing subjects” (UN, 2016, art. 43). Germany and Austria, e.g., have installed consumer education as a cross-curricular task or principle (KMK, 2013; BMBWF, 2015). Internationally, home economics offer an anchor, e.g., as Family and Consumer Sciences in the USA (https://www.aafcs.org/partnership/about-aafcs) or as Nutrition and Consumer Education in German-speaking countries (http://habifo.de/dach.html). Other disciplines appear rather silent, which is not the case for other multidisciplinary tasks (e.g., Baena-Morales et al., 2022, Vrabec et al., 2013). Not least because of the precarious situation of home economics in schools and the multidimensionality of consumer issues, curriculum integration as a cross-cutting theme seems a rather viable option. Still, whether and how it reaches subject practice on the classroom level remains an issue (Ueno et al., 2009), especially when assuming an enculturation of teachers.

2. Teachers’ views of consumer education and professional development
Several studies have explored this issue. For instance, Wittau (2021) found that teachers from various subjects within the social sciences often base consumer education on the values of their own milieu, which contradicts aspirations for professional learning. Håkansson (2016) found that qualified home economics teachers in Sweden have a lower degree in their intention to transport moralized consumer education than their formally unqualified colleagues. For Australia, Sawatzki and Sullivan (2017) report that most participating teachers at primary schools regard themselves as financially literate while only half is confident in teaching financial literacy. However, there remains a paucity of research on the views of teachers from other subjects than economics and home economics.

Thus, the research questions of this paper are:

  1. Is teacher professional learning and development regarding consumer education informed by diverse subject cultural patterns?
  2. Do subject cultural patterns exist in the way that teachers offer consumer education in the context of their subject teaching and learning? What are the similarities and differences?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The methodology manifests in an exploratory approach with comparative elements. Data was collected from teachers (n=370) at secondary schools in Baden-Wurttemberg state, Germany. In 2019, there were 41.352 teachers working at these schools. We reached the teachers by contacting 1.468 schools of the population of 2.101 secondary schools. In Baden-Wurttemberg consumer education has attained the status of one of the seven cross-cutting themes with the introduction of a new general education curriculum in 2016 (KMBW, 2016). Thus, teachers in all school subjects must integrate consumer education in their teaching and learning. Studies from earlier phases of the curriculum implementation confirmed the need for supporting teachers in professional learning and development for consumer education; particularly in subjects that identify only little with consumer education or not at all (Bartsch & Goerke, 2020). Consequently, the cLEVER-3-study focuses on teachers with subjects that either have low or high attributed subject affinity to this cross-cutting theme. Subject cultural patterns concerning consumer education are at the focus of this study. The instrument is a partially standardized online survey. Data consists of both text-based and numerical data. For the analysis, we use statistical methods and content analysis.
 
1 cLEVER refers both to the cross-cutting theme of consumer education and a research project on transferring the so-called ‘guiding perspective’ (LEitperspektive VERbraucherbildung) into subject teaching and learning at general education schools in Baden-Wurttemberg state. The project is funded by the Ministry of Food, Rural Affairs and Consumer Protection Baden-Wurttemberg.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
From the stance of education policy and of consumer policy, consumer education should be, remain, and become a cross-cutting theme of established subjects. In educational science and subject-matter didactics, however, this raises questions such as whether and how to handle cross-cutting themes, or what this stance implies for professional learning and development. In this, consumer education serves as an example. The study on teachers in Baden-Wurttemberg state is expected to show, on the one hand, what similarities and differences exist between the different subjects. For this, we present the results on what kind of previous education teachers name regarding consumer education, whether they self-report the use of qualification options for this cross-cutting theme and which these are, where teachers get ideas for streaming consumer education across the curriculum, and what media and methods teachers use for consumer education. These results can serve to derive impulses both for professional learning in practice and research on professional development as well as curriculum innovation. On the other hand, the cLEVER-3 study looks at consumer education from a subject culture perspective. To our knowledge, this is a new approach in the field of consumer education. Consequently, the paper reflects on the strengths and weaknesses of this approach.

References
Baena-Morales, S., Prieto-Ayuso, A., Merma-Molina, G., & González-Víllora, S. (2022). Exploring physical education teachers’ perceptions of sustainable development goals and education for sustainable development. Sport, Education and Society, 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1080/13573322.2022.2121275
Bartsch, S., & Goerke, D. (2020). cLEVER 2. Abschlussbericht/Online-Fassung. self-publishing: https://www.leitperspektive-verbraucherbildung.de/clever/forschung/
Bieber, G., Horstkemper, M., & Krüger-Potratz, M. (2016). Editorial zum Schwerpunktthema: Querschnittsaufgaben von Schule. DDS, 108(3), 221–225.
BMBWF (2015). Grundsatzerlass zum Unterrichtsprinzip Wirtschafts- und Verbraucher/innenbildung. Bundesministerium für Bildung und Frauen. https://www.bmbwf.gv.at/dam/jcr:94d18365-c0b2-4582-9d3f-7162cfd2f3e4/2015_15_de.pdf
Bourdieu, P. (1984). Distinction: A social critique on the judgement of taste.Harvard University Press.
Håkansson, A. (2016). Intentions of formally qualified and unqualified teachers to transfer norms and values in home economics teaching: Transferring consumption norms and values in home economics. IJCS40(3), 268–275. https://doi.org/10.1111/ijcs.12251
Hellman-Tuitert, G. (1999). Promoting consumer education in schools. Swedish Consumer Agency.
Heseker, H., Schlegel-Matthies, K., Heindl, I., Methfessel, B., Johannsen, U., Beer, S., Oepping, A., Schack, P., & Vohmann, C. (2005). Reform der Ernährungs- und Verbraucherbildung in Schulen. Schlussbericht. Universität Paderborn.
KMBW (2016). Bildungsplan 2016. Ministry of Education, Youth and Sports. http://www.bildungsplaene-bw.de/,Lde/LS/BP2016BW/ALLG/LP
KMK (Ed.) (2013). Verbraucherbildung an Schulen. Standing Conference of the Ministers of Education and Cultural Affairs of the Länder in the Federal Republic of Germanyhttps://www.kmk.org/fileadmin/Dateien/veroeffentlichungen_beschluesse/2013/2013_09_12-Verbraucherbildung.pdf
Lüders, J. (2007). Einleitung: Fachkulturforschung in der Schule. In (Ed.), Fachkulturforschung in der Schule (pp. 7–12). Budrich.
Poweleit, A. (2021). Fachkultur(en) in der Schule. GJESR, 51(1), 17–28. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12662-020-00694-3
Sawatzki, C. M., & Sullivan, P. A. (2017). Teachers’ Perceptions of Financial Literacy and the Implications for Professional Learning. AJTE, 42(5), 51–65.https://doi.org/10.14221/ajte.2017v42n5.4
Steffens, H. (2012). Verbraucherbildung. In H. May & C. Wiepcke (Eds.), Lexikon der ökonomischen Bildung (8th, pp. 647–649). De Gruyter. https://doi.org/10.1524/9783486717334
Sumner, J. (2013). Food Literacy and Adult Education: Learning to Read the World by Eating. CJSAE, 25(2), Article 2.
Ueno, Y., Olczak, M., Takahashi, Y., & Avery, P. (2009). Promoting consumer education: Trends, policies, and good practices. OECD.
UN (2015). UN Guidelines for Consumer Protection. Resolution adopted by the General Assembly on 22 December 2015. (A/RES/70/186). United Nations. https://unctad.org/meetings/en/SessionalDocuments/ares70d186_en.pdf
UNESCO Secretariat. (2012). Cross-cutting themes. In Glossary of Curriculum Terminology (Online appendix to the GEQAF). UNESCO. http://www.ibe.unesco.org/en/node/12083
Vrabec, N., Polievková, P., & Moravčíková, M. (2013). The role of media literacy development as a part of religious education curriculum. EJST, 9(5), 211–223.
Wittau, F. (2021). Consumer education as counselling? Teacher beliefs about consumption and (social science) education. JSSE, 20(3), 147–173.https://doi.org/10.11576/jsse-3960


03. Curriculum Innovation
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes)

Examining Primary School Science Textbooks in Terms of Digital Literacy

Aliye Tuba Gülsoy, Mustafa Cakır

Marmara University, Turkiye

Presenting Author: Cakır, Mustafa

Introduction

Changes in the process of acquiring and using information, differentiating student characteristics, innovations in online access, connecting and sharing, and changing understandings from what to learn and how to learn have made it necessary to rethink traditional methods and reform education in the 21st century. From this point of view, first of all, which skills individuals should have and their reasons were questioned (OECD, 2005), and strategies were developed for the application of these skills in educational areas. In this context, many conceptual frameworks have been put forward, the main objective of which is to guide national curriculum policies for the implementation of 21st century qualifications in education (Erstad & Voogt, 2018; Voogt & Roblin, 2010). Although they focus on different areas, collaboration, communication and information and communication technologies (ICT) literacy have been included in all of these frameworks, and many curricula have been organized around these skills. With the digitalization of all areas of life, a new skill area presented as "digital competence" or "digital literacy" has taken its place in the education programs of different countries (Erstad, 2013; Erstad & Voogt, 2018).

In the light of developments in the world, Turkey is one of the countries that has updated its education program by considering the requirements of the 21st century. In the 2018 curriculum, it was aimed to raise digitally literate individuals and the relevant standards were integrated into the curriculum.

Textbooks play a critical role in achieving the goals of raising digitally literate individuals. Textbooks maintain their importance as a component of teaching by improving teaching at all levels of schools and in different disciplines, guiding the scope and content of the course, and being a guide of the course (Knight, 2015; Knight & Horsley, 2011). Due to its active role in education and training, digital literacy skills should be supported with textbooks along with other competencies. Due to its nature that concerns all disciplines, digital literacy should not be limited to technology-related parts of a particular course or curriculum but should be included in all textbooks. When textbooks from different disciplines are examined in the context of digital literacy, there is no study that examines Turkish primary school science textbooks based on global digital literacy competence areas. For this reason, it was necessary to examine the availability of digital literacy skills in primary school science textbooks. In this context, the aim of the research is to examine the primary school science textbooks used in schools affiliated to the Ministry of National Education of Turkey in terms of digital literacy.

Digital Literacy

Although digital literacy was used to describe various skills in the 1990s, its popularization began with the book “digital literacy” published by Paul Gilster in 1997 (Bawden, 2008; Martin & Grudziecki, 2006). In the following years, many definitions have been put forward, like every fashionable term, and these definitions have been presented in a wide range from those focusing on technical skills to those focusing on cognitive psychological and social skills (Eshet, 2004).

The diversity and ambiguity in the definition of the concept has led to misunderstandings and poor communication among educators and researchers involved in the development of digital environments (Norton & Wiburg, 1998) and efforts to introduce global definitions and conceptual frameworks have emerged. Global frameworks have been proposed by various organizations to meet this need. The main ones of these frameworks are DigComp 2.1-EU, UNESCO (2018), DQ, Edith Cowan University of Australia (ECU) Digital Literacy Framework.

In this study, the digital literacy framework proposed by UNESCO in 2018 was taken as a basis while determining the criteria for reviewing textbooks.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Method
One of the qualitative research approaches is document analysis. In this study, interpretive document analysis was employed in order to examine science textbooks with all their contents.
The research data were collected from the 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th and 8th grade science textbooks taught in schools affiliated to the Ministry of National Education of Turkey in the 2022-2023 academic year. Textbooks were provided as printed copies as they were distributed in schools, and PDF (Portable Document Format) formats were used when necessary.
In the data collection process, an evaluation chart was needed to analyze which and at what level the digital literacy competence areas the textbooks contain and to ensure the reliability of the research. A content analysis chart was developed in line with the proposed UNESCO (2018) digital literacy competencies framework by making additions to DigComp 2.1, and the books were analyzed with this tool. UNESCO digital literacy competence areas and competencies are given.

0.   Fundamentals of hardware and software
      Basic knowledge of hardware such as turning on/off and charging, locking devices.
      Basic knowledge of software such as user account and password management, login, and how to do privacy settings, etc.
1.   Information and data literacy
      Browsing, searching, and filtering data, information, and digital content.
      Evaluating data, information, and digital content.
      Managing data, information, and digital content.
2. Communication and collaboration
     Interacting through digital technologies.
    Sharing through digital technologies.
    Engaging in citizenship through digital technologies.
    Collaborating through digital technologies.
    Netiquette
    Managing digital identity
3. Digital content creation
    Developing digital content.
    Integrating and re-elaborating digital content
   Copyright and licenses
   Programming
4. Safety
    Protecting devices.
    Protecting personal data and privacy.
    Protecting health and well-being.
    Protecting the environment
5. Problem solving
    Solving technical problems.
    Identifying needs and technological responses.
    Creatively using digital technologies.
    Identifying digital competence gaps.
    Computational thinking
6. Career-related competences
    Career-related competences refers to the knowledge and skills required to operate specialized hardware/software for a particular field.

The items of the analysis rubric were reviewed by the experts and rubric revised to its final form after the necessary changes were made according to experts’ opinions. In order to determine the reliability of the data analysis rubric, the 6th grade textbook was analyzed by two experts using the same rubric. The reliability coefficient was calculated with the Holsti equation, which calculates the percentage of agreement between the decisions of at least two coders to encode the same data unit.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Findings and Results
Of the 236 reference content related to digital literacy, 34.8% "Devices and software operations", 54.3% "Information and data literacy", 7.2% "Communication and collaboration", 3.0% "Digital content creation", 0.4% "Security" and 0.4% "Problem solving" competence areas.
Competence areas and their representations in Turkish Science Textbooks
0.Devices and software operations: 3rd grade 66.7%, 4th grade 42.4%, 5th grade 29.3%, 6th grade 29.1%, 7th grade 24.0%, 8th grade 35.0%
1.Information and data literacy: 3rd 33.3%, 4th 54.6%, 5th 53.7%, 6th 54.2%, 7th 68.0%, 8th 50.0%
2.Communication and collaboration: 4th 3.0%, 5th 14.6%, 6th 10.4%, 7th 4.0%, 8th 7.5%
3.Digital content creation: 5th 2.4%, 6th 4.2%, 7th 4.0%, 8th 5.0%
4.Safety: 8th 2.5%
5. Problem-solving: 6th 2.1%
The references to digital competence areas in textbooks increase with the increase in grade level. The area of competence that takes place at the highest rate at grade levels is "information and data literacy". There is no content in the textbooks within the scope of "career-related competencies". One of the overarching aims of the science curriculum is to develop career awareness and entrepreneurship skills related to science (MoNE, 2018). For this purpose, content references to career competency should be included in science textbooks according to cognitive and affective developmental levels of the students.
The level of including "security" and "problem solving" competencies in the reviewed books is quite low. It can be expected that references to "problem solving" competencies would be low in primary school textbooks because they require higher cognitive skills that primary school children have not achieved yet. On the other hand, it is very important to provide the new generation students, who are digital natives, with security-related competencies protecting personal data and privacy. In this context, safety competencies should be included more in science textbooks along with other textbooks.

References
References
Antoninis, M., & Montoya, S. (2018). A global framework to measure digital literacy. Blog UNESCO. http://uis.unesco.org/en/blog/global-framework-measure-digital-literacy
Bawden, D. (2008). Origins and concepts of digital literacy. Digital literacies: Concepts, policies and practices, 30(2008), 17-32.
Becker, S. A., Pasquini, L. A., & Zentner, A. (2017). 2017 digital literacy impact study: An NMC horizon project strategic brief.
Commission, E., Directorate-General for Education, Y., Sport, & Culture. (2022). Guidelines for teachers and educators on tackling disinformation and promoting digital literacy through education and training. Publications Office of the European Union.
Erstad, O. (2013). Digital learning lives: Trajectories, literacies, and schooling. Peter Lang New York.
Erstad, O., & Voogt, J. (2018). The Twenty-First Century Curriculum: Issues and Challenges. Second Handbook of Information Technology in Primary and Secondary Education, 19-36.
Eshet, Y. (2004). Digital literacy: A conceptual framework for survival skills in the digital era. Journal of educational multimedia and hypermedia, 13(1), 93-106.
Fanea-Ivanovici, M., & Lee, Y.-T. (2022). An Overview of Digital Literacy Frameworks: Focus on the Digital Literacy Framework (CDL). Available at SSRN 4088293.
Knight, B. A. (2015). Teachers' use of textbooks in the digital age. Cogent education, 2(1), 1015812.
Knight, B. A., & Horsley, M. (2011). E-learning in higher education: Change or complementarity in the use of textbooks and other learning resources. The Eleventh International Conference on textbooks and educational media (IARTEM),
Martin, A., & Grudziecki, J. (2006). DigEuLit: Concepts and tools for digital literacy development. Innovation in teaching and learning in information and computer sciences, 5(4), 249-267.
Norton, P., & Wiburg, K. M. (1998). Teaching with technology. Harcourt Brace College Publishers.
OECD. (2005). The definition and selection of key competencies: Executive summary. OECD Paris.
Voogt, J., & Roblin, N. P. (2010). 21st century skills. Discussienota. Zoetermeer: The Netherlands: Kennisnet, 23(03), 2000.


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Strengthening Content-Language Integrated Learning (CLIL) Through Lesson Study Approach: Teacher Professional Development and Impact on Student Academic Performance

Mary Joy Bejerano, Baktygul Segizbayeva, Assel Sakhiyeva, Albina Kalenova, Gulzina Nagibova, Gulzada Kudabayeva

Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Uralsk, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Bejerano, Mary Joy; Segizbayeva, Baktygul

Nazarbayev Intellectual School (NIS) is an educational institution focused on providing quality education to students in Kazakhstan. The school aims to develop students' knowledge and skills in various areas, including language and content learning, through a variety of pedagogical approaches. One of the approaches that has proven to be beneficial to student learning is Content-Language Integrated Learning (CLIL). CLIL is a teaching and learning approach that combines language and content in an integrated way (Marsh, 2010). In recent decades, this teaching approach has gained popularity in many countries around the world (Hussain, 2022). The aim of CLIL is for students to learn both the target language and content knowledge more effectively in the same lesson. CLIL is also beneficial for teachers because it offers them the opportunity to become more proficient in the target language and to expand their pedagogical knowledge and skills. Although NIS is committed to quality education, there are still challenges in effectively implementing CLIL in classrooms. The challenge is to find an effective way to engage students in the learning process and ensure that they understand and make sense of the language they are learning. Furthermore, implementing CLIL can be challenging and requires a high level of teacher commitment to ensure success. Therefore, there is a need for effective teacher professional development to support teachers in implementing CLIL in their respective classrooms (Nhan, 2013; Garzón-Díaz, 2021).

This study proposes the use of the Lesson Study (LS) model to provide teachers with the necessary support and development for successful implementation of CLIL. The LS model encourages teachers to collaboratively plan, observe and reflect on their own teaching practise, which helps them to better understand CLIL principles and provides them with the necessary resources to successfully implement CLIL in their classrooms (Lewis & Lee, 2017). As part of the process, the teacher-researchers in this study observed each other's classes and discussed their observations together to increase their knowledge and skills related to CLIL and to identify areas for improvement (Takahashi, 2016). In this way, the LS model helps teachers to develop more confidence and competence in their CLIL teaching and to gain a better understanding of how to teach using different CLIL strategies. Furthermore, LS not only promotes collaboration between teachers, but also encourages them to share best practises, develop new teaching strategies and find innovative ways to incorporate more CLIL activities into their lessons (Willems & Van den Bossche, 2019).

The primary objective of this study is to investigate the effectiveness of the LS approach as professional development to strengthen CLIL instruction among teachers in NIS, as well as its effect on student academic achievement. The study focuses specifically on the professional development of educators in NIS Uralsk, Kazakhstan. NIS Schools and their network incorporate both the LS model and CLIL into their curriculum. LS and CLIL provide teachers with the opportunity to develop innovative lesson plans and instructional materials that challenge and engage students' learning and help them become more independent students. Moreover, these methods are essential for establishing a framework for teacher education programs across the NIS network.

In particular, the following research questions are addressed:

  1. How does participation in the lesson study approach impact teachers' knowledge and skills in integrating content and language in their instruction?
  2. How does the lesson study approach impact student academic performance in CLIL contexts?
  3. How does the lesson study approach impact the quality of teaching and learning in CLIL classrooms?
  4. What are the perceived benefits and challenges of the lesson study approach for teachers and students in CLIL contexts?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Research design: This research employs a mixed-methods approach, including qualitative and quantitative data collection and analysis. This design can provide a deeper understanding of the influence of the LS approach on teacher professional development and student academic performance.

Participants: The participants in this study are eleventh- and twelfth grade CLIL teachers and their students from NIS Uralsk. A treatment group of teachers who participated in the LS approach as professional development for CLIL teaching will be compared to a control group of teachers who did not participate in the LS approach.

Research instruments and data collection: Multiple research tools can be used to investigate the effects of the LS approach on teacher professional development and student academic performance in CLIL environment. These research instruments consist of:
1. Pre- and post-surveys: These can be used to evaluate teachers' attitudes and beliefs regarding CLIL and the LS approach prior to and following participation in a professional development program.
2. Interviews: Interviews with teachers and students can provide detailed information about their experiences with the LS approach and CLIL instruction.
3. Classroom observations (Mehisto, 2012): Observing CLIL classrooms before and after the implementation of the lesson study approach can provide insight into changes in teaching and learning practices.
4. Student assessments: The use of standardized tests or other measures of student achievement can provide information regarding changes in student academic performance as a result of the LS method.
5. Focus groups: Focus groups with teachers and students can provide a more in-depth understanding of their experiences with the lesson study approach and CLIL instruction.

It is important to use a variety of research instruments to triangulate the data and get a more comprehensive understanding of the impact of the lesson study approach on teacher professional development and student academic performance in CLIL contexts.

Data analysis: The collected data will be analyzed using both qualitative and quantitative methods. Qualitative data, such as interviews and observations, will be analyzed through thematic analysis to identify common themes and patterns. Quantitative data, such as student surveys and assessments, will be analyzed using statistical techniques to identify trends and relationships.

Ethical considerations: All participants will provide informed consent prior to their participation in the study. Data will be collected and analyzed in accordance with ethical principles. All data will be kept confidential.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings of the study will help inform educators about the impact of CLIL on teacher professional development and student academic achievement and provide evidence-based strategies to strengthen CLIL instruction at NIS. In addition, the study includes the following findings based on the research questions:
1. Improved knowledge and skills of teachers in integrating content and language in their instruction. This outcome could be measured through surveys, interviews and classroom observations.
2. Increased student academic performance in CLIL contexts. This could be measured through standardised test scores or other measures of achievement, such as grades or assessments.
3. Enhanced quality of teaching and learning in CLIL classrooms. This could be measured through classroom observations or other measures of the quality of teaching and learning, such as student engagement or participation.
4. Greater understanding of the perceived benefits and challenges of the lesson study approach for teachers and students in CLIL contexts. This could be measured through surveys, interviews or focus groups.
5. Comparison of the effectiveness of the lesson study approach to other professional development methods in terms of its impact on teacher knowledge and skills and student academic performance in CLIL contexts.

Overall, the significance of this study lies in its ability to enhance the quality of CLIL teaching at NIS and consequently improve student learning outcomes. This research has the potential to support the development of professional training programmes for CLIL teachers at Nazarbayev Intellectual School and other schools, and to contribute to a broader understanding of the effectiveness of the LS approach as a method for professional development in CLIL teaching. Finally, it is important to consider the implications of the study for practise and to share the findings with relevant stakeholders, teachers, students and policy makers.

References
Dawadi, S., Shrestha, S., & Giri, R. A. (2021). Mixed-methods research: A discussion on its types, challenges, and criticisms. Online Submission, 2(2), 25–36. https://eric.ed.gov/?id=ED611786

Dudley, P. (2011). How lesson study orchestrates key features of teacher knowledge and teacher learning to create profound changes in professional practice. In The world association of lesson studies annual conference, Tokyo. WALSAC.

Gersten, R., Dimino, J., Jayanthi, M., Kim, J. S., & Santoro, L. E. (2010). Teacher study group: Impact of the professional development model on reading instruction and student outcomes in first-grade classrooms. American Educational Research Journal, 47(3), 694-739. https://journals.sagepub.com/doi/abs/10.3102/0002831209361208

Golovchun, A. (2017, November 9). Content And Language Integrated Learning In Terms Of Multilingualism: Kazakhstani Experience. Retrieved from Central and Eastern European Online Library : https://www.ceeol.com/search/article-detail?id=606703

Hussain, S. S. (2022). Content and language integrated learning (CLIL) in ELT as a link between language learning and content development. Arab World English Journal, 13 (2) 386-400. https://dx.doi.org/10.24093/awej/vol13no2.26

Marsh, D., Mehisto, P., Wolff, D. Frigols-Martin, M. (2010) The European framework for CLIL teacher education, Graz. European Centre for Modern Languages (ECML).

Mehisto, P. (2012). Criteria for producing CLIL learning material. Online Submission. http://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ED539729.pdf

Mehisto, P., Winter, L., Kambatyrova, A., & Kurakbayev, K. (2022). CLIL as a conduit for a trilingual Kazakhstan. In The Language Learning Journal (pp. 1–15). https://doi.org/10.1080/09571736.2022.2056627

Morton, T. (2017, October 3). Reconceptualizing and describing teachers’ knowledge of language for content and language integrated learning (CLIL). Retrieved from Taylor & Francis Online: https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/13670050.2017.1383352

Nhan, T. (2013). Promoting content and language integrated learning in gifted high schools in Vietnam: Challenges and impacts. Internet Journal of Language, Culture, and Society, 38(1), 146–153. http://aaref.com.au/en/publications/journal/

Pang, J. (2016, February 29). Improving mathematics instruction and supporting teacher learning in Korea through lesson study using five practices. Retrieved from Springer Link: https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s11858-016-0768-x

Sahin, M. D., & Öztürk, G. (2019). Mixed method research: Theoretical foundations, designs and its use in educational research. International Journal of Contemporary Educational Research, 6(2), 301-310. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/337946761

Takahashi, A. (2016, January 4). Collaborative lesson research: maximizing the impact of lesson study. Retrieved from Springer Link: https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s11858-015-0752-x

Willems, I., & Van den Bossche, P. (2019). Lesson study effectiveness for teachers’ professional learning: The best evidence synthesis. International Journal for Lesson and Learning Studies, 1(1), 1-24.  https://www.emerald.com/insight/content/doi/10.1108/IJLLS-04-2019-0031/full/html
 

 
Contact and Legal Notice · Contact Address:
Privacy Statement · Conference: ECER 2023
Conference Software: ConfTool Pro 2.6.150+TC
© 2001–2024 by Dr. H. Weinreich, Hamburg, Germany